UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10

 

GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

Pursuant to Section 12(b) or (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

ATRINSIC, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   06-1390025
(State or other jurisdiction of   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
incorporation or organization)    
     

 

1 Grand Central Place, Suite 2319

(60 E. 42nd Street)

New York, NY  10165

 

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(617) 823-2300

 

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Copies to:

 

Kenneth S. Rose, Esq.

Morse, Zelnick, Rose & Lander, LLP

825 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022

(212) 838-5030 (telephone)

(212) 208-6809 (facsimile)

 

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

None

 

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

 

Common Stock, par value $0.000001 per share

(Title of class)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

   Large accelerated filer   ¨   Accelerated filer   ¨
  Non-accelerated filer   ¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   Smaller reporting company   þ

 

 

 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    PAGE
     
Item 1. Business 3
     
Item 1A. Risk Factors 17
     
Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Plan of Operations 32
     
Item 3. Properties 38
     
Item 4. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management 39
     
Item 5. Directors and Executive Officers 41
     
Item 6. Executive Compensation 42
     
Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 42
     
Item 8. Legal Proceedings 43
     
Item 9. Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters 43
     
Item 10. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities 43
     
Item 11. Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered 44
     
Item 12. Indemnification of Directors and Officers 46
     
Item 13. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 47
     
Item 14. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 47
     
Item 15. Financial Statements and Exhibits 47
     
Index to Financial Statements F-1

 

i
 

 

EXPLANATORY NOTE

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this registration statement or in a document referenced herein. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with any other information that is different. You should assume that the information contained in this registration statement is accurate only as of the date hereof except where a different specific date is set forth.

 

As used in this registration statement, unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “Atrinsic,” or “the Company” refer to Atrinsic, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and/or our majority-owned subsidiary, Momspot, LLC (“Momspot”).

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

Except for statements of historical fact, some information in this document contains “forward-looking statements” that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. You can identify these forward-looking statements by words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “should,” “will,” “would” or similar words. The statements that contain these or similar words should be read carefully because these statements discuss our future expectations, contain projections of our future results of operations or of our financial position, or state other forward-looking information. We believe that it is important to communicate our future expectations to our investors. However, there may be events in the future that we are not able accurately to predict or control. Further, we urge you to be cautious of the forward-looking statements which are contained in this registration statement because they involve risks, uncertainties and other factors affecting our operations, market growth, service, products and licenses. The factors listed in the sections captioned “Risk Factors” and “Description of Business,” as well as other cautionary language in this registration statement and events in the future may cause our actual results and achievements, whether expressed or implied, to differ materially from the expectations we describe in our forward-looking statements. The occurrence of any of the events described as risk factors or other future events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial position. Since our common stock is considered a “penny stock” we are ineligible to rely on the safe harbor for forward-looking statements provided in Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION ABOUT US

 

When this registration statement becomes effective, we will begin to file reports, proxy statements, information statements and other information with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). You may read and copy this information, for a copying fee, at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information on its Public Reference Room. Our SEC filings will also be available to the public from commercial document retrieval services, and at the website maintained by the SEC at http://www.sec.gov .

 

We do not have a website. Momspot’s website is located at http://www.momspot.com . The information available on, or accessible through, our website is not part of this Registration Statement. When this Registration Statement is effective, we will make available, through a link to the SEC’s website, electronic copies of the materials we file with the SEC (including our annual reports on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, our current reports on Form 8-K, the Section 16 reports filed by our executive officers, directors and 10% stockholders and amendments to those reports). To receive paper copies of our SEC filings, please contact us by mail addressed to Investor Relations, Atrinsic, Inc. 1 Grand Central Place (60 E. 42 nd Street), Suite 2319, New York, NY 10165.

 

ii
 

 

Item 1. Business

 

Overview

 

Our principal asset is a 51% membership interest in Momspot, which is in the process of developing an online affiliated marketing network targeting the Mommy Market, as more particularly described in this Registration Statement. We do not conduct any other business activity, directly or indirectly.

 

Our goal is to be the premier specialty retail affiliate marketing company targeting women between the ages of 24 and 45 who are either mothers or expecting their first child. We refer to our target audience as the “Mommy Market.” Towards that end, we are in the process of building a website that incorporates various existing technologies that allows for product aggregation and enhanced search and filtering capabilities, resulting in increased brand engagement and user traffic for the hundreds of manufacturers, distributors, retailers and other merchants, whom we refer to as “Platform Partners,” that want to reach the Mommy Market. We will also sell online advertisement space to various businesses (hereafter referred to in this context as “Advertisers”). In many cases, our Platform Partners will also be Advertisers and vice versa. Momspot’s website, www.momspot.com , will function as a vertical search engine and comparison shopping site that will enable mothers and mothers-to-be (hereafter, “Moms” and “Moms-to-be”) to search for and compare thousands of products for themselves and their families from their desktop and lap-top computers and mobile devices. We launched the Momspot website in March 2014.

 

We will focus on marketing our website and services in order to build to awareness of the Momspot brand, which, we hope, will translate into heavy user traffic and engagement. Ultimately, our value will be a function of the number of people using our website, the number of click-throughs to the web sites of our Platform Partners and Advertisers, and the transactional volume attributable to our users.

 

Our marketing strategy will focus on Moms and Moms-to-be, not just their babies and children. We will organize our merchandise and content according to what Moms and Moms-to-be will find informative and helpful. Finally, we hope to distinguish our brand as a sophisticated and fashionable comparison shopping tool and social destination for Moms and Moms-to-be, unlike existing Mom-related websites and retailers, whose primary focus is on “cutesy” content having to do with babies, children and general parenting issues.

 

Business Model — Affiliate Marketing

 

Our business model, affiliate marketing, is a type of performance-based marketing employed by many successful web-based companies, such as Kayak and Google. Affiliate marketing companies do not hold any inventory or buy and/or sell products. Rather, they facilitate interactions between consumers and merchants by creating an environment – i.e., a website – with multiple contact points for consumers, brands, and merchants. Affiliate marketing enhances the connections between consumers, on the one hand, and merchants and brand owners, on the other hand, by allowing for multiple opportunities for consumers to engage with multiple brands and products and services through an affiliate’s (i.e., publisher’s) website. Affiliates, such as Momspot, offer a risk-free approach for merchants and brand owners to increase consumer engagement with their products and brands, drive traffic to their sites and increase transaction volume. Affiliates specialize in product aggregation and search, and focusing marketing efforts on a well-defined and specific market segment (in our case, middle-to-upper class educated mothers between the ages of 24 and 45).

 

A publisher, also referred to as an affiliate, is an individual or company that promotes multiple products, brands and/or services in exchange for earning a commission. Merchants and brand owners contractually agree to work with a publisher and then provide the publisher with content – in the form of links, product images and banner or text ads – that the publisher incorporates into its website. When a user visits a publisher's website and clicks on a product, service, ad or other form of an advertiser's content, the visitor's browser receives a special tracking cookie that identifies the advertiser, the publisher, and the specific content and commission amount. This data is stored within the link information in what are called "parameters" and can include even more anonymous data used for attribution.

 

3
 

 

The Market Opportunity

 

There are three key factors why we believe Momspot presents a good business opportunity:

 

1. Online advertising and mobile advertising are growing rapidly and search is the most lucrative online business.
2. There is an increasing shift towards performance-based marketing channels, such as affiliate marketing.
3. The enormous size and spending power of a valuable market segment.

 

Online Advertising Growth 1

 

Internet advertising revenues in the United States totaled $31.7 billion in 2011, an increase of 22% over 2010, and are growing steadily with a compounded annual growth rate of 20.3% over the past ten years. Search remains the largest online advertising revenue format representing 46.5% of 2011 revenues, up from 44.8% in 2010, and in 2011, search revenues totaled $14.8 billion, up almost 27% from $11.7 billion in 2010. We believe our advertising services address the large online and mobile advertising markets. From 2012 to 2017, the worldwide online advertising market, excluding mobile advertising, is projected to increase from $91.1 billion to $124.7 billion, representing a 6.5% compounded annual growth rate, according to industry sources. From 2012 to 2017, the worldwide mobile advertising market is projected to increase from $10.0 billion to $52.2 billion, representing a 39.2% compounded annual growth rate, according to industry sources.

 

Performance-Based Marketing Growth 1

 

Advertisers are constantly seeking ways to maximize marketing their return on investment through better alternatives to acquire users, generate traffic and increase sales that produces measurable and repeatable results. The result is an increasing trend on the part of advertisers to use targeted, performance-based marketing that consistently and effectively reaches their desired market segment. As such, ad spending on traditional search engines is expected to grow more slowly than overall online ad spending, driving the growth of topical sites that provide a targeted, performance-based marketing alternative grabbing a larger portion of marketing budgets.

 

According to the Interactive Advertising Bureau (IAB), online advertising priced on a performance basis represented 62% of total U.S. online advertising spend in 2010, which represents a 20% share gain from cost-per-mile (CPM) and hybrid pricing models since 2004. CPM represents the price per 1000 user impression/views. It does not measure whether any revenue was generated form those views.

 

Online advertising priced on a performance basis, such as cost-per-click (CPC), has taken significant share from advertising priced on either a per-impression (CPM) or hybrid basis over the last several years, and the IAB expects performance-based online marketing will continue to grow relative to non-performance-based marketing. Performance-based marketing maintains 5% of the Internet advertising market share, or approximately $1.6 billion. This trend is fueled, in part, by the fact that the Internet enables self-directed and targeted marketing. Highly targeted marketing messages will help advertisers tackle the difficulties of reaching certain fragmented audiences.

 

Internet search behaviors are changing as users expect topical search services that produce more relevant search results. In addition, advertisers are seeking more measurable and effective advertising options and the ability to easily target a well-defined market segment , such as the Mommy Market.

 

1 Interactive Advertising Bureau Advertising Revenue Report, 2011

 

4
 

 

The demand by advertisers for performance-based marketing coupled with the increasing demand by users for more topical relevant search and shopping options are changing the nature of search, resulting in the increased popularity and use of performance-based, topical search tools (also known as vertical search engines) that produce relevant results specific to a narrowly defined market segment. Yelp, Kayak, and ShopStyle are just a few examples of these sorts of search alternatives, and how their popularity has grown in the past few years.

 

Topical search is growing compared to traditional search, as witnessed by the 8% increase of searches on vertical search engines, while searches on traditional services ( e.g., Google) declined 3%, and the number of searches per searcher declined 7%, in the second half of 2012. 2

 

The Value of the “Mommy Market”

 

The “Mommy Market” is estimated to be in excess of 31 million women under the age of 42. This includes 9.9 million “Millennial Moms” (age 18-29) and 21.9 million GenX Moms (age 30-42), two of the more Internet savvy segments. 3 However, the true potential of our target market could be as many as 113 million women given that there are approximately 141 million women with children in the United States, and approximately 80% of them have access to the Internet. Moreover, the size of the “Mommy Market” is growing around 1% a year. 4

 

Furthermore, women control more than $2.1 trillion in household spending and the U.S. Department of Agriculture estimates a family with average income will spend approximately $165,000 on a single child by the time the child reaches 18 years old. Furthermore, expectant and new mothers spend, on average, more than $10,000 in the first year of their child’s life. 5 Finally, estimates are that Moms account for 85% of the purchase decisions of U.S. households. Thus, the “Mommy Market” comprises a powerful consumer market segment. 6

 

Digital media is an essential and important part of a Mom’s life today, and the Internet is a rapidly growing media outlet that Moms turn to for information and entertainment. According to America Online DMS, mothers spend up to 16 hours and 52 minutes per week online, which is more than teens (who are online approximately 12 hours and 17 minutes). 7

 

According to Simmons Market Research Bureau, Moms are more inclined to use the Internet for communicating, socializing and meeting people and for family entertainment than women who are not Moms. 8 According to the same survey, Moms spend an average of 86 minutes per day reading and sending emails and 38% of those surveyed indicated the Internet is their prime source of information, second only to television (48%). 9 What makes these facts even more interesting is that, when compared to women without children, Moms appear to favor the Internet in many different aspects of their life. Women also tend to seek assistance and opinions from their female peers when making product selection and purchasing decisions.

 

 

2 New York Times, April 4th, 2013.

3 BabyCenter US Mom Market Facts.

4 Simmons Market Research Bureau, Study of Media and Markets.

5 Mom 3.0: Marketing w/ Today’s Mothers by Leveraging New Media & Technology, by Maria Baily.

6 ABCNews.com, 4/11/2008 (http://abcnews.go.com/Video/playerIndex?id=4614331&affil=wftv).

7 The U.S. Mom Market Report; Silver Stork Research & Packaged Facts.

8 Simmons Market Research Bureau, Study of Media and Markets.

9 The U.S. Mom Market Report; Silver Stork Research & Packaged Facts.

 

5
 

 

Our Value Proposition – To Users

 

Momspot endeavors to be a new shopping experience - one tailored to the needs of busy and sophisticated women. For users, Momspot will be a topical, one-stop product aggregator and vertical search engine that offers a simple way to find merchandise for the Mom herself and for her children across all ager milestones (i.e., new-born, infant, toddler, kids and teens). In addition, we will provide access to special sales and promotions, allow users to interact with one another and curate informative content, all with the goal of enhancing connections with brands and with other similarly situated users. Momspot will leverage key social networking features to facilitate the sharing and promotion of merchandise, and allow users to create their own customized “spot” where they can highlight and promote merchandise they particularly like for other users to view. We will differentiate ourselves from other websites by focusing on the Mom, not just her babies or children. We will organize our merchandise and content according to what, we believe, Mom will find informative and helpful. Our brand will emphasize this fact, and aims to be a sophisticated and fashionable shopping tool and social destination for Moms and Moms-to-be. Ultimately, our goal is to become the number one destination on the Internet for Moms and Moms-to-be by providing them with a simple, stylish and social way to search for, and compare, thousands of products to make finding what they need, for themselves and their families, informative and easy.

 

Momspot will bring the following value to its users:

 

· Targeted product search and filtering – search and filtering produces results that are more relevant to the user, saving time and reducing frustration;

 

· Enhanced search and product selection functionality – our site will allow users to filter by brand, retailer, price, and/or product category, thus producing most relevant results and increasing the likelihood that the user will click-through to the merchants’ site;

 

· Product aggregation for thousands of merchants and brands that want to reach the Mommy Market – provides the user with a one-stop shopping alternative that doesn’t not currently exist for this large market segment;

 

· Special discounts and promotions –to entice users to the site and to click-through to merchants;

 

· User community - to entice users to the site and increase user engagement that will increase likelihood of clicking through to merchants;

 

· Social network integration and ability to solicit real time assistance from friends - to entice users to the site and increase user engagement that will increase likelihood of clicking through to merchants;

 

· Trusted product reviews and ratings – a value-add for users to entice them to use the site; and

 

· Ability to customize the user’s personal area for others to follow - to entice users to the site and increase user engagement that will increase likelihood of clicking through to merchants.

 

 

Our Value Proposition – To Platform Partners and Advertisers

 

The value we will create for our users will be enhanced by our Platform Partners and Advertisers. Platform Partners and Advertisers will integrate with www.momspot.com through an application programing interface (“API”) that we provide which will allow our users to seamlessly move from our website to the websites of our Platform Partners and Advertisers. We will provide our Platform Partners with a set of development tools, APIs and embeddable widgets that will allow them to seamlessly integrate with our platform.

 

Affiliate marketing companies, such as Momspot, offer a risk-free approach for merchants to increase consumer engagement with their brands, drive traffic to their sites, and increase transaction volumes. Platform Partners will use www.momspot.com as a complementary distribution channel to expand their reach and engage with their audiences.

 

6
 

 

We will also offer advertising services via our website to allow our Advertisers to promote their brands, products and services, and to amplify their visibility and reach. Advertisers can use www.momspot.com to communicate directly with their natural constituency and reach a broader audience and further promote their brands, products and services. Our natural targeting capabilities allow Advertisers to better reach users who are more likely to engage with their ads, better achieve their goals and improve the return on their ad spending. Our advertising services provide compelling value to our Advertisers by delivering the ability to reach a large audience through our website and to-be-developed mobile applications, the ability to target ads based on our understanding of our users, and the opportunity to generate significant earned media. We expect that most, but not necessarily all, of our Advertisers will be Platform Partners.

 

We believe the Momspot platform will provide our Platform Partners and Advertisers with the following benefits:

 

· Risk-free opportunity to allow users to engage directly with products and brands. Because of our pay-for-performance revenue model, Platform Partners and Advertisers will pay us on a performance basis, meaning they only pay us when a user engages with their ad, such as when a user clicks on a link for a promoted product or replies to or favorites a promoted product. The pay-for-performance structure aligns our interests in delivering relevant and engaging ads to our users with those of our Advertisers.

 

· Risk-free opportunity to drive user traffic and increase transaction volume; brand equity leverage. As Momspot’s brand equity is enhanced, Platform Partners and Advertisers will benefit.

 

· Automatic market segmentation. Platform Partners and Advertisers will be able to instantly reach a distinct market segment, which happens to be large and that has a significant amount of disposable income.

 

· Unique Ad Formats Native to the User Experience. The organization of our website, including product placement and curation, will appear to the user as natural and organic. Thus, we will provide Platform Partners and Advertisers with an opportunity to reach our users without disrupting or detracting from the user experience. As such, Platform Partners and Advertisers can drive product webpage visits or application installs.

 

· Connect in Context. Platform Partners and Advertisers can gain meaningful insights and market intelligence from, and respond directly to, the feedback from customers. Our Platform Partners and Advertisers will have powerful context to connect their messages to what is most meaningful to our users in real time, and can engage directly with their customers. We will be able to provide Platform Partners and Advertisers with measurable, accountable and repeatable results including the following: unique monthly visits, average visit duration, bounce rate, pages per visit, page views, percentage of new visits, demographics ( e.g., age, gender) and geography ( e.g., country, region, state, city)

 

· Extension of Offline Advertising Campaigns. Advertising on affiliated marketing sites complements offline advertising campaigns, such as television ads. Additionally, we enable Advertisers to engage directly with users who have been exposed to their ads on television. We believe that synchronizing Momspot and television advertising campaigns makes brand messages more engaging and interactive.

 

Our Value Proposition – To Data Partners

 

We will license or sell our data to Data Partners, i.e., third-party marketers and advertisers who will search and analyze historical and real-time data on our platform. Our Data Partners will be able to use this data to generate and monetize data analytics, from which data partners can identify user sentiment, influence and other trends.

 

Specifically, our platform provides our Data Partners with the following benefits:

 

7
 

 

· Access to Actionable Data . Our platform will enable our Data Partners to analyze and act upon data based on how users engage on our platform. This data can then serve as the foundation for applications and tools that can draw relationships between social interactions and business results, and even derive signals that predict consumer preferences.

 

· Ability to Create Measurement Standards . We will provide our Data Partners with the tools and data to find the right signal for the right audience.

 

Revenue Model

 

Eventually, we expect our revenue to include the following:

 

· Affiliate Commissions – When one of our users purchases a product from one of our Platform Partners or Advertisers, we will receive a percentage of the purchase price. The rate of the commissions will vary, depending on the merchant and other factors. For example, we may enter into special arrangements with Platform Partners to promote specific products, in which case the rate may be higher than the usual rate.

 

· Affiliate CPC Revenue – Each time a user clicks on a button that redirects the user to the website of a Platform Partner or Advertiser, that Platform Partner or Advertiser pays us a fee.

 

· Display Advertising – Advertisers, whether or not they are Platform Partners, will pay us a fee for display ads. The rates will depend on the ad placement and frequency and are typically measured on a CPM basis (i.e., cost per 1,000 impressions).

 

· Sponsored Content – Part of our strategy is to promote our website to serve as a resource for our targeted market segment and to serve as a forum where users can interact with each other. In order to achieve this goal, we will look to bring sponsored content, such as blogs or articles of interest to Moms. We will charge a fee to persons who wish to post content on our site. The fee will probably be based on a CPC pricing model.

 

· Data Analytics – We have created a detailed measurement plan to regularly track and collect site data and user interactions.  We plan to leverage Google Analytics as the platform and tool by which we will collect and analyze this data. This plan focuses on the analyzing the number of unique visitors per month, page views per visit, visit duration, bounce rate, and defined user conversions. We will look to sell or license this data to third party marketers and other interested parties.

 

Our Growth Strategy

 

As is typical of affiliate marketing companies, our strategy is to build brand awareness using marketing strategies that focus on our target market. See “Sales and Marketing”, below. We believe that the growth of our business will be driven by a virtuous cycle that starts with what is best for our users. We believe that growth in our user base and user engagement will be a fundamental driver to the growth of our business, and we believe that there is a significant opportunity to develop a robust user base. Growth in our user base will drive more unique content, which in turn will drive the viral, organic promotion of content on and off our properties, thereby attracting more Platform Partners, Advertisers and even Data Partners. As we attract more users, the value proposition for Platform Partners and Advertisers increases, incentivizing them to develop unique and compelling content for our platform.

 

In addition to our Sales and Marketing strategy, our growth strategy includes the following:

 

· Add relevant and meaningful content to our website. We will expand our value proposition by adding editorial and sponsored content to www.momspot.com .  This will most likely occur at first through the addition of a weblog or “Blog” section where individuals will write short articles (“Blog posts”) that are contextually relevant to our website.  These may include consumer product reviews and recommendations, parenting tips, fashion and style trends, or discussions about popular culture. Initially, we will look to both syndicate articles and posts from partner content sites and use freelance writers to create exclusive content for Momspot.  Eventually, we hope to build an in-house editorial team that will focus on publishing new content on the site on a weekly or daily basis.

 

8
 

 

· Mobile Applications. We plan to develop mobile applications to increase our reach and make our service accessible to more users.

 

· Product Development. We plan to continue to build and acquire new technologies to develop and improve our products and services and make our platform more valuable and accessible to people around the world.

 

· Replicate the platform for other market segments. Once the initial Momspot site is complete and we have achieved a certain amount of success in acquiring user traffic and building our brand reputation, we intend to replicate the Momspot platform for different market segments (e.g., men, students, athletes, grandparents). The functionality and features of these new websites will essentially be comparable to the Momspot website, but we will create a new logo and brand identity, including color palette and UI style, that we feel will appeal to the particular new market segment we are targeting.

 

· Geographic expansion. Our initial focus for Momspot is the North American market. However, eventually, we hope to create cloned websites for other geographic markets ( e.g., Latin America, Asia, the Middle East and Europe). Content on these sites will be in the local language, and contain Platform Partners and Advertisers that are well known in the specific region. 

 

· Expand into the physical realm. Once we have built Momspot into a well-recognized consumer brand, our hope is to leverage this brand equity and expand into the physical realm by creating “brick-and-mortar” “Momspots” that will be a combination of a café, day-care and retail store.  The notion is to create a physical domain where Moms can go with their babies and/or children that offers them the following value-added services:

 

(i) An opportunity for Moms to meet and socialize in a relaxed and comfortable environment;

 

(ii) An opportunity for children to interact with other children their own age (i.e., play dates) under proper supervision; and

 

(iii) A retail destination where Moms can shop for themselves and their children (of all ages).

 

Acquisitions. We may also seek to acquire other businesses or assets that would enable us to expand our business. These acquisition opportunities may be in the same or complementary markets. We have neither identified any such acquisition opportunities nor can we predict the terms of any such acquisitions. We cannot assure you that we will be able to complete any acquisitions.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

As a start-up venture, sales and marketing is critical to our success. Acquisition of users, Platform Partners, and Advertisers requires significant resources, which is why we have made it such a significant part of our budget and one of the largest focuses of our business. Our marketing budget (approximately $60,000) is double our development budget (approximately $30,000) and represents the single largest allocation of funds. Our goal through marketing is to build our brand popularity and reputation that will translate into heavy user traffic and engagement, and ultimately traffic and sales for Platform Partners and Advertisers. To achieve this, Momspot has developed the following sales and marketing strategy:

 

9
 

 

· Search Engine Marketing (SEM) – paying a search engine to display your ad when a user searches on specific keyword terms;

 

· Search Engine Optimization (SEO) – optimizing site code and content such that the site URL is ranked higher in a search engines organic search results;

 

· Paid advertising – paying websites or other media to display ads or sponsored content;

 

· Public relations – promoting our website through various popular media channels, including television, radio, magazines and online channels (e.g. blogs, online magazines);

 

· Strategic partnerships – entering into relationships with other enterprises that we believe will enhance our image, increase brand awareness or otherwise have a positive impact on our business;

 

· Event Sponsorships – attending or participating in trade shows and conventions and sponsoring various events that target the Mommy Market; and

 

· Viral marketing campaigns – a method of product promotion that relies on getting customers to market an idea, product or service on their own by telling their friends about the idea, product or service, usually via email or text.

 

With respect to acquiring Platform Partners and Advertisers, our principal strategy is to work through third parties that specialize in building affiliate networks, principally CJ Affiliate by Conversant (formerly known as “Commission Junction”), and to solicit Platform Partners and Advertisers directly. At the present time, we have approximately 20 Platform Partners, all of whom we acquired through CJ Affiliate by Conversant.

 

Competition

 

Our industry is evolving rapidly and is becoming increasingly competitive, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to compete effectively. See the sections titled “Risk Factors—If we are unable to compete effectively for users and advertiser spend, our business and operating results could be harmed” and “We will need to hire highly skilled personnel to grow and operate our business, and if we are unable to hire, retain and motivate our personnel, we may not be able to grow effectively.” We believe the principal barriers to entry are the following:

 

· acquiring a valuable domain name;

 

· building a user base and a robust affiliate network; and

 

· financial resources for sales and marketing.

 

We expect to face significant competition in all aspects of our business – for users, Platform Partners, Advertisers and also for personnel.

 

In general, the competitive landscape in which we operate is vast. Our competitors include traditional “brick and mortar” retailers, whether or not they have an online presence; online retailers, such as Amazon.com; and comparison shopping sites such as GoogleShop, Shopzilla and others. However, rather than view these enterprises as competitors, we prefer to treat them as potential Platform Partners. In our view, our real competitors are online comparison shopping sites that target the Mommy Market. We are aware of three such sites: www.weespring.com , www.theprowl.com and www.cricketscircle.com.

 

10
 

 

Many of our competitors and potential competitors have greater financial resources, larger user bases and longer operating histories than we do. As a result, they have a significant competitive advantage over us when it comes to attracting users, Platform Partners, Advertisers and personnel. Our ability to compete effectively will ultimately depend on many factors, some of which may not be entirely within our control. These factors include usefulness, ease of use, performance and reliability of our website; the scope and quality of the products and services offered on our website; our ability to establish and maintain relationships with Platform Partners that integrate with our platform; and our reputation and the strength of our brand.

 

Notwithstanding the highly competitive environment in which we will operate, we believe we will be able to compete effectively based on the following:

 

· We own valuable internet real estate, technical capabilities and a unique and trademarked brand name that has the potential to become extremely popular, giving us the ability to target and attract this large and valuable market segment.

 

· Our curated content and unique features, including the ability to create one’s own customizable “Momspot,” will increase user engagement and product click rates. Advertisers will want to leverage these assets to help them market their products and services to this market segment.

 

· The functionality of the website will allow for better product searching, including paid search results that appear to be natural and organic leading to improved click-through rates. Natural/organic results have 10x the click-through rate compared to display ads. Additionally, our website will have unique functionality that allows users to solicit real-time product search/selection assistance from friends on Momspot or other social networks.

 

· Retailers and brands targeting this market number in the thousands, and include large multi-national companies. We intend to give these merchants a risk-free channel to market their products and services to this market, acquire new traffic and customers, and have their products viewed by a larger audience.

 

We believe that, ultimately, the growth of our business will be driven by a virtuous cycle that starts with what is best for our users. We believe that growth in our user base and user engagement will be a fundamental driver to the growth of our business, and we believe that there is a significant opportunity to develop a robust user base. Growth in our user base will drive more unique content, which in turn will drive the viral, organic promotion of content on and off our properties, thereby attracting more Platform Partners, Advertisers and even Data Partners. As we attract more users, the value proposition for Platform Partners, and Advertisers increases, incentivizing them to develop unique and compelling content for our platform.

 

In order to attract users, we will differentiate ourselves from other websites by focusing on the Mom, not just her babies or children. We will organize our merchandise and content according to what we believe the Mom will find informative and helpful. Our brand will emphasize this fact, and aims to be a sophisticated and fashionable shopping tool and social destination for Moms and Moms-to-be.

 

Ultimately, our success will depend, in part, on the scope and quality of products available through our website. Therefore, it is imperative that we build the right affiliate relationships. Our competition for Platform Partners will include other online and mobile affiliate marketing companies, as well as online retailers. Our strategy for building an affiliate network is to work through third parties that specialize in this area. To date, we have a 20 Platform Partners. We believe this number will grow rapidly once we launch our website and begin to generate traffic.

 

We will also face significant competition for Advertisers. Our competition for spending on advertising will include online and mobile businesses and traditional media outlets such as television, radio and print. We believe that our ability to compete effectively for advertiser spend depends upon many factors, including the size and composition of our user base; our ad targeting capabilities; the timing and market acceptance of our advertising services; our marketing and selling efforts; the return our Advertisers receive from our advertising services; and our reputation and the strength of our brand.

 

11
 

 

As we grow and need to expand our work force, we may also experience significant competition for highly skilled personnel, including senior management, engineers, designers and product managers. Our growth strategy depends in part on our ability to retain our existing personnel and add additional highly skilled employees. Competition for highly skilled personnel is intense, particularly in the New York market, where we are located, and we compete for personnel against online and mobile businesses; other companies in the technology industry; and traditional media businesses such as television, radio and print. In addition, our ability to compete effectively for highly skilled personnel will depend on our ability to foster a work environment that encourages independence, creativity and innovation; opportunities to work on challenging, meaningful and important projects; the reputation and strength of our brand; and compensation.

 

Finally, and perhaps most importantly, we require significant financial resources to execute our sales and marketing strategy to attract users, Platform Partners and Advertisers. At the present time, we have a limited budget for sales and marketing. As soon as we launch our website, we plan to begin to explore our options for raising capital. Until such time, we will rely on strategies that do not involve significant expenditures such as activating our social media presence and user network.

 

Technology, Research and Development

 

We are in the process of developing a user-friendly website with many features and functionalities that will be of value to our users, as detailed below.

 

Site Features

 

The Momspot website focuses on the following features:

 

· Intuitive and simple product search: Curated content, including product content such as special promotions, and editorial content such as topical articles discussing Mom, children or general parenting issues, as well as other useful information.

 

· Multi-dimensional product filtering: Giving the user the ability to filter search results by many different criteria, including by price, brand, and retailer;

· Product specifications: Giving the user the ability to filter search results by many different criteria, including details of the selected product such as product description, price, product ratings and user reviews;

 

· Product and price comparison capability: A table showing the various merchants that sell a particular product, and the price for each merchant;

 

· Social integration: The ability to post and share products and reviews to social networks, including Facebook, Twitter and Pinterest;

 

· Customizable area (“My Momspot”): The ability to curate content that is “followable” by other users, and where users can build a community of users with whom they can share and recommend products and interact.

 

Design and development of the Momspot website will focus on four main sections. These areas are:

 

1. Momspot homepage and universal navigation;
2. Product search results and filtering;
3. Product details; and
4. My Momspot.

 

12
 

 

“My Momspot”

 

The “My Momspot” section will be a place where users can customize content in order to highlight certain products they want to recommend and/or promote to their Momspot user community. Certain views of this section will be publicly viewable by all members of Momspot, and others will be viewable only to those members the user has granted access.

 

My Momspot will consist of six important sub-sections:

 

1. My Favorites: users are able to “like” products using buttons located on the product image, which are saved to the “My Favorites” area of the My Momspot;

 

2. Product Reviews: users are able to review and rate products, which are then saved to the “Reviews”;

 

3. Baby Registry: users are able to flag products for a baby registry, which are saved to their “Baby Registry” section of My Momspot;

 

4. Followers: users are able to see other users may be following them, access their public My Momspot, and select any of those users’ profiles in order to view the public section of that user’s My Momspot;

 

5. Following: users are able to see the other Momspot users they are following, and allow any of those users to view their public My Momspot;

 

6. User Profile: this will have two functions:
a. Create/Edit Profile: users are able to add personal information, including hometown, and age and gender of children; and
b. Manager Alerts and Emails: users are able to manage price alerts they may set, as well as the type of frequency of email they receive from Momspot.

 

Site Design & Development

 

The site design will have a clean and sleek look and feel, with stylish colors. The user interface will be simple and intuitive, with logical high-level product categorization and navigation. The site imagery will focus on the Mom, not her baby or children, and should dominate the screen space. Moms will be youthful looking and attractive. No sponsored promotions or display/banner ads will be located on the home page.

 

In terms of technical development, we have organized Momspot’s functionality into the following four areas:

 

1. Core:
· Merchandise database
· Merchandise data feed
· User database
· Product search
· Product filtering
· Product sort
· Detailed product view
· Product utilities (e.g. sharing, saving, emailing, etc.)

 

2. Administrative:
· Merchandise management system (MMS)
· Content management system (CMS)
· User analytics

 

3. Value-Added Commercial Services:
· Promotions/sponsored products

 

13
 

 

· Sponsored content
· Display advertisements

 

4. Social:
· My Momspot
· Instant message/chat

 

Current Progress

 

Since July 2013, we have achieved the following milestones in connection with our business plan:

 

1. Hired three independent contractor consultants to focus on user experience (UX), website design and technical development;
2. Created Momspot logo and brand symbol;
3. Developed style guidelines to manage the visual identity of the brand;
4. Analyzed user experience and developed wireframes and functional requirements for key sections of the website;
5. Developed webpage mockups by applying the Momspot style and visual identity standards to the wireframes (i.e. skinning);
6. Developed full webpage comps (i.e., mock-ups of web pages) as a blueprint for technical development;
7. Begun analyzing data integration solutions between an affiliate network (CJ Affiliate by Conversant) and Momspot;
8. Begun inquiring with merchants regarding their affiliate programs and compiling merchant product data;
a. We presently have 22 merchant partners whose products are contained on the site
9. Completed early development of search and browsing technology;
10. Completed full version of the website for testing purposes; and
11. Published a temporary website to the URL www.momspot.com in November 2013, which allows users to get basic information about us and add their email address to our mailing list.
12. Conducted numerous focus group sessions to get user feedback and help shape functional requirements
13. Released the first live version of Momspot (v1.0) to www.momspot.com on March 1 , 2014
a. We are not promoting the current live site, but rather waiting till the release of the next version of the website with the newly designed homepage
b. Despite this, since release more than 1,000 users have visited the site, accruing more than 2,200 page views, clicking on 213 merchant products and conducting nine sales transactions
14. Began designing and developing a newly redesigned homepage and other site functionality, which is currently live in our staging environment

 

Our development team, comprised of our sole employee and outside consultants, has made good progress with product development, having completed a number of phases of site design and the development of the following areas of the website:

 

· Temporary public website
· Homepage
· User registration & login
· Universal navigation
· Merchant data integration
· Product search capability
· Product details
· Ability to review and rate products
· My Momspot area
o User profile
o Favorites view
o Registry view
o Follower/Following view
o Product Reviews view

 

14
 

 

Intellectual Property

 

At the present time our only intellectual property consists of our name, which is trademarked, and we are the registered owner of the URL www.momspot.com . Over time, as our business matures we may develop processes, methodologies and/or technologies that we deem proprietary. We may seek to protect those rights through contractual arrangements such as confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements, assignment of invention agreements with employees and/or independent contractors, license agreements with vendors and platform partners, and/or through the filing of trademark and copyright registrations or patent applications. We cannot assure you that our efforts to protect our proprietary information and technology will be effective. We may be unable to obtain patent or trademark protection for our technologies and brands, and even if we do they may not provide us with competitive advantages or distinguish our products and services from those of our competitors. In addition, any patents and trademarks may be contested, circumvented or found unenforceable or invalid, and we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing, diluting or otherwise violating them.

 

Many companies in the Internet, technology and media industries own large numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets, and frequently enter into litigation based on allegations of infringement, misappropriation, or other violations of intellectual property or other rights. In addition, various “non-practicing entities” that own patents and other intellectual property rights often attempt to aggressively assert their rights in order to extract value from technology companies. We may, in the future, face allegations that we have infringed on or otherwise violated the patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, and other intellectual property rights of third parties, including our competitors and non-practicing entities. As we face increasing competition and as our business grows, we will likely face more intellectual property-related claims and litigation matters. For additional information, see the section titled “Risk Factors—We are currently, and expect to be in the future, party to intellectual property rights claims that are expensive and time consuming to defend, and, if resolved adversely, could have a significant impact on our business, financial condition or operating results.”

 

Government Regulation

 

We may be subject to a number of foreign and U.S. federal and state and laws and regulations that may involve matters central to our business. These laws and regulations may involve privacy, rights of publicity, data protection, content regulation, intellectual property, competition, consumer protection, taxation or other subjects. Many of these laws and regulations are still evolving and being tested in courts and could be interpreted in ways that could harm our business. In addition, the application and interpretation of these laws and regulations often are uncertain, particularly in the new and rapidly evolving industry in which we operate.

 

We may also subject to federal, state and foreign laws regarding privacy and the protection of user data. Foreign data protection, privacy, consumer protection, content regulation and other laws and regulations are often more restrictive than those in the United States. We may also be affected by a number of legislative proposals pending before the U.S. Congress, various state legislative bodies and foreign governments concerning data protection. For example, regulation relating to the 1995 European Union Data Protection Directive is currently being considered by European legislative bodies that may include more stringent operational requirements for entities processing personal information and significant penalties for non-compliance.

 

Employees

 

As of June 25, 2014, Atrinsic had no employees and Momspot had one full-time employee.

 

15
 

 

Legal Proceedings

 

At the present time we are not involved in nor are we are aware of any potential material legal proceedings, claims or government investigations. Future litigation may be necessary, among other things, to defend ourselves, our platform partners and our users by determining the scope, enforceability, and validity of third-party proprietary rights or to establish our proprietary rights. The results of any current or future litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, and regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

Facilities

 

We do not own or rent any real property as all of our administrative functions, principally accounting, are outsourced to third parties. Momspot is headquartered in Boynton Beach, Florida.

 

History, Background of Our Reorganization

 

Prior to the filing of our Plan of Reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code on June 15, 2012 (the “Plan of Reorganization”), we were a marketer of direct-to-consumer subscription products and an Internet search marketing agency. We sold entertainment and lifestyle subscription products directly to consumers, which we marketed through the Internet. We also sold Internet marketing services to our corporate and advertising clients.

 

The Plan of Reorganization was conditionally confirmed by the United States Bankruptcy Court, Southern District of New York (Case No.: 12-12553 (JMP)) on June 26, 2013 subject to the consummation of our acquisition of a 51% controlling equity interest in Momspot, which was completed on July 12, 2013. Momspot currently constitutes our only business operation.

 

Pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization, all debt was converted to equity with the secured creditors receiving 4,600,000,000 shares, $0.000001 par value per share, of a newly created class of preferred stock designated as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) and general unsecured creditors receiving an aggregate of 300,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.000001 per share (“Common Stock”).

 

Prior to March 30, 2012, the Company was a reporting company under the Exchange Act, and filed periodic reports with the SEC. On March 30, 2012, we filed a Form 15 with the SEC, terminating our obligation to file periodic reports under Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

Atrinsic, Inc. was originally incorporated under the name Millbrook Acquisition Corp. on or about February 3, 1994. On or about May 2, 2007, Millbrook Acquisition Corp. changed its name to New Motion, Inc. On or about February 4, 2008, New Motion, Inc. merged with Traffix, Inc., pursuant to which Traffix, Inc. became wholly-owned subsidiary of New Motion, Inc. On or about June 25, 2009, New Motion, Inc. changed its name to Atrinsic, Inc.

 

Pursuant to the terms of a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement dated July 12, 2013, we acquired a 51% equity interest in Momspot in exchange for our commitment to contribute up to $165,000 of working capital to Momspot over a two-year period to fund its business development and operations. Simultaneous with the acquisition, we became a party to the Momspot, LLC Operating Agreement and the manager thereunder.

 

16
 

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information in this registration statement, including the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Plan of Operation” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below may not be the only ones we face. If any of the risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

 

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

 

As we have no operating history and we plan to operate in a new and unproven market, it is difficult to evaluate our future prospects and the risk that we will not be successful is heightened.

 

We have no operating history, which makes it difficult to effectively assess our future prospects or forecast our future results. Given our lack of any operating history and the rapidly evolving markets in which we compete, it is very difficult, if not impossible, for you to predict our future operating results. You should consider our business and prospects in light of the risks and challenges we encounter or may encounter in this developing and rapidly evolving market. These risks and challenges include our ability to, among other things:

 

· attract users and generate user engagement;
· develop strategic relationships with Platform Partners and Advertisers;
· successfully expand our business;
· develop a reliable, scalable, secure, high-performance technology infrastructure that can efficiently handle increased usage;
· convince Platform Partners and Advertisers of the benefits of our platform compared to alternative forms of advertising;
· develop and deploy new features, products and services;
· successfully compete with other companies, some of which have substantially greater resources and market power than us, that are currently in, or may in the future enter, our industry, or duplicate the features of our products and services;
· attract, retain and motivate talented employees, particularly engineers, designers and product managers;
· process, store, protect and use personal data in compliance with governmental regulations, contractual obligations and other obligations related to privacy and security;
· continue to earn and preserve our users’ trust, including with respect to their private personal information; and
· defend ourselves against litigation, regulatory, intellectual property, privacy or other claims.

 

If we fail to educate potential users and potential advertisers about the value of our product offerings, if the market for our platform does not develop as we expect or if we fail to address the needs of this market, our business will be harmed. We may not be able to successfully address these risks and challenges or others. Failure to adequately address these risks and challenges could harm our business and cause our operating results to suffer.

 

We require additional capital to support our operations and the growth of our business, and we cannot be certain that this capital will be available on reasonable terms when required, or at all.

 

We will need additional financing to operate or grow our business. We anticipate only a modest amount of affiliate and advertising revenue over the next 12 months, which will only have a negligible impact on our future capital requirements.   Given our projected expenditures, we have approximately four months of working capital. As such, we need to raise additional capital to cover our budgeted operating and capital expenditures once the initial funding has been exhausted. Our best estimate of the amount of additional funding required is between $300,000 and $400,000 before we generate sufficient cash flow to sustain our operations. This capital will be used for recurring marketing expenditures, hiring full-time development resources, and other development needs. We hope to begin to explore financing alternatives once this registration statement is effective.

 

17
 

 

Our ability to obtain additional financing, if and when required, will depend on investor and lender demand, our operating performance, the condition of the capital markets and other factors, and we cannot assure you that additional financing will be available to us on favorable terms when required, or at all. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity, equity-linked or debt securities, those securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to the rights of our common stock, and our existing stockholders may experience dilution. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to support the operation or growth of our business could be significantly impaired and our operating results may be harmed.

 

If we cannot continue as a going concern, you will lose your entire investment.

 

In their report in connection with our financial statements for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph stating that because we have incurred net losses and have yet to establish profitable operations and other factors, there is substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern.  If we cannot continue as a going concern, your entire investment may be worthless.  Our ability to continue as a going concern will depend, in large part, on our ability to obtain additional financing and generate positive cash flow from operations, neither of which is certain.

 

If we fail to develop a significant user base, or if user engagement or ad engagement on our platform do not materialize, our revenue, business and operating results may be harmed.

 

The size of our user base and their level of engagement will be critical to our overall success, including our financial performance. Convincing potential new users of the value of our product offering is critical to increasing our user base and to the success of our business. We are unable to predict the size of our user base or its growth rate. If the Mommy Market does not perceive our website to be useful, reliable and trustworthy, we may not be able to attract users or increase the frequency of their engagement with our platform. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain or sustain any level of user base or engagement. A number of consumer-oriented websites that achieved early popularity have since seen their user bases or levels of engagement decline, in some cases precipitously. There is no guarantee that we will not experience a similar erosion of our user base or engagement levels. A number of factors could potentially negatively affect user growth and engagement, including if: 

 

· users engage with other websites or platforms as an alternative to ours;
· influential users, such as celebrities, athletes, journalists, media outlets and brands or certain age demographics conclude that a competing website or platform is more relevant;
· we are unable to convince potential new users of the value and usefulness of our website;
· there is a decrease in the perceived quality of the products and services available through our website;
· we fail to introduce new and improved products or services or if we introduce new or improved products or services that are not favorably received or that negatively affect user engagement;
· technical or other problems prevent us from delivering products or services in a rapid and reliable manner or otherwise affect the user experience;
· we are unable to present users with products, services or content that is interesting, useful and relevant to them;
· users believe that their experience is diminished as a result of the decisions we make with respect to the frequency, relevance and prominence of ads that we display;
· there are user concerns related to privacy and communication, safety, security or other factors;
· we are unable to combat spam or other hostile or inappropriate usage on our platform;
· there are adverse changes in the products or services available through our website that are mandated by, or that we elect to make, to address, legislation, regulatory authorities or litigation, including settlements or consent decrees;
· we fail to provide adequate customer service to users; or
· we do not maintain our brand image or our reputation is damaged.

 

If we are unable to attract a significant number of users or if the number of users begins to decline, this could result in our website being less attractive to potential new users as well as to Platform Partners and Advertisers, which would have a material and adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

18
 

 

Our revenue will depend on our ability to attract Platform Partners and Advertisers to advertise on our website.

 

We anticipate that, at least initially, most, if not all of our revenue will be performance-based, determined by the frequency that users click through to a Platform Partner’s or Advertiser’s website or purchase a Platform Partner’s or Advertiser’s products or services. It is unlikely that we will have long-term commitments from Platform Partners or Advertisers. In addition, Platform Partners and Advertisers may view our business experimental and unproven, and we may need to devote additional time and resources to educate them about our business. Platform Partners may not want to partner with us if they feel that user engagement with their products and services is too infrequent. Advertisers will not continue to do business with us or will reduce the prices they are willing to pay to advertise with us if we do not deliver ads in an effective manner, or if they do not believe that their investment in advertising with us will generate a competitive return relative to alternatives, including online, mobile and traditional advertising platforms. Thus, our revenue could be adversely affected by a number of other factors, including:

 

· decreases in user engagement with our platform;
· our inability to demonstrate the value of partnering with us or advertising on our platform;
· if the products available through our website are not cost-effective or valuable or if we are unable to develop cost effective or valuable advertising services for different types of Advertisers;
· if we are unable to convince Platform Partners and Advertisers to maintain a brand presence on our website;
· changes we may make that change the frequency or relative prominence of ads displayed on our platform or that detrimentally impact revenue in the near term with the goal of achieving long term benefits;
· our inability to increase Advertiser demand;
· our inability to increase the relevance of ads shown to users;
· our inability to help Advertisers effectively target ads, including as a result of the fact that we will not collect extensive private personally identifiable information directly from our users and that we may not have real-time geographic information for all of our users;
· decreases in the cost per ad engagement;
· loss of advertising market share to our competitors;
· decreases in user access of our platform;
· if we enter into revenue sharing arrangements or other partnerships with third parties that adversely affect our relationships with current advertisers;
· the impact of new technologies that could block or obscure the display of our ads;
· adverse legal developments relating to advertising or measurement tools related to the effectiveness of advertising, including legislative and regulatory developments, and developments in litigation;
· adverse media reports or other negative publicity involving us or other companies in our industry;
· our inability to create new products and services that sustain or increase the value of our advertising services to both our Advertisers and our users;
· the impact of fraudulent clicks or spam on our platform and our users;
· changes in the way our advertising is priced; and
· the impact of macroeconomic conditions and conditions in the advertising industry in general.

 

The occurrence of any of these or other factors could result in a reduction in demand for the products and services available through our website, which may reduce the prices we receive for our ads, either of which would negatively affect our revenue and operating results.

 

19
 

 

If we are unable to compete effectively for users, Platform Partners and Advertisers, our business and operating results could be harmed.

 

Competition for users will be intense. We will compete against many companies to attract and engage users, including traditional “brick and mortar” retailers that serve the Mommy Market, and online shopping sites including a number of online shopping sites that target the same market segment that we target. Most of these competitors and potential competitors have greater financial resources and substantially larger user bases than we do, such as Amazon.com, ShopStyle, Google and Cafemom, which offer a variety of Internet and mobile device-based products, services and content. For example, users can search, compare and shop using both Amazon and Google. The online affiliate marketing websites that target the Mommy Market, including www.weespring.com, www.theprowl.com and www.cricketscircle.com, tend to be smaller but nevertheless are already serving the market and, in some cases, are well-funded. As a result, our competitors may acquire and engage users at the expense of the growth or engagement of our user base, which would negatively affect our business. We may also compete against smaller companies, and companies based in foreign countries.

 

We believe that our ability to compete effectively for users depends upon many factors both within and beyond our control, including:

· the popularity, usefulness, ease of use, performance and reliability of our website compared to those of our competitors;
· the timing and market acceptance of product available on or through our website;
· our ability, and the ability of our competitors, to develop new products and services and to enhance existing products and services;
· the frequency and relative prominence of the ads displayed by us or our competitors;
· our ability to establish and maintain relationships with Platform Partners and Advertisers;
· changes mandated by, or that we elect to make to address, legislation, regulatory authorities or litigation, including settlements and consent decrees, some of which may have a disproportionate effect on us;
· government action regulating competition;
· our ability to attract, retain and motivate talented employees, particularly engineers, designers and product managers;
· acquisitions or consolidation within our industry, which may result in more formidable competitors; and
· our reputation and the brand strength relative to our competitors.

 

We also face significant competition for Advertisers as we will be competing against online and mobile businesses, including those referenced above, as well as traditional media outlets such as television, radio and print, for advertising budgets. In order to compete effectively for advertising spend, our budget for that form of revenue must be commensurate with those of our competitors, many of which are larger companies that offer more traditional and widely accepted advertising products. In addition, some of our larger competitors have substantially broader product or service offerings and are able to leverage their relationships based on other products or services to gain additional share of advertising budgets.

 

We believe that our ability to compete effectively for Advertisers depends upon many factors both within and beyond our control, including:

· the size and composition of our user base relative to those of our competitors;
· our ad targeting capabilities relative those of our competitors;
· the timing and market acceptance of our advertising services relative to those of our competitors;
· our marketing and selling efforts relative to those of our competitors;
· the pricing for products available through our website relative to the advertising products and services of our competitors;
· the return our Advertisers receive from our advertising services, and those of our competitors; and
· our reputation and the strength of our brand relative to our competitors.

 

In recent years, there have been significant acquisitions and consolidation by and among our actual and potential competitors. We anticipate that this trend of consolidation will continue, and that it will present heightened competitive challenges for our business. Acquisitions by our competitors may adversely impact our existing relationships or ability to forge new relationships with Platform Partners and Advertisers. Consolidation may also enable our larger competitors to offer bundled or integrated products that feature alternatives to our platform. A reduction in the number of our strategic relationships or an increase in our competitors’ ability to offer bundled or integrated products that compete directly with us may cause our user growth, user engagement and ad engagement to decline and Advertisers to reduce their spend with us.

 

If we are not able to compete effectively for users and advertiser spend, our business and operating results would be materially and adversely affected.

 

20
 

 

User growth and engagement depend upon effective interoperation with operating systems, networks, devices, web browsers and standards that we do not control.

 

Ultimately, we want our platform to be available across a variety of operating systems. Thus, the interoperability of our platform with popular devices, web browsers, and desktop and mobile operating systems that we do not control, such as Mac OS, Windows, Android, iOS, Chrome and Firefox will be critical to our future success. Any changes in such systems, devices or web browsers that degrade the functionality of our platform or that give preferential treatment to competitive products or services could adversely affect usage of our website. Further, if the number of operating systems for which we develop our platform expands, it will result in an increase in our operating expenses. In order to deliver high quality products and services, it is important that our platform work well with a range of operating systems, networks, devices, web browsers and standards that we do not control. In addition, because we expect that a significant percentage of our users will access our platform through mobile devices, we will be particularly dependent on the interoperability of our platform with mobile devices and operating systems. We may not be successful in developing relationships with key participants in the mobile industry or in developing or modifying our platform to operate effectively with these operating systems, networks, devices, web browsers and standards. In the event that it is difficult for our users to access and use our website, particularly on their mobile devices, our user growth and engagement could be harmed, and our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

 

Our operating results may fluctuate from quarter to quarter, which makes them difficult to predict.

 

Our quarterly operating results will likely fluctuate. Our operating results in any given quarter can be influenced by numerous factors, many of which we are unable to predict or are outside of our control, including: 

· our ability to grow our user base and the frequency and level of user engagement;
· our ability to attract and retain Platform Partners and Advertisers;
· fluctuations in spending by our Advertisers, including as a result of seasonality and extraordinary news events or other factors;
· the number of product or service engagements by users, whether with Platform Partners or Advertisers;
· the pricing of ads and products and services available on or through our website;
· the development and introduction of new products or services or changes in features of existing products or services;
· the impact of competitors or competitive products and services;
· our ability to maintain or increase revenue;
· our ability to maintain or improve gross margins and operating margins;
· increases in research and development, marketing and sales and other operating expenses that we may incur to grow and expand our operations and to remain competitive;
· stock-based compensation expense;
· costs related to the acquisition of businesses, talent, technologies or intellectual property, including potentially significant amortization costs;
· system failures resulting in the inaccessibility of our website;
· breaches of security or privacy, and the costs associated with remediating any such breaches;
· adverse litigation judgments, settlements or other litigation-related costs, and the fees associated with investigating and defending claims;
· changes in the legislative or regulatory environment, including with respect to security, privacy or enforcement by government regulators, including fines, orders or consent decrees;
· fluctuations in currency exchange rates and changes in the proportion of our revenue and expenses denominated in foreign currencies;
· seasonal factors;
· changes in U.S. generally accepted accounting principles; and
· changes in global business or macroeconomic conditions.

 

21
 

 

We have incurred significant operating losses in the past, and we may not be able to achieve or subsequently maintain profitability.

 

Over the last nine months, since emerging from bankruptcy, we have incurred significant operating losses. As of March 31, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $968,000. We believe that our future revenue growth will depend on, among other factors, our ability to attract users, Platform Partners and Advertisers; increase user engagement and ad engagement; increase our brand awareness; compete effectively; maximize our sales efforts; demonstrate a positive return on investment for Advertisers; and successfully develop new products and services. Accordingly, you should not rely on the revenue growth of any quarterly or annual period as an indication of our future performance. We also expect our costs to increase in future periods as we continue to expend substantial financial resources on:

· our technology infrastructure;
· research and development for our products and services;
· sales and marketing;
· domestic and international expansion efforts;
· attracting and retaining talented employees;
· strategic opportunities, including commercial relationships and acquisitions; and
· general administration, including personnel costs and legal and accounting expenses related to being a public company.

 

These investments may not result in increased revenue or growth in our business.

 

If we are unable to generate adequate revenue growth and to manage our expenses, we may continue to incur significant losses in the future and may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability.

 

Our business depends on continued and unimpeded access to our website by our users. If we or our users experience disruptions in Internet service or if Internet service providers are able to block, degrade or charge for access to our website, we could incur additional expenses and the loss of users.

 

We depend on the ability of our users to access the Internet seamlessly and at relatively low cost. Currently, this access is provided by companies that have significant market power in the broadband and Internet access marketplace, including incumbent telephone companies, cable companies, mobile communications companies, government-owned service providers, device manufacturers and operating system providers, any of whom could take actions that degrade, disrupt or increase the cost of user access to our website, which would, in turn, negatively impact our business. The adoption of any laws or regulations that adversely affect the growth, popularity or use of the Internet, including laws or practices limiting Internet neutrality, could decrease the demand for, or the use of, our website, increase our cost of doing business and adversely affect our operating results. We also rely on other companies to maintain reliable network systems that provide adequate speed, data capacity and security to us and our users. As the Internet continues to experience growth in the number of users, frequency of use and amount of data transmitted, the Internet infrastructure that we and our users rely on may be unable to support the demands placed upon it. The failure of the Internet infrastructure that we or our users rely on, even for a short period of time, could undermine our operations and harm our operating results.

 

In order to remain competitive and continue to attract users, Platform Partners and Advertisers, we will need to develop new products and services. If we fail to so, we may not be able to generate revenue or increase our revenue base.

 

Our ability to increase the size and engagement of our user base, attract advertisers and generate revenue will depend in part on our ability to create successful new products and services, both independently and in conjunction with third parties. In the future, we may invest in new products, services and initiatives to generate revenue, but there is no guarantee these approaches will be successful. We may not be successful in future efforts to generate revenue from our new products or services. If our strategic initiatives do not enhance our ability to monetize our existing products and services or enable us to develop new approaches to monetization, we may not be able to maintain or grow our revenue or recover any associated development costs and our operating results could be adversely affected. We cannot assure you that we will be able to improve or enhance our existing platform or develop or offer new products and services.

 

22
 

 

Spam could diminish the user experience on our platform, which could damage our reputation and deter our current and potential users from using our products and services.

 

“Spam” refers to a range of abusive activities that are prohibited by our terms of service and is generally defined as unsolicited, repeated actions that negatively impact other users with the general goal of drawing user attention to a given account, site, product or idea, misleading links (e.g., to malware or click-jacking pages) or other false or misleading content, adding users to lists and sending invitations. Our terms of service also prohibit the creation of serial or bulk accounts, both manually or using automation, for disruptive or abusive purposes. Spam detracts from the user experience. Accordingly, we will need to devote considerable resources to combat spam on our platform. Our actions to combat spam require the diversion of significant time and focus of our engineering team from improving our products and services. If spam increases on our platform, it could hurt our reputation for delivering relevant content or reduce user growth and user engagement and result in continuing operational cost to us.

 

If we fail to effectively manage our growth, our business and operating results could be harmed.

 

In order to compete successfully, we must make substantial investments to expand our operations, research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative capabilities. We will face significant competition for employees, particularly engineers, designers and product managers, from other Internet and high-growth companies, which include both publicly-traded and privately-held companies, and we may not be able to hire new employees quickly enough to meet our needs. To attract highly skilled personnel, we will need to offer highly competitive compensation packages. As we grow, we run the risk of over-hiring, over-compensating our employees and over-expanding our operating infrastructure, and we must also face the challenges of integrating, developing and motivating a rapidly growing employee base. In addition, we may not be able to innovate or execute as quickly as a smaller, more efficient organization. If we fail to effectively manage our hiring needs and successfully integrate our new hires, our efficiency and ability to meet our operational and financial goals and our employee morale, productivity and retention could suffer, and our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

 

In addition, as we grow, we may need to significantly expand our operating lease commitments. Maintaining our platform and website will be costly and we expect our expenses to increase in the future as we broaden our user base and increase user engagement, as the number of users who visit our website increase and as we develop and implement new features, products and services that require more infrastructure. In addition, we expect our operating expenses, such as our research, development, sales and marketing expenses, will grow rapidly as our business expands. Rapid growth could also strain our ability to maintain reliable service levels for our users, develop and improve our operational, financial, legal and management controls, and enhance our reporting systems and procedures. As a public company we will incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses that we would not incur as a private company. Our expenses may grow faster than our revenue, and our expenses may be greater than we anticipate. Managing our growth will require significant expenditures and allocation of valuable management resources. If we fail to achieve the necessary level of efficiency in our organization as it grows, our business, operating results and financial condition would be harmed.

 

We will need to hire highly skilled personnel to grow and operate our business, and if we are unable to hire, retain and motivate our personnel, we may not be able to grow effectively.

 

Our future success will depend upon our ability to identify, hire, develop, motivate and retain highly skilled personnel, including senior management, engineers, designers and product managers. Our ability to execute efficiently depends on contributions from our employees, in particular our senior management team. We do not have employment agreements with any of our existing employees, and we do not maintain key person life insurance for any of our existing employees. In addition, from time to time, there may be changes in our senior management team that may be disruptive to our business. If our senior management team, including any new hires which we may make, fails to work together effectively and to execute our plans and strategies on a timely basis, our business could be harmed.

 

23
 

 

Our growth strategy also depends on our ability to attract, hire and retain highly skilled personnel. Identifying, recruiting, training and integrating qualified individuals will require significant time, expense and attention. In addition to hiring new employees, we must continue to focus on retaining our best employees. Competition for highly skilled personnel is intense, particularly in the New York market where we are based. We may need to invest significant amounts of cash and equity to attract and retain new employees and we may never realize returns on these investments. If we are not able to effectively add and retain employees, our ability to achieve our strategic objectives will be adversely impacted, and our business will be harmed.

 

Our business and operating results may be harmed by a disruption in our service, or by our failure to timely and effectively scale and adapt our existing technology and infrastructure.

 

As an Internet company, we will inevitably experience service disruptions, outages and other performance problems due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human or software errors, hardware failure, capacity constraints due to an overwhelming number of people accessing our products and services simultaneously, computer viruses and denial of service or fraud or security attacks. We will rely on third-party hosting services, who may or may not have their own data centers. Accordingly, in the event of a significant issue at the data center supporting most of our network traffic, our website may become inaccessible to the public or the public may experience difficulties accessing our website. Any disruption or failure in our infrastructure could hinder our ability to handle existing or increased traffic on our platform, which could significantly harm our business.

 

As the number of users increases and as user engagement on our website increases, we may be required to expand and adapt our technology and infrastructure to continue to reliably service the increased traffic to and content on our website. It may become increasingly difficult to maintain and improve the performance of our website, especially during peak usage times, as our product offerings become more complex and user traffic increases. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will be able to increase our data center infrastructure to meet user demand in a timely manner, or on favorable economic terms. If our users are unable to access Momspot or we are not able to make information available rapidly on Momspot, users may seek other channels to obtain the information, and may not return to Momspot or use Momspot as often in the future, or at all. This would negatively impact our ability to attract users and advertisers and increase engagement of our users. We expect to continue to make significant investments to maintain and improve the capacity, capability and reliability of our infrastructure. To the extent that we do not effectively address capacity constraints, upgrade our systems as needed and continually develop our technology and infrastructure to accommodate actual and anticipated changes in technology, our business and operating results may be harmed.

 

If we are unable to maintain and promote our brand, our business and operating results may be harmed.

 

We believe that maintaining and promoting our brand is critical to expanding our base of users and Advertisers. Maintaining and promoting our brand will depend largely on our ability to continue to provide useful, reliable and innovative website, which we may not do successfully. We may introduce new features, products, services or terms of service that users, Platform Partners or Advertisers do not like, which may negatively affect our brand. Additionally, the actions of Platform Partners may affect our brand if users do not have a positive experience using third-party applications or websites integrated with Momspot or that make use of Momspot content. Our brand may also be negatively affected by the actions of users that are hostile or inappropriate to other people, by users impersonating other people, by users identified as spam, by users introducing excessive amounts of spam on our platform or by third parties obtaining control over users’ accounts. Maintaining and enhancing our brand may require us to make substantial investments and these investments may not achieve the desired goals. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand or if we incur excessive expenses in this effort, our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

 

Negative publicity could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

Negative publicity about our company, including about the quality and reliability of our platform, changes to our platform, privacy and security practices, litigation, regulatory activity, the actions of our users or user experience with our platform, even if inaccurate, could adversely affect our reputation and the confidence in and the use of our platform. Such negative publicity could also have an adverse effect on the size, engagement and loyalty of our user base and result in decreased revenue, which could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

24
 

 

Our future performance depends in part on support from Platform Partners and Advertisers.

 

We believe user engagement with our website will depend, in large part, on the availability of products and services from our Platform Partners and, to a lesser extent, from our Advertisers. The availability of products and services depends on Platform Partners’ perceptions and analysis of the relative benefits of partnering with us. If Platform Partners focus their efforts on other platforms, business may suffer. We cannot assure you that our Platform Partners will continue to offer products and services through our website. If Platform Partners cease to offer products and services through our website, user engagement may decline. In addition, we expect to generate revenue from licensing our historical and real-time data to third parties. If any of these relationships are terminated or not renewed, or if we are unable to enter into similar relationships in the future, our operating results could be adversely affected.

 

We will focus on product innovation and user engagement rather than short-term operating results.

 

We intend to focus on improving the user experience with our platform and on developing new and improved products and services for our platform. We will prioritize innovation and the user experience on our platform over short-term operating results. We anticipate that some of our decisions may reduce our short-term operating results although they may be consistent with our goals to improve the user experience and performance for Platform Partners and Advertisers and to improve our operating results over the long term. These decisions may not be consistent with the short-term expectations of investors and may not produce the long-term benefits that we expect, in which case our user growth and user engagement, our relationships with Platform Partners and Advertisers, and our business and operating results could be harmed. In addition, our focus on the user experience may negatively impact our relationships with our existing or prospective Platform Partners and/or Advertisers. This could result in a loss of Platform Partners and/or Advertisers, which could harm our revenue and operating results.

 

Our platform may contain undetected software errors, which could harm our business and operating results.

 

Our platform will incorporate complex software and we will encourage employees to quickly develop and help us launch new and innovative features. Our software may contain errors, bugs or vulnerabilities. Some errors in our software code may only be discovered after the product or service has been released. Any errors, bugs or vulnerabilities discovered in our code after release could result in damage to our reputation, loss of users, loss of Platform Partners, loss of Advertisers or advertising revenue, or liability for damages, any of which could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

User trust regarding privacy is important to the growth of users and the increase in user engagement on our platform, and privacy concerns relating to our products and services could damage our reputation and deter current and potential users and advertisers from using Momspot.

 

Privacy and the integrity of personal information is a major issue for Internet users. Any publicity relating to the disclosure and/or unauthorized use of personal information or other privacy-related matters of our users, even if unfounded, could damage our reputation, cause us to lose users and advertisers, and adversely affect our operating results. While our goal is to comply with applicable data protection laws and regulations, as well as our own posted privacy policies and other obligations we may have with respect to privacy and data protection, the failure or perceived failure to comply may result in negative publicity and damage to our reputation and brand, each of which could cause us to lose users, Platform Partners or Advertisers, which could have an adverse effect on our business. Any systems failure or compromise of our security that results in the unauthorized access to or release of personal information or data relating to our users, Platform Partners or Advertisers could significantly limit user engagement, as well as harm our reputation and brand and, therefore, our business. We expect to expend significant resources to protect against security breaches. The risk that these types of events could seriously harm our business is likely to increase as we expand the number of products and services we offer and increase the size of our user base.

 

25
 

 

If our security measures are breached, or if our website is subject to attacks that degrade or deny the ability of users to access our website, our website may be perceived as not being secure, users may curtail or stop using our website and our business and operating results could be harmed.

 

Our products and services involve the storage and transmission of personal information and data relating to users, and security breaches expose us to a risk of loss of this information, litigation and potential liability. We may experience cyber-attacks of varying degrees on a regular basis, and as a result, unauthorized parties may obtain access to our data or that of our users. Our security measures may also be breached due to employee error, malfeasance or otherwise. Additionally, outside parties may attempt to fraudulently induce employees and/or users to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our data or our users’ data or accounts, or may otherwise obtain access to such data or accounts. Since our users, may establish and maintain online identities on our website, use of these identities may damage their reputations and brands as well as ours. Any such breach or unauthorized access could result in significant legal and financial exposure, damage to our reputation and a loss of confidence in the security of our website that could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service or sabotage systems change frequently and often are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. If an actual or perceived breach of our security occurs, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed; we could lose users, and, as a result, Platform Partners and Advertisers; and we may also incur significant legal and financial exposure, including legal claims and regulatory fines and penalties. Any of these actions could have a material and adverse effect on our business, reputation and operating results.

 

We may face lawsuits or incur liability as a result of content published or made available on our website.

 

We may face claims relating to products and services that are made available on or through our website. In particular, the nature of our business exposes us to claims related to intellectual property rights and personal injury torts. The law relating to the liability of providers of online products or services for activities of their users remains somewhat unsettled, both within the United States and internationally. In addition, the public nature of communications on our network exposes us to risks arising from the creation of impersonation accounts intended to be attributed to our users, Platform Partners or Advertisers. We could incur significant costs investigating and defending these claims. If we incur costs or liability as a result of these events occurring, our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected.

 

We have limited intellectual property rights. However, we believe the intellectual property rights we do have are valuable, and if we don’t protect them effectively the value of our products, services and brand could be adversely affected.

 

At the present time, our only intellectual property rights include our name – Momspot – and our domain name – www.momspot.com . These rights are important as, in our view, they provide some protection against copycats. In order to protect these rights, we rely on trademark, trade dress, domain name and copyright laws. Effective protection of trademarks and domain names is expensive and difficult to maintain, both in terms of application and registration costs as well as the cost of defending and enforcing those rights. We may be required to protect our rights in an increasing number of countries, a process that is expensive and may not be successful or which we may not pursue in every country in which our products and services are distributed or made available.

 

We may also rely on non-patented proprietary information and technology, such as trade secrets, confidential information, know-how and technical information. To protect this type of intellectual property we may rely on a combination of trade secret laws as well as confidentiality and license agreements with employees, consultants and other third parties. Even if we enter into agreements with employees and third parties that place restrictions on the use and disclosure of this intellectual property, these agreements may be breached or this intellectual property may otherwise be disclosed or become known to our competitors, which could cause us to lose any competitive advantage resulting from this intellectual property.

 

26
 

 

Significant impairments of our intellectual property rights and limitations on our ability to assert our intellectual property rights against others could harm our business and our ability to compete. Also, obtaining, maintaining and enforcing our intellectual property rights is costly and time consuming. Various events outside of our control pose a threat to our intellectual property rights as well as our products, services and technologies. For example, we may fail to obtain effective intellectual property protection, or effective intellectual property protection may not be available in every country in which our products and services are available. Also, the efforts we have taken to protect our existing intellectual property rights may not be sufficient or effective, and any of our intellectual property rights may be challenged, which could result in them being narrowed in scope or declared invalid or unenforceable. We cannot assure you that our intellectual property rights will be sufficient to protect against others offering products or services that are substantially similar to ours and compete with our business. Any increase in the unauthorized use of our intellectual property could make it more expensive to do business and harm our operating results.

 

We may, in the future, become party to intellectual property rights claims that are expensive and time consuming to defend, and, if resolved adversely, could have a significant adverse impact on our business, financial condition or operating results.

 

Unlike most other Internet and technology companies, we do not own or possess significant intellectual property rights. In order to build our website, we are relying on existing technologies for which we obtained licenses to the extent necessary. Nevertheless, we cannot assure you that we will not be a targeted for claims of violating the intellectual property rights of others. Many Internet and technology companies that own large portfolios of patents, trademarks, trade names and copyrights frequently enter into litigation based on allegations of infringement, misappropriation or other violations of intellectual property or other rights. Many of these companies are substantially larger than we are and have significantly greater financial and human resources than we do, which could make us a target for litigation as we may not be able to assert counterclaims against parties that sue us for patent or other intellectual property infringement. In addition, various “non-practicing entities” that own patents and other intellectual property rights often attempt to aggressively assert claims in order to extract value from technology companies. Further, from time to time we may introduce new products and services, including in areas where we currently do not have an offering, which could increase our exposure to patent and other intellectual property claims from competitors and non-practicing entities. In addition, some of our agreements with Advertisers, Platform Partners and Data Partners may require us to indemnify them for certain intellectual property claims against them, which could require us to incur considerable costs in defending such claims, and may require us to pay significant damages in the event of an adverse ruling. Advertisers, Platform Partners and Data Partners may also discontinue use of our products, services and technologies as a result of injunctions or otherwise, which could result in loss of revenue and adversely impact our business.

 

There may be intellectual property or other rights held by others, including issued or pending patents, that cover significant aspects of our products and services, and we cannot be sure that we are not infringing or violating, and have not infringed or violated, any third-party intellectual property rights or that we will not be held to have done so or be accused of doing so in the future. Any claim or litigation alleging that we have infringed or otherwise violated intellectual property or other rights of third parties, with or without merit, and whether or not settled out of court or determined in our favor, could be time-consuming and costly to address and resolve, and could divert the time and attention of our management and technical personnel. The outcome of any litigation is inherently uncertain, and there can be no assurances that favorable final outcomes will be obtained in all cases. In addition, plaintiffs may seek, and we may become subject to, preliminary or provisional rulings in the course of any such litigation, including potential preliminary injunctions requiring us to cease some or all of our operations. We may decide to settle such lawsuits and disputes on terms that are unfavorable to us. Similarly, if any litigation to which we are a party is resolved adversely, we may be subject to an unfavorable judgment that may not be reversed upon appeal. The terms of such a settlement or judgment may require us to cease some or all of our operations or pay substantial amounts to the other party. In addition, we may have to seek a license to continue practices found to be in violation of a third party’s rights. If we are required, or choose, to enter into royalty or licensing arrangements, such arrangements may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all, and may significantly increase our operating costs and expenses. As a result, we may also be required to develop or procure alternative non-infringing technology or discontinue use of the technology. The development or procurement of alternative non-infringing technology could require significant effort and expense or may not be feasible. An unfavorable resolution of the disputes and litigation referred to above could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

27
 

 

We will rely, in part, on Internet search engines and application marketplaces to drive traffic to our platform, and if we fail to appear high up in the search results or rankings, traffic to our platform could decline and our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

 

We will depend, in part, on Internet search engines, such as Google, Bing and Yahoo!, to drive traffic to our website. For example, when a user types an inquiry into a search engine, we rely on a high organic search result ranking of our webpages in these search results to refer the user to our website. However, our ability to maintain high organic search result rankings is not within our control. Our competitors’ search engine optimization, or SEO, efforts may result in their websites receiving a higher search result page ranking than ours, or Internet search engines could revise their methodologies in a way that would adversely affect our search result rankings. For example, Google has integrated its social networking offerings, including Google+, with some of its products, including search, which has negatively impacted the organic search ranking of our webpages. If Internet search engines modify their search algorithms in ways that are detrimental to us, or if our competitors’ SEO efforts are more successful than ours, the growth in our user base could slow. Based on our knowledge of how search engines work and experiences of other websites, we expect our website to also experience fluctuations in search result rankings, which could adversely impact the number of users visiting our website. Any reduction in the number of users directed to our mobile applications or website through application marketplaces and search engines could harm our business and operating results.

 

In the future, should we develop a mobile application for momspot.com, we will rely on application marketplaces, such as Apple’s App Store and Google’s Play, to drive downloads of our mobile applications. In the future, Apple, Google or other operators of application marketplaces may make changes to their marketplaces which make access to our platform more difficult.

 

More people are using devices other than personal computers to access the Internet and new platforms to produce and consume content. We need to develop and promote the adoption of our mobile applications, and our business and operating results may be harmed if we are unable to do so.

 

The number of people who access the Internet through devices other than personal computers, including mobile phones, smartphones, handheld computers such as net books and tablets, video game consoles, and television set-top devices, has increased dramatically in the past few years. Our business and operating results may be harmed if we fail to develop mobile applications or users do not install our mobile application when they change or upgrade their mobile device. At the present time, we do not have the capital to develop a mobile application, which could be detrimental to our competitive position. In addition, as new devices and platforms are continually being released, users may consume content in a manner that is more difficult to monetize. It is difficult to predict the problems we may encounter in adapting our products and services and developing competitive new products and services that are compatible with new devices or platforms. If we are unable to develop products and services that are compatible with new devices and platforms, or if we are unable to drive continued adoption of our mobile applications, our business and operating results may be harmed.

 

Natural disasters, including earthquakes, fire, power outages, floods and other catastrophic events, and man-made problems, such as acts of terrorism could have a material adverse impact on our operations.

 

A significant natural disaster, such as an earthquake, fire, flood or significant power outage, could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results, and financial condition. In October 2012, Super Storm Sandy caused major damage along the Atlantic Coast, including New York City. Despite any precautions we may take, the occurrence of a natural disaster or other unanticipated problem at our data centers could result in lengthy interruptions to our services. In addition, acts of terrorism and other geo-political unrest could cause disruptions in our business. All of the aforementioned risks may be further increased if our disaster recovery plans prove to be inadequate. Given the start-up nature of our business, we do not yet have a disaster recovery plan nor do we carry business interruption insurance to compensate us for the potentially significant losses, including the potential harm to our business, which may result from interruptions in our ability to provide our products and services.

 

28
 

 

If we fail to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.

 

Once this Registration Statement is effective, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We expect that the requirements of these rules and regulations will continue to increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time consuming and costly, and place significant strain on our personnel, systems and resources.

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are developing disclosure controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we will file with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and that information required to be disclosed in reports under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our principal executive and financial officers. We are also continuing to improve our internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, we anticipate that we will expend significant resources, including accounting-related costs and significant management oversight.

 

Any controls that we implement may become inadequate because of changes in conditions in our business. Further, weaknesses in our disclosure controls or our internal control over financial reporting may be discovered in the future. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls, or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods. Any failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting also could adversely affect the results of management evaluations and independent registered public accounting firm audits of our internal control over financial reporting that we will eventually be required to include in our periodic reports that will be filed with the SEC. Ineffective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial and other information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.

 

We are not currently required to comply with the SEC rules that implement Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Once we become a reporting company, we will be required to provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting commencing with our second annual report on Form 10-K. Our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to audit the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until after we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our internal control over financial reporting is documented, designed or operating.

 

Any failure to maintain effective disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting could have a material and adverse effect on our business and operating results, and cause a decline in the price of our common stock.

 

29
 

 

We are an emerging growth company, and any decision on our part to comply only with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

 

We are an emerging growth company, and, for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to have our independent registered public accounting firm audit our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years following the completion of this offering. We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of: (i) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering; (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenue are $1.0 billion or more; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or (iv) the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and the price of our common stock may be more volatile.

 

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this accommodation allowing for delayed adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

 

Anti-takeover provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could impair a takeover attempt.

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our bylaws, and Delaware law contain or will contain provisions which could have the effect of rendering more difficult, delaying, or preventing an acquisition deemed undesirable by our board of directors. Among other things, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will include provisions: 

· authorizing “blank check” preferred stock, which could be issued by our board of directors without stockholder approval and may contain voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to our common stock;
· limiting the liability of, and providing indemnification to, our directors and officers;
· limiting the ability of our stockholders to call and bring business before special meetings;
· requiring advance notice of stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at meetings of our stockholders and for nominations of candidates for election to our board of directors; and
· controlling the procedures for the conduct and scheduling of board of directors and stockholder meetings.

 

These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management.

 

As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation law, which prevents certain stockholders holding more than 15% of our outstanding common stock from engaging in certain business combinations without approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding common stock not held by such 15% or greater stockholder.

 

Any provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

 

Shares of our common stock are no longer quoted on the OTC Pink. An active trading market for our common stock may never develop or be sustained.

 

Our common stock was quoted on the OTC Pink, an interdealer electronic quotation system operated by OTC Markets Group, Inc. under the symbol “ATRNQ”. However, OTC Markets no longer displays quotes for our common stock. According to the OTC Markets website, it will resume displaying quotes “once adequate current information is made available by the issuer . . . and until OTC Markets believes there is no longer a public interest concern.” As such, we cannot assure you that an active trading market for our common stock will develop on the OTC Pink or elsewhere, or, if developed, that any market will be sustained. Accordingly, we cannot assure you of the likelihood that an active trading market for our common stock will develop or be maintained, of the liquidity of any trading market, of your ability to sell your shares of our common stock when desired, or of the prices that you may obtain for your shares.

 

30
 

 

Even if trading in shares of our common stock resumes, the market price of our common stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

 

Even if trading in shares of common stock resumes after this registration statement becomes effective, since there has not been a public offering for our stock, we are unable to predict the price at which shares of our common stock will trade or the volume that will trade. In addition, the market price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control.

 

The market price of our common stock may fluctuate substantially and will depend on a number of factors many of which are beyond our control and may not be related to our operating performance. These fluctuations could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our common stock since you might be unable to sell your shares at or above the price you pay for the shares. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the market price of our common stock include the following: 

· price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;
· volatility in the market prices and trading volumes of technology stocks;
· changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other technology companies generally, or those in our industry in particular;
· sales of shares of our common stock by us or our stockholders;
· failure of securities analysts to maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by securities analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;
· the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in those projections or our failure to meet those projections;
· announcements by us or our competitors of new products or services;
· the public’s reaction to our press releases, other public announcements and filings with the SEC;
· rumors and market speculation involving us or other companies in our industry;
· actual or anticipated changes in our operating results or fluctuations in our operating results;
· actual or anticipated developments in our business, our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape generally;
· litigation involving us, our industry or both, or investigations by regulators into our operations or those of our competitors;
· developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;
· announced or completed acquisitions of businesses or technologies by us or our competitors;
· new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;
· changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations or principles;
· any significant change in our management; and
· general economic conditions and slow or negative growth of our markets.

In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a particular company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

 

In making your investment decision, you should understand that we have not authorized any other party to provide you with information concerning us or our business.

 

You should carefully evaluate all of the information in this registration statement. We have not authorized any other party to provide you with information concerning us or our business.

 

31
 

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our common stock adversely, the price of our common stock and trading volume could decline.

 

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. If any of the analysts who may cover us change their recommendation regarding our common stock adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, the price of our common stock would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause the price of our common stock or trading volume to decline. At the present time, we are not aware of any analysts who plan to follow our stock.

 

We do not expect to declare any dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

We do not anticipate declaring any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. Consequently, investors may need to rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock.

 

We are subject to the “penny stock” rules, which could adversely affect the trading volume and market price of our shares.

 

Trades of our common stock are subject to the “penny stock” rules promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act, which imposes certain requirements on broker/dealers who sell securities subject to the rules to persons other than established customers and accredited investors. For transactions covered by the rules, broker/dealers must make a special suitability determination for purchasers of the securities and receive the purchaser’s written agreement to the transaction prior to sale. The SEC also has other rules that regulate broker/dealer practices in connection with transactions in “penny stocks.” Penny stocks generally are equity securities with a price of less than $5.00 (other than securities listed on a national securities exchange, provided that current price and volume information with respect to transactions in that security is provided by the exchange or system). The penny stock rules require a broker/dealer, prior to a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from the rules, to deliver a standardized risk disclosure document prepared by the SEC that provides information about penny stocks and the nature and level of risks in the penny stock market. The broker/dealer also must provide the customer with current bid and offer quotations for the penny stock, the compensation of the broker/dealer and its salesperson in the transaction, and monthly account statements showing the market value of each penny stock held in the customer’s account. The bid and offer quotations and the broker/dealer and salesperson compensation information must be given to the customer orally or in writing prior to effecting the transaction and must be given to the customer in writing before or with the customer’s confirmation. These disclosure requirements have the effect of reducing the level of trading activity for our common stock. As a result of the foregoing, investors may find it difficult to sell their shares.

 

Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Plan of Operation

 

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Plan of Operation section analyzes the major elements of our consolidated balance sheets, statement of operations and statement of cash flows. This section should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes and other detailed information appearing elsewhere in this registration statement.

 

Historical Background

 

We were originally incorporated under the name Millbrook Acquisition Corp., on or about February 3, 1994. In May, 2007, Millbrook Acquisition Corp. changed its name to New Motion, Inc. In February, 2008, New Motion, Inc. merged with Traffix, Inc., pursuant to which Traffix, Inc. became a wholly-owned subsidiary of New Motion, Inc. In June, 2009, New Motion, Inc. changed its name to Atrinsic, Inc. Prior to our bankruptcy filing in 2012, we were a marketer of direct-to-consumer subscription products and an Internet search-marketing agency. We sold entertainment and lifestyle subscription products directly to consumers, which we marketed through the Internet. We also sold Internet marketing services to our corporate and advertising clients. However, by early 2012, we had suspended all operation of these businesses. In addition, until March 30, 2012, we were a reporting company under the Exchange Act and filed periodic reports with the SEC. On March 30, 2012, we filed a Form 15 with the SEC, terminating our obligation to file periodic reports under Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

32
 

 

On June 15, 2012, we filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and terminated all remaining employees. Since then we have been managed by several outside legal and financial professionals. In June 2013, the United States Bankruptcy Court, Southern District of New York confirmed our Plan of Reorganization subject to our acquisition of a 51% controlling equity interest in Momspot, which was completed on July 12, 2013. Pursuant to the terms of a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, we acquired a 51% equity interest in Momspot in exchange for our commitment to contribute up to $165,000 of working capital to Momspot over a two-year period to fund its business development and operations. Simultaneous with the acquisition, we became a party to the Momspot Operating Agreement and the manager thereunder. Momspot is a development stage company whose goal is to be the premier specialty retail affiliate marketing company targeting women between the ages of 24 and 45 who are either mothers or expecting their first child. Momspot current constitutes our only business operation.

 

Pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization, all outstanding debt was converted to equity with the secured creditors receiving 4,600,000,000 shares, $0.000001 par value per share, of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, general unsecured creditors receiving an aggregate of 300,000,000 shares of our Common Stock, par value $0.000001 per share, and pre-bankruptcy petition common stockholders having their pre-bankruptcy shares exchanged for an aggregate of 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock.

 

As of July 12, 2013, we adopted fresh start accounting in accordance with ASC 852. As a result, we are deemed a new entity for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, the financial statements on or prior to July 12, 2013 are not comparable with the financial statements for periods after July 12, 2013. Operating activities between July 1, 2013 and July 11, 2013 were insignificant.

 

Results of Operations

 

We have had no operations since May 2012. Our only revenue since emerging from bankruptcy resulted from the collection of certain previously written off accounts receivables.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

We continually project anticipated cash requirements, which may include business combinations, capital expenditures, and working capital requirements. In accordance with the Plan of Reorganization, all of our pre-bankruptcy filing accounts payable were converted into equity, which has a favorable impact on liquidity. As of June 30, 2013, we had cash of $717,000 and negative working capital of $17,226,000. As of March 31, 2014, we had cash of approximately $188,000 and working capital of approximately $39,000. During the nine months ended March 31, 2014, we used approximately $703,000 of cash for operations, which included payments to legal and accounting professionals, payments to consultants to develop our website, insurance, business licensing fees and other administrative expenses. This accounted for the total decrease in cash for the period.

 

We need to raise additional capital to cover our budgeted operating and capital expenditures.  If the capital raising efforts are not successful, we might not be able to continue as a going concern.  The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of asset carrying amounts or the amount and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should we not able to continue as a going concern.

 

We anticipate only a modest amount of affiliate and advertising revenue over the next 12 months, which will only have a negligible impact on our future capital requirements.  Given our projected expenditures, we have approximately eight months of working capital. As such, we need to raise additional capital to cover our budgeted operating and capital expenditures once the initial funding has been exhausted. Our best estimate of the amount of additional funding required is between $300,000 and $400,000 before we generate sufficient cash flow to sustain our operations. This capital will be used for recurring marketing expenditures, hiring full-time development resources, and other development needs. We hope to begin to explore financing alternatives once this registration statement is effective.

 

33
 

 

Plan of Operations

 

Business Overview

 

Since emerging from bankruptcy, we are a development stage company in the process of developing an online affiliate marketing and comparison shopping site targeting the Mommy Market.  Our website, www.momspot.com , will aggregate thousands of consumer retail products from dozens of retailers and market these products to the Mommy Market.  Our website will offer basic e-commerce functionality, including product search and browsing, product search filtering, and detailed product specifications. Users will also have the ability to share their thoughts and impressions about the products they choose either via email or social networks of which they are a member, and will also be able to save specified products to their customizable “My Momspot”, which they can view or share at a later time.  Users will also have the ability to cultivate a network of other Momspot users, or invite new individuals to become members of Momspot, which provides a forum for users to interact with each other and to provide personal product recommendations and reviews.

 

We are presently using CJ Affiliate by Conversant, formerly known as Commission Junction, to build our network and to source product data from various merchants and to manage our relationships and affiliate commissions generated from these merchants.  We have already secured affiliate relationships with approximately 29 merchants.  We are also a member of a second affiliate network, although we have not yet activated this data feed.  Finally, we also plan to enhance and supplement our product database by working with an existing comparison shopping website.

 

We released the first live version of Momspot (v1.0) to www.momspot.com on March 1, 2014. We are not promoting the current live site, nor implementing any marketing effort as this release was used primarily for testing purposes, allowing us to gauge Momspot’s organic user acquisition capabilities in addition to allowing us to analyze the efficacy of our site design and layout by measuring user interaction with various website elements and pages.

 

Despite the absence of any promotional activity, since its release more than 1,800 users visited our website, accruing more than 4,000 page views, clicking on 639 merchant products and conducting 12 sales transactions.

 

In May 2014, we released version 2.0 of the Momspot website, which contains a newly redesigned homepage and other site functionality. Based on site testing and user feedback, we devised a number of homepage design changes that we anticipate will improve user engagement and bring more value to our user base.  These changes include reducing the height and size of the primary homepage image and to add tabbed navigation underneath the primary homepage image that allows for immediate product browsing and filtering.  We also added new tabs that will allow users to immediately view products that we have curated based on child age and product importance, products that are most popular among our users, products that are on sale or have been discounted, as well as provide immediate access to the users’ My Momspot area and to our editorial and blog content.

 

Simultaneously with the release of Version 2.0, we activated our marketing strategy to maximize the site publicity and public awareness of this new release.  These strategies include:

 

1.          Activating Momspot’s four main social networks on Facebook, Twitter, Pinterest and Google+ through frequent posts of products and content that all link to the Momspot website;

 

2.          Paid Search, also referred to as Search Engine Marketing (SEM), via the major search engines Google and Bing;

 

3.          Activating paid advertising via social media channels;

 

34
 

 

4.          Hiring a public relations firm to help us get placed in popular magazines and other publications;

 

5.          Sponsoring local and national events and trade shows, such as the Biggest Baby Shower in NYC, MommyCon, Brooklyn Baby Expo, etc.;

 

6.          Sponsoring contests that are marketed to Momspot users for which prizes may include a paid baby shower or baby reveal party; and

 

7.          Encouraging the Momspot user network to share products and make posts on their social networks, as well as to host Momspot-sponsored events.

 

We anticipate significant growth in users and increased revenues as a result of the release of Version 2.0. However, with this increase in site usage, we will require the support of additional resources to ensure consistent operational readiness of the website.

 

Development Milestones

 

Upcoming development milestones include:

 

· Devise development strategy for release 3.0. We are also in the process of devising a development strategy for building out the components to be included in the next version of the website (release 3.0), which include the following four initiatives:

 

1.            Partnering with an existing comparison shopping company in order to leverage their merchant product database, product attribution and taxonomy. We are in advanced discussions with a number of comparison shopping engines, including PriceGrabber, Shopping.com, and Pronto.com, to use their existing product database to enhance and supplement our existing product database that is currently procured through our integration with CJ Affiliate by Conversant.  This will require the development of a new back-end data solution that will integrate with the comparison shopping site we select, as well as a tool to administer an additional layer of intelligence that allows us to assign additional product attributes and display logic to products procured from this new source. This new data back-end would allow us to provide our users highly curated buying guides that recommend products users may need given their life circumstances, motherhood stage, and age of children. 

2.            Seamlessly integrating a blog and editorial area into the website. We plan to add a new blog section onto our website that will seamlessly integrate a Wordpress blog via a link from the Momspot website.  The design of the blog will mimic the Momspot style guidelines, and will include email integration such that users who have opted in receive email notifications of new blog posts. This initiative includes the identification of potential content partners and bloggers with whom Momspot will work in order to procure content.  This may take the form of either a syndication partnership, where we will wither pay specific bloggers or content sites in order to syndicate specific posts on the Momspot website or a freelance agreement with specific bloggers to write exclusive content for Momspot.

 

· Version 3.0 Development and Testing. Development of release 3.0 initiatives will be done by a different web development resource than the one that worked on version 1.0.  As with version 1.0 and 2.0, there will be extensive development testing to ensure functionality has been built properly and data is being presented properly.  Moreover, there will be user acceptance testing (UAT) performed by real users in order to determine the efficacy and usability of site features.  Possible feature and functionality changes may occur as a result of this testing.

 

35
 

 

Human Resources

 

Momspot has only one employee — Barry Eisenberg — who serves as its chief executive officer. Mr. Eisenberg is responsible for the day-to-day management of all aspects of Momspot, which includes identifying and hiring contractors, managing our financial matters, devising and implementing the marketing strategy, procuring and managing affiliate relationships, conducting market research and focus group testing, website testing, communicating with investors, and overseeing contractors work including design and development of the website.

 

Third-party contractors are utilized to assume the following critical roles:

 

1. Defining user experience and functional requirements
2. User interface and brand design
3. Front and back-end web development
4. Legal
5. Accounting

 

Eventually, we hope to hire full-time individuals to assume these critical roles.

 

· Human Resources . Our most urgent need at the moment is to hire a full-time technical resource that has full-stack website development experience and can both develop website code as well as manage other development resources. It is preferable that this person be located in New York City where we are currently located. Until this individual is hired, development and deployment of new website releases is at risk of being significantly delayed. At this time, we do not have the financial resources to hire this type of individual.

 

· Ongoing Site Support and Maintenance. In addition to performing and managing larger development projects, we require a technical resource who can provide on-going technical support and site maintenance to ensure operational readiness at all times. As is common with websites, minor issues may arise that require someone with technical expertise to resolve. Having an individual with technical skills available to the company 24x7, with an expectation of quick turnaround, will be essential to ensure the uninterrupted operation of our website. In the near-term, if we cannot hire a full-time resource, this role will be outsourced to a third party service provider.

 

Financing – Capital Needs

 

We were initially capitalized with $165,000 from our principal stockholders. The majority of those funds have been used for website design and development, website infrastructure and hosting services, management salary and legal and accounting fees.  We are not yet operational and therefore do not generate any revenue.

 

Through March 31, 2014, we used approximately $60,000 of this initial funding, with an average cash burn rate of approximately $7,500 per month.  We expect future cash expenditures associated with remaining development initiatives and anticipated marketing expenses will result in a cash burn increase to approximately $12,000 a month beginning in May 2014. 

 

We anticipate only a modest amount of affiliate and advertising revenue over the next 12 months, which will only have a negligible impact on our future capital requirements.  Given our projected expenditures, we have approximately six months of working capital. As such, we need to raise additional capital to cover our budgeted operating and capital expenditures once the initial funding has been exhausted. Our best estimate of the amount of additional funding required is between $300,000 and $400,000 before we generate sufficient cash flow to sustain our operations. This capital will be used for recurring marketing expenditures, hiring full-time development resources, and other development needs. We hope to begin to explore financing alternatives once this registration statement is effective.

 

36
 

 

We need to raise additional capital to cover our budgeted operating and capital expenditures.  If the capital raising efforts are not successful, we might not be able to continue as a going concern.  The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of asset carrying amounts or the amount and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should we not able to continue as a going concern.

 

Data Analytics

 

As with all commercial websites, understanding users’ behaviors and interaction with the site is important to know in order to optimize the site layout and design to ensure maximum user engagement and conversion rates. Conversions include any ‘high-value’ actions made by users on the site – e.g. clicking the “Shop Now” button, sharing products via social networks, etc. We have created a detailed measurement plan to regularly track and collect site data and user interactions in order to make recommendations for site enhancements in order to optimize user interaction.  We plan to leverage Google Analytics as the platform and tool by which we will collect and analyze this data.

 

This plan focuses on the analyzing the number of unique visitors per month, page views per visit, visit duration, bounce rate, and defined user conversions. Presently, we have defined the following as user conversions:

 

· User registration
· “Shop Now” button click
· Product share via social button
· Product share via email
· User profile completion
· Product save
· Product review
· Price alert setup

 

We will implement a regular process by which we analyze the data collected through this data measurement plan, and then make recommendations for site tweaks/enhancements based on this analysis. We may conduct A/B testing as a result of these recommendations, or simply make the changes directly to a single instance of the production environment and then analyze the data of the modified site against the previous results.

 

Contractual Arrangements

 

We do not have any material contractual relationships.

 

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We have no material off-balance sheet arrangements that are likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital resources or capital expenditures.

 

Significant Accounting Policies

 

We have identified significant accounting principles that affect our consolidated financial statements by considering accounting policies that involve the most complex or subjective decisions or assessments as well as considering newly adopted principals. They are:

 

37
 

 

Fresh Start Accounting. Effective July 12, 2013 (the “Effective Date”), we adopted fresh start accounting and reporting in accordance with FASB ASC 852. We are required to apply the provisions of fresh start reporting to its financial statements, as the holders of our voting shares pre-bankruptcy received less than 50% of our voting shares post-bankruptcy and the reorganization value of our assets immediately before the date of confirmation was less than the post-petition liabilities and allowed claims. We determined that our fair value on the Effective Date was zero. Fresh start reporting generally requires resetting the historical net book value of assets and liabilities to fair value as of the effective date by allocating the entity’s enterprise value as set forth in the Reorganization Plan to its assets and liabilities pursuant to accounting guidance related to business combinations. The financial statements as of the Effective Date report our results with no beginning retained earnings or accumulated deficit. Thus, any presentation after the Effective Date represents the financial position and results of operations of a new reporting entity and is not comparable to prior periods. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for periods ended prior to the Effective Date do not include the effect of any changes in capital structure or changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities as a result of fresh start accounting. In accordance with FASB ASC 852, our pre-emergence charges to earnings of $778,000, recorded as reorganization items result from certain costs and expenses relating to the Reorganization Plan becoming effective, including the cancellation of certain debt upon issuance of new equity.

 

Principles of Consolidation. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of all majority and wholly-owned subsidiaries and significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. The ownership of more than 50% of the voting stock of an entity creates a subsidiary. The financial statements of the parent and subsidiary are consolidated for reporting purposes.

 

Use of Estimates. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. Generally Accepted Audit Principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Management continually evaluates its estimates and judgments including those related to allowances for doubtful accounts, useful lives of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, fair value of stock options granted, forfeiture rate of equity based compensation grants, probable losses associated with pre-acquisition contingencies, income taxes and other contingencies. Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and other factors that are believed to be reasonable in the circumstances. Actual results may differ from those estimates. Macroeconomic conditions may directly, or indirectly through our business partners and vendors, impact our financial performance and available resources. Such conditions may, in turn, impact the aforementioned estimates and assumptions.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents. We consider all highly liquid instruments with a maturity of less than three months when purchased to be cash equivalents. The carrying amount of cash equivalents approximates fair value because of the short-term maturity of these instruments.

 

Fair Value Measurement. The fair value of Momspot was determined based on valuation performed by management, which took into consideration, where applicable, cash received , market participant inputs, estimated cash flows based on entity specific criteria, purchase multiples paid in other comparable third-party transactions, market conditions, liquidity, operating results and other qualitative and quantitative factors..

 

Earnings (Loss) Per Share. Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing reported earnings by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS includes the effect, if any, of the potential issuance of additional shares of common stock as a result of the exercise or conversion of dilutive securities, using the treasury stock method. Potential dilutive securities include outstanding stock options and warrants.

 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

 

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-10, Development Stage Entities (Topic 915): Elimination of Certain Financial Reporting Requirements. ASU 2014-10 eliminates the distinction of a development stage entity and certain related disclosure requirements, including the elimination of inception-to-date information on the statements of operations, cash flows and stockholders’ equity. The amendments in ASU 2014-10 will be effective prospectively for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and interim periods within those annual periods, however early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2014-10 on the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

Item 3. Properties

 

We do not own or rent any real property as all of our administrative functions, principally accounting, are outsourced to third parties. Momspot is headquartered in Boynton Beach, Florida.

 

38
 

  

Item 4. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

 

The following table presents information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 25, 2014. The number of shares in the table represents the number of shares of common stock owned by:

 

  each person who is known to us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding common stock;
  each of our directors;
  each of our named executive officers; and
  all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

 

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that deem shares to be beneficially owned by any person who has or shares voting or investment power with respect to such shares. Shares of common stock under outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, warrants, convertible notes or options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 25, 2014 are deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding such preferred stock, warrants, convertible notes or options but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of any other person. As a result, the percentage of outstanding shares of any person as shown in this table does not necessarily reflect the person’s actual ownership or voting power with respect to the number of shares of common stock actually outstanding at June 25, 2014. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons named in this table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable.

 

The information presented in this table is based on 400,000,000 shares of our common stock outstanding on June 25, 2014. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the named executive officers and directors and 5% or more stockholders named below is c/o Atrinsic, Inc., 1 Grand Central Place, Suite 2319, New York, NY 10165.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner  

Number of Shares

Beneficially Owned

    Percent of
Class
 
             
Edward Gildea, Chief Executive Officer and Director     100,000,000 (1)     20.00 %
Jonathan Schechter, Director     50,000,000 (2)     11.11 %
All directors and executive officers as a group (2 persons)     150,000,000 (3)     27.27 %
5% Stockholders:                
Sebastian Giordano     125,000,000 (4)     23.81 %
Hudson Bay Capital Management LP. (5)(7)     44,395,067 (7)     9.99 %
Iroquois Capital Management LLC (6)(7)     44,395,067 (7)     9.99 %
469 Holdings LLC (8)     22,693,437       5.67 %
Brilliant Digital Entertainment Altent, Inc. (9)     62,519,414       15.63 %
Google, Inc. (10)     100,047,815       25.01 %
MediaNet Digital, Inc. (11)     20,071,696       5.02 %

____________________

(1) Consists of 100,000,000 shares of common stock issuable under currently outstanding options.
(2) Consists of 50,000,000 shares of common stock issuable under currently outstanding options.
(3) Consists of an aggregate of 150,000,000 shares of common stock issuable under currently outstanding options.
(4) Consists of 125,000,000 shares of common stock issuable under currently outstanding options. Mr. Giordano resigned as chief executive officer effective March 1, 2014.

 

39
 

 

(5) Hudson Bay Capital Management LP (the “Investment Manager”) serves as the investment manager to Hudson Bay Master Fund Ltd. (the “HB Fund”), in whose name the reported securities are held, and may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of all shares of common stock held by the HB Fund. The principal business address of the Investment Manager and the HB Fund is 777 Third Avenue, 30th Floor, New York, New York 10017.
(6) Iroquois Capital Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Iroquois”) serves as the investment adviser that provides investment advisory services to Iroquois Master Fund Ltd. (the “Iroquois Fund”), in whose name the reported securities are held, may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of all shares of common stock held by the Iroquois Fund.
(7) Consists of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock held by such stockholder. Excludes the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of all the shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by the stockholder in excess of 44,395,067 because of the “Beneficial Ownership Cap” limitation applicable to all shares of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to which the holder thereof does not have the right to convert shares of Series A Preferred Stock to the extent that such conversion would result in beneficial ownership by the holder thereof, or any of its affiliates and any other persons or entities whose beneficial ownership of common stock would be aggregated with the holder’s for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, of more than 9.99% of the total number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding immediately after giving effect to such conversion.
(8) The address of 469 Holdings LLC is: c/o Belkin Burden Wenig & Goldman, Attn: S. Stewart Smith, Esq. 270 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10016.
(9) The address of Brilliant Digital Entertainment Altent, Inc. is: 12711 Ventura Blvd., Suite 210, Studio City, CA 91604.
(10) The address of Google, Inc. is: PO Box 39000, San Francisco, CA 94139.
(11) The address of MediaNet Digital, Inc. is: 1697 Broadway, 10th Floor, New York, NY 10019.

 

40
 

 

Item 5. Directors and Executive Officers

 

The following table contains information with respect to our directors and executive officers as of June 25, 2014. To the best of our knowledge, none our directors or executive officers have an arrangement or understanding with any other person pursuant to which he was selected as a director or officer. There are no family relationships between any of our directors or executive officers. Our executive officers are appointed by and serve at the pleasure of the board of directors.

 

Name   Age     Position
           
Edward Gildea     62     Chief executive Officer and Director
Jonathan Schechter     40     Director
Barry Eisenberg     36     Chief Executive Officer of Momspot, LLC
David Horin     45     Chief Financial Officer

 

Edward Gildea. Mr. Gildea was appointed as a director in February 2014 and as our chief executive officer as of March 1, 2014. From January 2006 until June 2013, Mr. Gildea was the CEO, President, and Chairman of the Board Of Directors of Converted Organics Inc., a publicly held company that manufactures organic fertilizer by recycling food waste. He is currently a member of the board of directors of WPCS International Inc. (NASDAQ:WPCS) (wireless communications and Bitcoin exchange) and Worlds Inc. (QTCBB:WDDD) (Intellectual Property gaming software). Mr. Gildea is a practicing attorney. He received his undergraduate degree from The College of the Holy Cross and his law degree from Suffolk University. Mr. Gildea contributes expertise in areas of mergers & acquisitions, strategic planning, funding, business development and executive leadership to the Board.

 

Jonathan Schechter . Mr. Schechter was appointed as a director in February 2014. He currently serves as Director of Investment Banking at Chardan Capital Markets, LLC, a middle-market full-service investment banking and brokerage firm. During his time at Chardan, Mr. Schechter has been lead investment banker in a wide variety of transactions including public stock offerings, private placements and mergers and acquisitions. Mr. Schechter joined Chardan Capital Markets, LLC in 1998. Beginning in 1999, Mr. Schechter worked as a corporate associate for Brian Cave LLP where he specialized in representing investors and investment banks in capital market transactions. Mr. Schecter also represented and advised numerous public companies in all aspects of corporate law. From 2005-2007 Mr. Schecter served as general counsel to a hedge fund. Mr. Schechter graduated from Duke University, cum laude, with an AB in political science and graduated from Fordham Law School with a JD and is licensed to practice in the State of New York. Mr. Schechter contributes expertise in areas of corporate governance, mergers and acquisitions and investment banking to the Board.

 

Barry Eisenberg. Mr. Eisenberg is the founder of Momspot and has served as its chief executive officer since July 2012. From October 2008 through July 2012, Mr. Eisenberg was a vice president in the Acquisitions and Investment Management unit of Mubadala Development Company, a prestigious sovereign wealth fund and strategic investment firm of the Government of Abu Dhabi, with more than $50bn AUM.  In this role, Mr. Eisenberg was responsible for the acquisition and investment management of private equity assets that deliver both financial returns and long-term social benefits to the Emirate of Abu Dhabi.  Mr. Eisenberg was also the Head of the firm’s Portfolio Analytics group, responsible overseeing the development of the investment and portfolio performance analytics and reporting capabilities for the entire firm. From January 2004 through August 2007, Mr. Eisenberg was a product manager in the Equity Research group at Morgan Stanley, working as part of team responsible for developing an analytic platform to institutionalize a proprietary accounting and valuation framework across the firm’s businesses. Mr. Eisenberg received an M.B.A. in Finance and International Business from the Lawrence Zicklin School of Business at City University New York, and an Honors B.A. in Managerial Economics in 2008 and B.S. minor in Computer Science from Union College in Schenectady, NY.

 

41
 

 

David Horin. Mr. Horin was appointed our Chief Financial Officer in March 2014. Mr. Horin is the President and Founder of Chord Advisors, LLC, an advisory firm that provides targeted financial solutions to public companies, which he founded in 2012. From March 2008 to June 2012, Mr. Horin was the Chief Financial Officer of Direct Markets Holdings Corp. (f/k/a Rodman & Renshaw Capital Group, Inc.), a full-service investment bank dedicated to providing corporate finance, strategic advisory, sales and trading and related services to public and private companies across multiple sectors and regions. From March 2003 through March 2008, Mr. Horin was the Managing Director of Accounting Policy and Financial Reporting at Jefferies Group, Inc., (NYSE Symbol: JEF), a full-service global investment bank and institutional securities firm focused on growth and middle-market companies and their investors. Prior to his employment at Jefferies Group, Inc., from 2000 to 2003, Mr. Horin was a Senior Manager in KPMG’s Department of Professional Practice in New York, where he advised firm members and clients on technical accounting and risk management matters for a variety of public, international and early growth stage entities. Mr. Horin has a Bachelor of Science degree in Accounting from Baruch College at the City University of New York. Mr. Horin is also a certified public accountant.

 

Item 6. Executive Compensation

 

The table below sets forth the compensation earned by our Interim Chief Executive Officer for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013 and 2012. He was the sole executive officer whose compensation exceeded $100,000 during our last fiscal year ended June 30, 2013 (the “named executive officer”).

 

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

 

Name and Principal
Position
  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Stock
Awards
($)(1)
    Option
Awards
($)
    All other
Compensation
($)
    Total
($)
 
                                           
Sebastian Giordano, Chief     2013     $ 105,000     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 6,777     $ 111,777  
Executive Officer (1)     2012     $ 10,000     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 10,000  

_____________

(1) In June 2012, Mr. Giordano was appointed as our Chief Restructuring Officer in connection with our Chapter 11 Bankruptcy reorganization. Mr. Giordano was appointed as our Chief Executive Officer in July 2013 pursuant to the confirmation of our Chapter 11 Reorganization Plan. He resigned as chief executive officer effective as of March 1, 2014.

 

Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

 

Transactions with Related Persons

 

Pursuant to the terms of a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement dated July, 2013, we acquired a 51% equity interest in Momspot in exchange for our commitment to contribute up to $165,000 of working capital to Momspot over a two-year period to fund its business development and operations. Simultaneous with the acquisition, we became a party to the Momspot, LLC Operating Agreement and the manager thereunder. B.E. Global LLC, an entity controlled by Barry Eisenberg, owns the remaining 49% of the equity interest in Momspot.

 

Pursuant to a Letter of Agreement dated August 1, 2013 with Chord Advisors, LLC (“Chord”) we engaged Chord to provide us with accounting policy and financial reporting and bookkeeping services. Further, commencing with the filing of this Registration Statement on Form 10, David Horin, one of the principals of Chord, assumed the role of our principal accounting officer. The Letter of Agreement has a term of twelve months and provides for us to pay to Chord: (i) $500 per month for our basic accounting functionality and $500 per month for Momspot’s basic accounting functionality; (ii) a flat fee of $7,500 for services rendered in connection with the preparation of this Registration Statement on Form 10; and (iii) $6,000 per month upon the commencing with the effective date of this Registration Statement on Form 10.

 

42
 

 

In February 2014, we borrowed $87,500 from each of Iroquois Fund and HB Fund (an aggregate of $175,000) pursuant to promissory notes bearing interest at the rate of 5.0% per annum with a maturity date of July 31, 2014. In connection with the loan transaction, we entered into a Security Agreement with Iroquois Fund and HB Fund granting each lender a general security interest in all of our assets. On May 28, 2014, an amended and restated promissory note was issued to each of Iroquois and HB extending the maturity date of each note to July 31, 2015.

 

Director Independence

 

Our board of directors consists of two directors, Edward Gildea and Jonathan Schechter. Mr. Schechter is independent as such term is defined by a national securities exchange or an inter-dealer quotation system.

 

Item 8. Legal Proceedings.

 

At the present time we are not involved in nor are we are aware of any potential material legal proceedings, claims or government investigations. Future litigation may be necessary, among other things, to defend ourselves, our platform partners and our users by determining the scope, enforceability, and validity of third-party proprietary rights or to establish our proprietary rights. The results of any current or future litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, and regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

Item 9. Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.

 

Stock Price

 

Historically, our common stock was quoted on the OTC Pink tier of the OTC Markets under the symbol “ATRNQ”. However, OTC Markets no longer displays quotes, and there is currently no established public trading market for our common stock.

 

As of June 25, 2014, 275,000,000 shares of our common stock were subject to outstanding options, all of which are immediately exercisable; and an additional number of shares of our common stock are subject to the conversion of 4,600,000,000 issued and outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.  The conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock is subject to the Beneficial Ownership Cap limitation, described in Item 11 below under the heading Preferred Stock. .

 

All 400,000,000 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 25, 2014 are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

 

Holders

 

As of June 25, 2014, there were approximately 400 holders of record of our common stock.

 

Dividends

 

We have not declared or paid any dividends and do not intend to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. We intend to retain any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business. Any future decision to pay dividends on our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

Item 10. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

In February 2014, we granted options, each with an exercise price of $.002 per share, for an aggregate of 275,000,000 shares of our common stock to our officers and directors for services.  All of the options immediately vested on the date of grant and expire on the fifth anniversary of the grant date.  The options were granted in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) thereunder.

 

43
 

 

Pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization approved in July 2013, we issued 300,000,000 shares of our common stock to our former unsecured creditors in satisfaction of our then existing obligations to them and 4,600,000,000 shares of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock to our former secured creditors. The issuance of these shares was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code and section 3(a)(10) of the Securities Act.

 

Item 11. Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered

 

The following description of our common stock and the relevant provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and by-laws are summaries and are qualified by reference to these documents, which are attached as exhibits to this registration statement.

 

Our authorized capital stock consists of 105,000,000,000 shares consisting of 100,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.000001 per share, and 5,000,000,000 shares of “blank check” preferred stock, par value $0.000001 per share, of which 4,600,000,000 shares of have been designated as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred Stock”).

 

Common Stock

 

As of June 25, 2014, 400,000,000 shares of our common stock were issued and outstanding, and are held of record by approximately 400 holders. Subject to the rights specifically granted to holders of any other shares of our preferred stock we may issue in the future, holders of our common stock and the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to vote together as a class on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders and are entitled to share on a pari passu basis in any dividends that may be declared on our common stock by our board of directors. Holders of our common stock do not have cumulative voting rights. Upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding up, holders of our common stock   are entitled to share ratably in our net assets after payment or provision for all liabilities and any preferential liquidation rights of our Series A Preferred Stock any shares of our preferred stock we may issue in the future. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive rights to purchase shares of our common stock. The issued and outstanding shares of our common stock are not subject to any redemption provisions and are not convertible into any other shares of our capital stock. All outstanding shares of our common stock are fully paid and non-assessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of our common stock   will be subject to those of the holders of our Series A Preferred Stock and of any shares of our preferred stock we may issue in the future.

 

Preferred Stock

 

Pursuant to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, we are authorized to issue up to 5,000,000,000 shares of “blank check” preferred stock, which may be issued from time to time in one or more series upon authorization by the company’s board of directors. The board of directors, without further approval of the stockholders, is authorized to fix the dividend rights and terms, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights and terms, liquidation preferences, and any other rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions applicable to each series of preferred stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, adversely affect the voting power of the holders of our common stock and, under certain circumstances, make it more difficult for a third party to gain control of the company.

 

44
 

 

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

 

As of June 25, 2014, 4,600,000,000 shares of the Series A Preferred Stock were issued and outstanding, and are held of record by two holders. The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock each have the right at any time, at the holder’s option, to convert any or all of his shares of Series A Preferred Stock into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock to the extent that such conversion would not result in beneficial ownership by the holder of more than 9.99% of the total number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding immediately after giving effect to such conversion (the “Beneficial Ownership Cap”). Subject to the Beneficial Ownership Cap, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to vote on an as-converted basis together with the holders of our common stock as a class on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders. Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock do not have cumulative voting rights. On an as-converted basis, the holders are entitled to any dividends that may be declared on our common stock by our board of directors without regard to the Beneficial Ownership Cap. Upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding up, after payment or provision for all liabilities and any preferential liquidation rights of any shares of a more senior class of our preferred stock that we may issue in the future, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall have priority with respect to the distribution of our net assets over the holders of our common stock. All outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock are fully paid and non-assessable. From July 12, 2013 through July 12, 2014, each Holder of the Series A Preferred Stock is prohibited from selling or otherwise transferring more than 2.5% of our outstanding common stock, calculated on a fully diluted basis, per 90-day period.

 

Anti-takeover Provisions 

 

Certain provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Delaware law may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of us.

 

Charter Provisions

 

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation allows our board of directors to issue up to 100,000,000,000 shares of common stock and 5,000,000,000 shares of “blank check” preferred stock. The preferred stock may be issued in one or more series and with such rights and preferences including voting rights, without further stockholder approval. In the event that our board designates additional series of preferred stock with rights and preferences, including super-majority voting rights, and issues such preferred stock, the preferred stock could make the acquisition of our company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise more difficult, and could also make the removal of incumbent officers and directors more difficult. As a result, these provisions may have an anti-takeover effect. The ability to issue “blank check” preferred stock may inhibit changes of control that are not approved by our board of directors. These provisions could limit the price that future investors might be willing to pay in the future for our common stock. This could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control. The issuance of preferred stock could also effectively limit or dilute the voting power of our stockholders. Accordingly, such provisions may discourage or prevent an acquisition or disposition of our business that could otherwise be in the best interest of our stockholders.

 

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

 

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, these provisions prohibit a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a manner presented in Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Generally, a “business combination” is defined to include mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in financial benefit to a stockholder. In general, an “interested stockholder’ is a person who, together with affiliates and employees, owns, or within the past three years did own, 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219.

 

45
 

 

Item 12. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Under Section 145(a) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, we have the power to indemnify our directors, officers, employees or agents who are parties or threatened to be made parties to any threatened, pending or completed civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the our right) arising from that person’s role as our director, officer, employee or agent against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

Under Section 145(b) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, we have the power to indemnify our directors, officers, employees and agents who are parties or threatened to be made parties to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in our right to procure a judgment in our favor arising from that person’s role as our director, officer, employee or agent against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our best interests and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to us unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

Section 145(c) further provides that if one of our present or former directors or officers has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

 

Article Seventh of our certificate of incorporation provides that no director shall be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by such director as a director. No amendment, modification, or repeal of this Article Seventh shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any of our directors for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment.

 

Article 8 of our by-laws provides that we shall have the power to indemnify our officers, directors, employees, and agents, and such other persons as may be designated by our board of directors to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

Further, Section 145(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law allows us to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was our director, officer, employee or agent against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not we would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and our by-laws.

 

Section 145(e) of the Delaware General Corporation Law allows us to pay expenses incurred by directors and officers incurred in defending any civil or criminal action or proceeding for which indemnification is required, or for which indemnification is permitted following authorization by the board of directors in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the indemnified party to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the indemnified party is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law and our by-laws.

 

These limitations of liability, indemnification and expense advancements may discourage a stockholder from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. The provisions may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of defense or settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these limitations of liability and indemnification provisions.

 

46
 

 

Indemnification Agreements

 

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. It is anticipated that future directors and officers will enter into an Indemnification Agreement with us in substantially similar form. The Indemnification Agreement provides, among other things, that we will indemnify and hold harmless each person subject to an Indemnification Agreement (each, an “Indemnified Party”) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law from and against all losses, costs, liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines, expenses and other matters that may result or arise in connection with such Indemnified Party serving in his or her capacity as a director of ours or serving at our direction as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent of another entity. The Indemnification Agreement further provides that, upon an Indemnified Party’s request, we will advance expenses to the Indemnified Party to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. Pursuant to the Indemnification Agreement, an Indemnified Party is presumed to be entitled to indemnification and we have the burden of proving otherwise. The Indemnification Agreement also requires us to maintain in full force and effect directors’ liability insurance on the terms described in the Indemnification Agreement. If indemnification under the Indemnification Agreement is unavailable to an Indemnified Party for any reason, we, in lieu of indemnifying the Indemnified Party, will contribute to any amounts incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances to reflect the relative benefits received or relative fault of the parties in connection with such event.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers, and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in a successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to the court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

Item 13. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

The financial statements of Atrinsic, Inc. are submitted as a separate section of this registration statement (See F-pages) and are incorporated by reference in Item 13.

 

Item 14. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

We have not had any changes in, nor have we had any disagreements with, whether or not resolved, our accountants on accounting and financial disclosures during our two most recent fiscal year or any later interim period.

 

Item 15. Financial Statements and Exhibits

 

(a) Financial Statements

 

See the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements below, beginning on page F-1.

 

47
 

 

(b) Exhibits

 

Exhibit Numbers   Description
2.1   Second Amended Plan of Reorganization, dated March 7, 2013*
2.2   Order Confirming Second Amended Plan of Reorganization, dated June 26, 2013*
3.1(a)   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed on July 9, 2013*
3.1(b)   Certificate of Designations, Series A Convertible Preferred Stock filed on July 9, 2013 *
3.1(c)   Certificate of Correction of Certificate of Designations of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock filed on October 29, 2013*
3.2   By-Laws(1)
10.1   Form of Option Agreement between the Company and each of Edward Gildea, Sebastian Giordano, and Jonathan Schechter*
10.2**   Consulting Agreement between the Company and Chord Advisors LLC*
10.3   Momspot Membership Interest Purchase Agreement entered into as of July 12, 2013*
10.4   Momspot Operating Agreement entered into as of July 12, 2013*
10.5   Momspot Contribution Agreement entered into as of July 12, 2013*
10.6   Lock-up Agreement among Atrinsic, Inc. and each of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, effective as of July 12, 2013*
10.7   Form of Indemnification Agreement*
10.8   Amended and Restated Promissory Note dated February 11, 2014 issued by the Company to Hudson Bay Master Fund Ltd.*
10.9   Amended and Restated Promissory Note dated February 11, 2014 issued by the Company to Iroquois Master Fund Ltd.*
10.10   Security Agreement dated February 11, 2014 by and among the Company, Iroquois Master Fund Ltd, and Hudson Bay Master Fund Ltd.*

 

 

* Filed herewith.

** This exhibit is a management contract or a compensatory plan or arrangement.

(1) Filed on June 10, 2005 as Exhibit 3.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10-SB and incorporated herein by reference.

 

48
 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

  ATRINSIC, INC.
   
Date: July 2, 2014 By: /s/ EDWARD GILDEA
  Name: Edward Gildea
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

49
 

 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Atrinsic, Inc.

 

Years Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 (audited)

 

  Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-2
Consolidated Financial Statements:  
Consolidated Balance Sheets – June 30, 2013 and 2012 F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 F-4
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the Years Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 F-5
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficiency for the Years Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-8

 

And Nine Months Ended March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

 

Page
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements:  
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 31, 2014 (Successor Company), and June 30, 2013, Audited (Predecessor Company) F-19
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the periods from July 12, 2013 to March 31, 2014 (Successor Company), Eleven Days ended  July 11, 2013 (Predecessor Company), and Nine Months ended March 31, 2013 (Predecessor Company) F-20
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity/Deficiency for the periods from  July 12, 2013 to March 31, 2014 (Successor Company), and Eleven Days ended  July 11, 2013(Predecessor Company) F-21
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the periods from July 12, 2013 to March 31, 2014 (Successor Company), Eleven Days ended  July 11, 2013 (Predecessor Company), Nine Months ended March 31, 2013 (Predecessor Company) F-22
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements F-23

 

F- 1
 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Audit Committee of the Board of
Directors and Stockholders of Atrinsic,
Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Atrinsic, Inc. (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ deficiency and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Atrinsic, Inc., as of June 30, 2013 and 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As more fully described in Note 1, on June 15, 2012, the Company filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Court in Southern District of New York (Case No. 12-12553). As of that date, the Company terminated all remaining employees, and ceased its normal business operations. The Company has continued to incur net losses through June 30, 2013 and 2012 and have yet to establish profitable operations. These factors among others create a substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

 

/s/ Marcum LLP

Marcum LLP

 

New York, NY

July 2, 2014

 

F- 2
 

 

ATRINSIC, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Dollars in thousands except share data)

 

    June 30,     June 30,  
    2013     2012  
ASSETS                
Current assets                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 717     $ 995  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $0 and $901     -       308  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     237       444  
Total current assets     954       1,747  
                 
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $0 and $3,456     -       15  
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $0 and $2,942     -       -  
Other noncurrent assets     -       487  
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 954     $ 2,249  
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY                
Current liabilities                
Liabilities subject to compromise - accounts payable and accrued expenses   $ 15,395     $ 15,748  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     171       110  
Liabilities subject to compromise - note payable     2,614       2,614  
Total current liabilities     18,180       18,472  
                 
Other long-term liabilities     -       7  
TOTAL LIABILITIES     18,180       18,479  
                 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (see note  14)     -       -  
                 
STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY                
Common stock - par value $.01, 100,000,000 authorized and outstanding at June 30, 2013 and 2012.     1,000       1,000  
Additional paid-in capital     182,281       182,250  
Accumulated other comprehensive gain     -       14  
Common stock, held in treasury, at cost, 681,509 shares at June 30, 2013 and 2012.     (4,981 )     (4,981 )
Accumulated deficit     (195,526 )     (194,513 )
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY     (17,226 )     (16,230 )
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S DEFICIENCY   $ 954     $ 2,249  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

 

F- 3
 

 

ATRINSIC, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    For the year ended June 30,  
    2013     2012  
Revenues   $ 85     $ 21,191  
Cost of sales     -       15,680  
Gross margin     85       5,511  
                 
OPERATING EXPENSES                
Depreciation and amortization     -       2,606  
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets     -       2,668  
General and administrative     979       15,287  
Total operating expenses     979       20,561  
                 
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS     (894 )     (15,050 )
                 
OTHER EXPENSES                
Other expenses     133       1,751  
Total other expenses     133       1,751  
                 
NET LOSS   $ (1,027 )   $ (16,801 )
                 
NET (LOSS) PER SHARE                
Basic   $ (0.01 )   $ (0.28 )
Diluted   $ (0.01 )   $ (0.28 )
                 
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING:                
Basic     100,000,000       59,196,629  
Diluted     100,000,000       59,196,629  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

 

F- 4
 

 

ATRINSIC, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

    For the year ended June 30,  
    2013     2012  
Net Loss   $ (1,027 )   $ (16,801 )
                 
Other Comprehensive                
Currency translation adjustment     (14 )     (66 )
Comprehensive Loss   $ (1,041 )   $ (16,867 )

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

 

F- 5
 

 

ATRINSIC, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY

Years Ended June 30,

(Dollars in thousands, except share data)

 

                      Accumulated              
          Additional           Other           Total  
    Common Stock     Paid-In     Accumulated     Comprehensive     Treasury Stock     Stockholders'  
    Shares     Amount     Capital     Deficit     Loss     Shares     Amount     Deficiency  
Balance  at June  30, 2011     7,010,412     $ 70     $ 181,429     $ (177,712 )   $ 80       681,509     $ (4,981 )   $ (1,114 )
Net loss             -       -       (16,801 )     -       -       -       (16,801 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment     -       -       (22 )     -       (66 )     -       -       (88 )
Stock based compensation expense     -       -       44       -       -       -       -       44  
Restricted stock vested     11,877       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Issuance of common stock     92,977,711       930       798       -       -       -       -       1,728  
Other adjustments     -       -       1       -       -       -       -       1  
Balance  at June  30, 2012     100,000,000     $ 1,000     $ 182,250     $ (194,513 )   $ 14       681,509     $ (4,981 )   $ (16,230 )
Net loss     -       -       -       (1,027 )     -       -       -       (1,027 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment     -       -       -       14       (14 )     -       -       -  
Capital infusion                     31                                       31  
Balance  at June  30, 2013     100,000,000     $ 1,000     $ 182,281     $ (195,526 )   $ -       681,509     $ (4,981 )   $ (17,226 )

  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

 

F- 6
 

 

ATRINSIC, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Years Ended June 30,

(Dollars in thousands)

 

    2013     2012  
Cash Flows From Operating Activities                
Net loss   $ (1,027 )   $ (16,801 )
                 
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) operating activities:                
Depreciation and amortization     -       2,606  
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets     -       2,668  
Allowance for doubtful accounts     -       (190 )
Stock-based compensation     -       44  
Equity in earnings of investee     -       391  
Write-off assets and liabilities     -       (573 )
Deferred income taxes     -       (64 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities of business                
Account receivable, net     308       5,741  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     207       953  
Other noncurrent assets     487       -  
Other long-term liabilities     (7 )     -  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     (292 )     4,751  
Net cash (used in) operating activities     (324 )     (474 )
                 
Cash Flows From Investing Activities                
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets     15       -  
Capital expenditures     -       (87 )
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities     15       (87 )
                 
Cash Flows From Financing Activities                
Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes     -       (2,391 )
Capital infusion     31       -  
Issuance of common stock     -       1,728  
Net cash used in financing activities     31       (663 )
                 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents     -       (90 )
                 
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents     (278 )     (1,314 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year     995       2,309  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year   $ 717     $ 995  
                 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION                
Other adjustments   $ -     $ 1  
Cash refunded for taxes   $ -     $ 378  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

 

F- 7
 

 

  NOTE 1 – Nature of Operations and Going Concern

 

Prior to filing Chapter 11 on June 15, 2012, the Company was a direct marketing company based in the United States. The Company had two main service offerings: (i) transactional services; and (ii) Subscription services. Transactional services offered full service online marketing and distribution services which were targeted and measurable online campaigns and programs for marketing partners, corporate advertisers, or their agencies, generating qualified customer leads, online responses and activities, or increased brand recognition. Subscription services offered a portfolio of subscription based content applications direct to users working with wireless carriers and other distributors.

 

On June 15, 2012, the Company filed Chapter 11 in the United States Bankruptcy Court in Southern District of New York (Case No. 12-12553). As of that date, the Company terminated all remaining employees, and ceased its normal business operations.

 

The Company emerged from Chapter 11 on June 26, 2013, at which time the Plan of Reorganization was conditionally confirmed by the United States Bankruptcy Court, Southern District of New York. The confirmation was subject to the consummation of the Company’s acquisition of a 51% controlling interest in Momspot LLC (“Momspot”), which was subsequently completed on July 12, 2013 (“Emergence Date”). The Emergence Date was the date the Company adopted fresh start accounting in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 852. The adoption of fresh-start accounting resulted in the Company becoming a new entity for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, the financial statements on or prior to July 12, 2013 are not comparable with the financial statements for periods after July 12, 2013.

 

 The Company has continued to incur net losses through June 30, 2013 and have yet to establish profitable operations. These factors among others create a substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

 

NOTE 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of all majority and wholly-owned subsidiaries and significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Management continually evaluates its estimates and judgments including those related to allowances for doubtful accounts, useful lives of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, fair value of stock options granted, forfeiture rate of equity based compensation grants, probable losses associated with pre-acquisition contingencies, income taxes and other contingencies. Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and other factors that are believed to be reasonable in the circumstances. Actual results may differ from those estimates. Macroeconomic conditions may directly, or indirectly through our business partners and vendors, impact our financial performance and available resources. Such conditions may, in turn, impact the aforementioned estimates and assumptions.

 

Foreign Currency Translation

 

Through most of fiscal 2012, the Company had a wholly owned subsidiary based in Canada which is included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The subsidiary’s financials were reported in Canadian dollars and translated in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 830. Assets and liabilities for these foreign operations are translated at the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date, and income and expenses are translated at average exchange rates prevailing during the period. The Company included accumulated net translation adjustments in stockholders’ deficiency as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss.

 

By the end of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, the Company suspended its operations in Canada.

 

F- 8
 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

  The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with a maturity of less than three months when purchased to be cash equivalents. The carrying amount of cash equivalents approximates fair value because of the short-term maturity of these instruments.

 

Accounts Receivable and Related Allowances

 

The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses which may result from the inability of its customers to make required payments. The Company bases its allowances on the likelihood of recoverability of accounts receivable by customer, based on past experience, the age of the accounts receivable balance, the credit quality of the Company’s customers, and, taking into account current collection trends. If specific customer circumstances change or industry trends worsen beyond the Company’s estimates, the Company would be required to increase its allowances for doubtful accounts. Alternatively, if trends improve beyond the Company’s estimates, the Company would be required to decrease its allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company’s estimates are reviewed periodically, and adjustments are reflected through bad debt expense in the period they become known. Changes in the Company’s bad debt experience can materially affect its results of operations.

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

 

 Goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair value of net assets of businesses acquired. In accordance with ASC 350, the value assigned to goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets is not amortized to expense, but rather it is evaluated at least on an annual basis to determine if there is a potential impairment. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss is recorded to the extent that the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill is less than the carrying value. If the fair value of an indefinite lived intangible is less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss is recorded. Fair value is determined based on discounted cash flows, market multiples or appraised values as appropriate. Discounted cash flow analysis requires assumptions about the timing and amount of future cash inflows and outflows, risk, the cost of capital, and terminal values. Each of these factors can significantly affect the value of the intangible asset. The estimates of future cash flows, based on reasonable and supportable assumptions and projections, require management’s judgment. Any changes in key assumptions about the Company’s businesses and their prospects, or changes in market conditions, could result in an impairment charge. Some of the more significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the intangible asset valuation process include: the timing and amount of projected future cash flows; the discount rate selected to measure the risks inherent in the future cash flows; and the assessment of the asset’s life cycle and the competitive trends impacting the asset, including consideration of any technical, legal or regulatory trends.

 

Intangible assets subject to amortization primarily consist of customer lists, trade names and trademarks, and restrictive covenants that were acquired.  The intangible asset values assigned to the identified assets for each acquisition were generally determined based upon the expected discounted aggregate cash flows to be derived over the estimated useful life. The method of amortizing the intangible asset values reflects, based upon the Company’s historical experience, an accelerated rate of attrition in the subscriber database based over the expected life of the underlying subscriber database after considering turnover.  Accordingly, the Company amortizes the value assigned to subscriber database based on the actual depletion of the acquired subscriber database. The Company reviews the recoverability of its finite-lived intangible assets for recoverability, whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is assessed by comparison to associated, undiscounted cash flows.

 

Prior to performing a formal valuation in 2012, the Company determined that there was an impairment of finite-lived intangible assets. The results of this assessment are more fully described in Note 7.

 

F- 9
 

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

The Company records stock based compensation in accordance with ASC 718. In estimating the grant date fair value of stock option awards and performance based restricted stock, we use the Black Scholes option pricing model and other binomial pricing models where appropriate. The key assumptions for these models to derive fair value include expected term, rate of risk free returns and volatility. Information about our specific award plans can be found in Note 13.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

In accordance with ASC 605 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin 104, the Company monetizes a portion of its user activities through subscription-based sources by providing on-going monthly access to and usage of premium products and services.  In general, customers are billed at standard rates, at the beginning of the month, and revenues are recognized upon receipt of information confirming an arrangement. The Company estimates a provision for refunds, charge-backs, or credits, which are recorded as a reduction to revenues. In determining the estimate for refunds and credits, the Company relies upon historical data, contract information and other factors. The estimated provision for refunds can vary from actual results.

 

The Company effectuates its subscription service revenues through a carrier or distributors who are paid a transaction fee for their services. In accordance with ASC subtopic 605-45 “Principal Agent Considerations”, the Company recognizes as revenues the net amount received from the carrier or distributor, net of their fee. 

 

The Company monetizes a portion of its user activities through transactional based services generated primarily from (a) fees earned, primarily on a cost per click (“CPC”) basis, from search syndication services; (b) fees earned for the Company's search engine marketing ("SEM") services; and (c) other fees for marketing services including data and list management services, which can be either periodic or transactional. Fee revenue is recognized in the period that the Company's advertiser customer generates a sale or other agreed-upon action on the Company's affiliate marketing networks or as a result of the Company's SEM services, provided that no significant Company obligations remain, collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured, and the fees are fixed or determinable. All transactional services revenues are recognized on a gross basis in accordance with the provisions of ASC Subtopic 605-45, due to the fact that the Company is the primary obligor, and bears all credit risk to its customer, and publisher expenses that are directly related to a revenue-generating event are recorded as a component of 3rd party Media Cost.

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

 

Comprehensive loss consists of two components, net loss and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) refers to revenue, expenses, gains and losses that under GAAP, are recorded as an element of stockholders’ equity but are excluded from net income (loss).  The Company’s other comprehensive loss consists of foreign currency translation adjustments from those subsidiaries not using the US dollar as their functional currency.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company uses the asset and liability method of financial accounting and reporting for income taxes required by ASC 740. Under ASC 740, deferred income taxes reflect the tax impact of temporary differences between the amount of assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and the amounts recognized for tax purposes.

 

Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted FIN No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” subsequently codified under ASC 740-10-25 which resulted in no material adjustment in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits. The Company classifies interest expense and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. ASC 740 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with ASC 740 and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The evaluation of a tax position in accordance with this Interpretation is a two-step process. The first step is recognition, in which the enterprise determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. The second step is measurement. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured to determine the largest amount of benefit that is more likely than not to be sustained.

 

F- 10
 

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

The Company applies the fair value measurement guidance of ASC 820 for our financial assets and liabilities that are required to be measured at fair value and for our nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are not required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis, including goodwill and intangible assets. The measurement of fair value requires the use of techniques based on observable and unobservable inputs. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect our market assumptions. The inputs create the following fair value hierarchy:

 

·        Level 1 -  Quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

 

·        Level 2 -  Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations where inputs are observable or where significant value drivers are observable.

 

·        Level 3-  Assets or liabilities where inputs are unobservable to third parties.

 

When available, the Company uses quoted market prices for the same or similar instruments to determine the fair value of our assets and liabilities and classify such items in Level 1 or Level 2.  In some cases, and where observable inputs are not available, the Company uses unobservable inputs to measure fair value and classify such items in Level 3.

 

The Company’s warrants and derivative liabilities associated with convertible notes were fair valued using Black-Scholes option valuation model. These instruments had no value as of June 30, 2013 and 2012. See note 5 and 11 for further information. Derivative liabilities are recorded as level III financial instruments in accordance with ASC 820.

 

NOTE 3 – Investments and Advances

 

Investment in The Billing Resource, LLC

 

On October 30, 2008, the Company acquired a 36% non-controlling interest in The Billing Resource, LLC (“TBR”). TBR was an aggregator of fixed telephone line billing, providing alternative billing services to the Company and unrelated third parties.  As a provider of Kazaa, an online music streaming platform, the Company provided access to Kazaa’s customers, some of which elected to pay for such access through their monthly telephone bills with their local telephone carriers. In December 2011, the Company ceased the operations of Kazaa. Under the operating agreement with TBR whereby TBR provided billing services to the Company and its customers and remit net proceeds, net of various deductions to the Company. TBR held back a portion of the customer collections (“TBR Reserves”) otherwise payable to the Company to account for non-collectible accounts, adjustments, cancellations, other deductions, liability risks and other risks before remitting net proceeds to the Company. The Company contended that TBR was holding approximately $1.4 million in TBR Reserves, while TBR contended that such TBR Reserves as of December 26, 2012 were approximately $813,000. As of December 22, TBR terminated its agreement with the Company alleging certain breaches. TBR was also a party to a class action suit by AT & T, Inc. and Verizon Communications, Inc. and had demanded indemnification from TBR. Solely for economic reasons, in December 2012, the Company and TBR entered into a Settlement and Mutual Release Agreement whereby TBR paid the Company $308,000 to satisfy all claims and rights under their prior agreement.

 

The Company had recorded its investment in TBR under the equity method of accounting and as such presented its pro-rata share of the equity in earnings and losses of TBR within its quarterly and fiscal year-end reported results. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, the Company wrote off it’s the remaining investment value in TBR of approximately $72,000.

 

NOTE 4 - Kazaa

 

Kazaa was a subscription-based digital music service that gave users unlimited access to hundreds of thousands of CD-quality tracks. For a monthly fee users could download unlimited music files and play those files on up to three separate computers and download unlimited ringtones to a mobile phone. Unlike other music services that charge you every time a song is downloaded, Kazaa allowed users to listen to and explore as much music as they want for one monthly fee, without having to pay for every track or album. Consumers were billed for this service on a monthly recurring basis through a credit card, landline, or mobile device. Royalties were paid to the rights’ holders for licenses to the music utilized by this digital service.

 

F- 11
 

 

Due to the Company’s inability to increase revenues to a level that sufficiently covered the expenses for this business, the Company suspended the Kazaa business in during the second quarter of fiscal 2012.

 

Note 5 – Convertible Notes and Warrants

 

On May 31, 2011, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which it sold Notes and issued Warrants (defined below) to certain buyers (the “Buyers”).

 

Pursuant to the terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company sold to the Buyers senior secured convertible notes in the aggregate original principal amount of $5,813,500 (the “Notes”), which Notes are convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock.  The Notes were issued with an original issue discount of approximately 9.1%, and the aggregate proceeds of the Notes were $5,285,000, before certain financing costs of $35,000. The Notes are not interest bearing, unless the Company is in default on the Notes, in which case the Notes carry an interest rate of 18% per annum.

 

The Notes are initially convertible into shares of common stock at a conversion price of $2.90 per share, provided that if the Company makes certain dilutive issuances (with limited exceptions), the conversion price of the Notes will be lowered to the per share price paid in the applicable dilutive issuance. The Company is required to repay the Notes in six equal monthly installments commencing on December 31, 2011 and ending on May 31, 2012, either in cash or in shares of its common stock at the option of the Company. If the Company chooses to utilize shares of its common stock for all or part of the payment, it must make an irrevocable decision to use shares 23 trading days prior to the installment payment date, and the value of the Company’s shares will be equal to the lower of the conversion price then in effect or 85% of the arithmetic average of the closing bid prices of its common stock during the 20 trading day period prior to payment of the installment amount (the “Installment Conversion Price”). If the Company chooses to make an installment payment in shares of common stock, it must make a pre-installment payment of shares (the “Pre-Installment Shares”) to the Note holder 21 trading days prior to the applicable installment date based on the value of its shares equal to the lower of the conversion price then in effect or 85% of the arithmetic average of the closing bid prices of its common stock during the 20 trading day period prior to payment of the installment amount. On the installment date, to the extent the Company owes a Note holder additional shares in excess of the Pre-Installment Shares to satisfy the installment payment, the Company will issue such Note holder additional shares, and to the extent it has issued excess Pre-Installment Shares, such shares will be applied to future payments. If an event of default occurs under the Notes, each Buyer may require the Company to redeem its Note in cash at the greater of up to 110% of the unconverted principal amount or 110% of the greatest equity value of the shares of common stock underlying the Notes from the date of the default until the redemption is completed. The conversion price of each Note is subject to adjustment in the case of stock splits, stock dividends, combinations of shares and similar recapitalization transactions. The convertibility of each Note may be limited if, upon conversion, the holder or any of its affiliates would beneficially own more than 4.9% or 19.9% (as applicable) of the Company’s common stock.

 

Brilliant Digital, which prior to the transaction held approximately 16.5% of the Company’s issued and outstanding common stock, purchased Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $2,200,000.

 

Pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the Company also agreed to issue to each Buyer warrants to acquire shares of common stock, in the form of three warrants: (i) “Series A Warrants,” (ii) “Series B Warrants” and (iii) “Series C Warrants” (collectively, the “Warrants”).

 

The Series B Warrants are exercisable immediately after issuance and expire nine months after the date the Company obtains stockholder approval (discussed below). The Series B Warrants provide that the holders are initially entitled to purchase an aggregate of 1,002,329 shares at an initial exercise price of $2.93 per share. If the Company makes certain dilutive issuances (with limited exceptions), the exercise price of the Series B Warrants will be lowered to the per share price paid in the applicable dilutive issuance. The number of shares underlying the Series B Warrants will adjust whenever the exercise price adjusts, such that at all times the aggregate exercise price of the Series B Warrants will be $2,936,824.  To the extent the Company enters into a fundamental transaction (as defined in the Series B Warrants and which include, without limitation, the Company entering into a merger or consolidation with another entity, selling all or substantially all of its assets, or a person acquiring 50% of the Company’s common stock), the Company has agreed to purchase the Series B Warrants from the holders at their Black-Scholes value (if a holder so elects to have its Series B Warrant so purchased).  If our common stock trades at a price at least 200% above the Series B Warrants exercise price for a period of 10 trading days at any time after the Company obtains stockholder approval (discussed below), the Company may force the exercise of the Series B Warrants if it meets certain conditions.

 

F- 12
 

 

The Series A and Series C Warrants are exercisable immediately after issuance and have a five year term. The Series A Warrants provide that the holders are initially entitled to purchase an aggregate of 2,004,656 shares at an initial exercise price of $2.90 per share. The Series C Warrants provide that the holders are initially entitled to purchase an aggregate of 952,212 shares at an initial exercise price of $2.97 per share. If on the expiration date of the Series B Warrants, a holder of such warrant has not exercised such warrant for at least 80% of the shares underlying such warrant, we have the right to redeem from such holder its Series C Warrant for $1,000 under certain circumstances.  If the Company makes certain dilutive issuances (with limited exceptions), the exercise price of the Series A and Series C Warrants will be lowered to the per share price paid in the applicable dilutive issuance. The number of shares underlying the Series A Warrants and the Series C Warrants will adjust whenever the exercise price adjusts, such that at all times the aggregate exercise price of the Series A Warrants and Series C Warrants will be $5,813,502 and $2,828,070, respectively. To the extent the Company enters into a fundamental transaction (as defined in the Series A and Series C Warrants and which include, without limitation, the Company entering into a merger or consolidation with another entity, selling all or substantially all of its assets, or a person acquiring 50% of the Company’s common stock), the Company has agreed to purchase the Series A and Series C Warrants from the holder at their Black-Scholes value (if a holder so elects to have its Series A Warrant or Series C Warrant so purchased).

 

The exercise price of all the Warrants is subject to adjustment in the case of stock splits, stock dividends, combinations of shares and similar recapitalization transactions. The exercisability of the Warrants may be limited if, upon exercise, the holder or any of its affiliates would beneficially own more than 4.9% or 19.9% (as applicable) of the Company’s common stock. The Notes may not be converted and the Warrants may not be exercisable if the total number of shares that would be issued would exceed 19.99% of our common stock outstanding on the date the Purchase Agreement was executed prior to our receiving stockholder approval (as discussed below).

 

Atrinsic and its subsidiaries, New Motion Mobile, Inc. and Traffix, Inc., entered into a security agreement (“Security Agreement”) with the Buyers pursuant to which the Company granted each of the Buyers a security interest in all of its assets securing the Company’s obligations under the Notes. In addition, New Motion Mobile, Inc. and Traffix, Inc. executed guaranties (each, a “Guaranty”) with each Buyer pursuant to which such subsidiaries guarantee our obligations under the Notes.

 

The Company also entered into a registration rights agreement (“Registration Rights Agreement”) with the Buyers pursuant to which, among other things, it agreed to register the resale of the shares of common stock underlying the Notes and Warrants. The Company agreed to file a registration statement by June 30, 2011 and to the extent it fails to file the registration statement on a timely basis or if the registration statement is not declared effective within 90 days after the closing of the transaction (120 days if reviewed by the Securities and Exchange Commission), the Company agreed to make certain payments to the Buyers. The Company filed a registration statement on Form S-3 with the Securities Exchange Commission registering for re-sale the common stock underlying the Notes and Warrants on July 1, 2011, which was subsequently declared effective on September 30, 2011.

 

In the Purchase Agreement, the Company has agreed to, among other things, (i) subject to certain exceptions, not issue any securities for a period of beginning on May 31, 2011 to the date that is 30 trading days from the date on which the resale by the Buyers of all registrable securities (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) is covered by one or more registration statements, (ii) not to enter into a variable rate transaction at any time while the Notes are outstanding and (iii) for a period of one year from the date of the Purchase Agreement, to allow the Buyers to participate in future financing transactions

 

The Company engaged Wedbush Securities, Inc. to act as placement agent, on a reasonable best efforts basis in connection with the offering and in addition to a placement fee, received five year warrants to purchase 41,234 shares of the Company’s common stock.  The warrant is exercisable immediately at an exercise price of $2.90 per share.

 

The Company recorded the issuance of the convertible note payable, original issue discount, net of additional debt discount, in its balance sheet and is amortizing the debt discount using the effective interest method over the 12-month term of the Notes.  The table below summarizes the transactions and components related to this convertible notes financing:

 

F- 13
 

 

NOTE 6 - Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment consists of the following:

 

    Useful Life     June 30,     June 30,  
    in years     2013     2012  
Computers  and software applications     3     $ -     $ 1,692  
Leasehold improvements     10       -       1,711  
Furniture and fixtures     7       -       68  
Gross Property & Equipment             -       3,471  
Less: accumulated depreciation             -       (3,456 )
Net Property & Equipment           $ -     $ 15  

 

Upon moving from 469 7 th Avenue, New York, NY to 116 W. 23 rd Street, New York, NY in July 2012, the Company sold all of its remaining property and equipment for its approximate carrying cost.

 

Depreciation expense for the year ended June 30, 2012 totaled $2.5 million, and was recorded on a straight-line basis.

 

NOTE 7 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets

 

As a result of the Company filing Chapter 11 and ceasing its operations as described throughout this Report, management determined that the Company’s intangible assets had minimal value. As such, the remaining net book value of $2,668 was impaired in June 2012.

 

NOTE 8 - Concentration of Business and Credit Risk

 

As a result of the Company’s filing Chapter 11 and ceasing its operations, the Company has no significant concentration of business or credit risk as of June 30, 2013.

 

NOTE 9 - Stockholders' Equity

 

The number of common shares outstanding increased by approximately 93.0 million during the year ended June 30, 2012, as the Company’s secured creditors exercised a significant portion of the conversion feature of the secured note payable that they were issued by the Company in May 2011.

 

NOTE 10 – Earnings (Loss) Per Share

 

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing reported earnings by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS includes the effect, if any, of the potential issuance of additional shares of common stock as a result of the exercise or conversion of dilutive securities, using the treasury stock method. Potential dilutive securities for the Company include outstanding stock options and warrants.

 

Options, warrants, and convertible debt outstanding were all considered anti-dilutive for the twelve months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 due to net losses.

 

The following securities were not included in the dilutive net loss per share calculation because their effect was anti-dilutive as of the periods presented (in thousands):

 

F- 14
 

 

    For the Year Ended  
    June 30,  
    2013     2012  
Common stock options     -       -  
Common stock warrants     2,999       2,999  
Convertible notes     -       -  
Excluded potentially dilutive securities     2,999       2,999  

 

NOTE 11 – Stock Based Compensation

 

Given the uncertainty of the Company’s financial condition at the beginning of fiscal 2012 and the eventual filing of Chapter 11, stock-based compensation was $0 for fiscal year end June 30, 2013 and $44,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, respectively.

 

Option Valuation

 

To value awards granted, the Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company determines the assumptions in this pricing model at the grant date. For options granted prior to January 1, 2006, Atrinsic used the minimum value method for volatility, as permitted by SFAS No. 123, resulting in 0% volatility. For options granted or modified after January 1, 2006, Atrinsic bases expected volatility on the historical volatility of a peer group of publicly traded entities. Atrinsic has limited history with its stock option grants, during which time there has been limited stock option exercise and forfeiture activity on which to base expected maturity. Management estimates that on average, options will be outstanding for approximately 7 years. Atrinsic bases the risk-free rate for the expected term of the option on the U.S. Treasury Constant Maturity rate as of the grant date. There were no options granted during the years ended June 30, 2013 and 2012.

 

Stock Options

 

There were no options outstanding as of June 30, 2013 and 2012.

 

Warrants

 

No warrants were issued during the year ended June 30, 2013 and 2012. Based upon the Company filing Chapter 11, all warrants previously issued and outstanding have no value.

 

NOTE 12 - Commitments and Contingencies

 

Lease and Employment Commitments

 

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, the Company leased space at 469 7 th Avenue, New York, NY under a 10-year operating lease. On July 3, 2012 vacated such premises and relocated to a temporary facility located at 116 W. 23 rd Street, New York, NY, where it leased space on a month-to-month basis during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013. As such, the Company did not have any long term lease commitments as of June 30, 2013. Rent expense for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 was $48,000 and $821,001, respectively. 

 

The Company did not have any employee commitments as of June 30, 2013. The Company had two outside consultants.

 

F- 15
 

 

NOTE 13 - Employee Benefit Plan

 

The Company’s employee benefit plan previously covered all eligible employees and included a savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The savings plan allowed participants to make pretax contributions of up to 90% of their earnings, with the Company contributing an additional 35% of such employee contributions not to exceed six percent (6%) of an employee’s compensation. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, the Company contributed approximately $0 and approximately $44,000, respectively to the plan. All employee benefit plans were terminated on January 16, 2013.

 

NOTE 14 – Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards if currently adopted would have a material effect on the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

NOTE 15 – Related Party Transactions

 

On May 23, 2011, the Company issued a demand promissory note (the “Demand Note”) to Brilliant Digital, a related party, in exchange for the principal sum of $0.5 million.  The Demand Note was subject to an annual simple interest rate of 0.56% on the unpaid principal.  The proceeds of the note were used to satisfy a portion of the Company’s accrued expenses. On May 31, 2011, the Company applied the full principal balance of the Demand Note, along with accrued interest, against Brilliant Digital’s purchase of Convertible Promissory Notes and warrants for $2.2 million and the Demand Note was cancelled.

 

Brilliant Digital was the owner of the Kazaa digital music service, which was jointly operated with the Company.  See Note 4 – Kazaa, for details of the agreements in effect between the Company and Brilliant Digital. Brilliant Digital was also the holder of 1,040,358 shares of the Company’s common stock, representing approximately 16.4% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares.

 

Pursuant to the Plan Support Agreement dated June 14, 2012 between the Company and the holders of the Secured Convertible Notes, Brilliant Digital agreed to sell its secured claim to the remaining secured note holders.

 

Despite relinquishing its secured claim, Brilliant Digital still had an unsecured claim totaling $3.2 million. Upon emerging from Chapter 11 and in accordance with the Plan, the unsecured claim was converted into 62,519,415 shares of $0.000001 par value common stock on July 1, 2013.

 

NOTE 16 – Income Taxes

 

The Company uses the asset and liability approach to account for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases using tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period when the change is enacted.

 

On January 1, 2007, the Company adopted an accounting standard which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in financial statements. This standard provides guidance on recognizing, measuring, presenting and disclosing in the financial statements uncertain tax positions that a company has taken or expects to take on a tax return.

 

During both 2013 and 2012, the Company incurred a net loss and therefore had no tax liability. The Company does not have any material uncertain income tax positions. As a result of significant losses and uncertainty of future profit, the net deferred tax asset generated by the loss carry forward has been fully reserved. The cumulative net operating loss carryforward is approximately $49.3 million and $48.3 million at June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and will expire in the year ended 2033.

 

F- 16
 

 

The tax effects of temporary differences and tax loss and credit carry forwards that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities at June 30, 2013 and 2012 are comprised of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

    As of June 30,     As of June 30,  
    2013     2012  
Deferred tax asset                
Net operating loss  carryovers   $ 22,427     $ 21,957  
Total deferred tax assets     22,427       21,957  
Valuation Allowance     (22,427 )     (21,957 )
Deferred tax asset, net of allowance   $ -     $ -  

 

The expected tax expense (benefit) based on the U.S. federal statutory rate is reconciled with actual tax expense (benefit) as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

    As of June 30,     As of June 30,  
    2013     2012  
Statutory federal income tax rate     -34.0 %     -34.0 %
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit     -11.5 %     -11.5 %
Valuation Allowance     45.5 %     45.5 %
Income tax provision (benefit)     0.0 %     0.0 %

 

    As of June 30,     As of June 30,  
    2013     2012  
Federal                
Current   $ -     $ -  
Deferred     (350 )     (5,712 )
State                
Current     -       -  
Deferred     (118 )     (1,931 )
Change in valuation allowance     468       7,643  
Income tax provision (benefit)   $ -     $ -  

 

NOTE 17 – Subsequent Events

 

On June 26, 2013, the Company’s Plan was conditionally confirmed subject to the consummation of the Company’s acquisition of a 51% controlling equity interest in Momspot LLC (“Momspot”). Such acquisition was completed on July 12, 2013. All liabilities subject to compromise were extinguished as a result of the bankruptcy.

 

Pursuant to the terms of a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated July 12, 2013, the Company acquired a 51% equity interest in Momspot LLC, (“Momspot”) in exchange for its commitment to contribute up to $165,000 of working capital to Momspot over a two-year period to fund its business development and operations. Simultaneous with the acquisition, the Company became a party to the Momspot Operating Agreement and the manager thereunder.

 

F- 17
 

 

As part of the Plan, in August 2013 the Company entered into a liquidating trust agreement and declaration of trust (“Agreement”) on behalf of the unsecured creditors (“Beneficiaries”) of the Company. The trust (“Trust”) was established

for the purpose of collecting, holding, administering, distributing, and liquidating the Trust assets for the benefit of the Beneficiaries in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Reorganization Plan, and with no objective to continue or engage in the conduct of a trade or business, except to the extent necessary to, and consistent with, the Plan and liquidating purpose of the Trust. Pursuant to this Agreement, the Company transferred the sum of $204,000 to the Trust consisting of $50,000 plus 50% of the settlement proceeds recovered from the Debtor’s investment in or claims against TBR.

 

In February 2014, the Company granted options, each with an exercise price of $.002 per share, for an aggregate of 275,000,000 shares of its common stock to its officers and directors for services.  All of the options immediately vested on the date of grant and expire on the fifth anniversary of the grant date.  The options were granted in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) thereunder.

 

In February 2014, the Company borrowed $87,500 from each of Iroquois Master Fund Ltd. and Hudson Bay Master Fund Ltd. (or an aggregate of $175,000) pursuant to Promissory Notes bearing interest at the rate of 5.0% per annum with a maturity date of July 31, 2014. In connection with the loan transaction, the Company entered into a Security Agreement with the lenders granting them a general security interest in all of the Company’s assets. On May 28, 2014, an amended and restated promissory note was issued to each of Iroquois and HB Fund extending the maturity date of each note to July 31, 2015.

 

F- 18
 

 

ATRINSIC, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Dollars in thousands except share data)

 

    Successor     Predecessor  
    Company     Company  
    March 31,     June 30,  
    2014     2013  
    (Unaudited)        
ASSETS                
Current assets                
Cash   $ 188     $ 717  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     165       237  
                 
Total current assets     353       954  
                 
Property and equipment     1       -  
Other assets     29       -  
Total assets   $ 383     $ 954  
                 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY/DEFICIENCY                
Current liabilities                
Accounts payable and accrued expenses   $ 138     $ 15,566  
Accrued interest expense     1       -  
Note payable     175       2,614  
Total current liabilities     314       18,180  
Total liabilities     314       18,180  
                 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES     -       -  
                 
Shareholders' equity/deficit:                
Series A convertible preferred stock - par value $.000001, 5,000,000,000 shares authorized, 4,600,000,000 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2014; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding at June 30, 2013; ( Liquidation preference 20,700,000 as of March 31, 2014)     5       -  
Common stock - par value $.000001, 100,000,000,000 shares authorized, 400,000,000 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2014; par value $.01, 100,000,000 authorized and outstanding at June 30, 2013.     -       1,000  
Additional paid-in capital     1,053       182,281  
Common stock, held in treasury, at cost, 0 and 681,509 shares at March 31, 2014 and June 30, 2013, respectively     -       (4,981 )
Non-controlling interest     (21 )     -  
Accumulated deficit     (968 )     (195,526 )
Total shareholders' equity/deficiency     69       (17,226 )
                 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY/DEFICIENCY   $ 383     $ 954  

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F- 19
 

 

ATRINSIC, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Unaudited)

(Dollars in thousands, except share data)

 

    Successor
Company
    Predecessor Company  
    For the period from
July 12, 2013 to
March 31,
    For the period
from July 1,
2013 to
July 11,
    Nine Months ended
March 31,
 
    2014     2013     2013  
Operating expenses                        
General and administrative     816       -       769  
Total operating expenses     816       -       769  
Loss from operations     (816 )     -       (769 )
                         
Other income (expenses)                        
Other income     34       -       -  
Gain on reorganization, net     -       778       -  
Other expenses     (207 )     -       -  
Net (loss) income before non-controlling interest     (989 )     778       (769 )
                         
Less: net loss attributable to non-controlling interest     (21 )     -       -  
Net (loss) income attributable to Atrinsic   $ (968 )   $ 778     $ (769 )
                         
Net loss per share attributable to Atrinsic common stockholders                        
Basic   $ (0.00 )   $ 0.01     $ (0.01 )
Diluted   $ (0.00 )   $ 0.01     $ (0.01 )
                         
Weighted average shares outstanding:                        
Basic     400,000,000       100,000,000       100,000,000  
Diluted     400,000,000       100,000,000       100,000,000  

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F- 20
 

  

ATRINSIC, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY/ DEFICIENTY
(Unaudited)
(Dollars in thousands, except share data)

 

    Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
    Accumulated     Treasury Stock     Noncontrolling     Total  
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Capital     Deficit     Shares     Amount     Interest     Equity  
Balance at June 30, 2013 (Predecessor Company)     -     $ -       100,000,000     $ 1,000   182,281     $ (195,526 )     681,509     $ (4,981 )   $ -     $ (17,226 )
Cancellation of predecessor company common stock     -       -       (100,000,000 )     (1,000 )     -       -       -       -       -       (1,000 )
Elimination of predecessor company capital in excess of par     -       -       -       -       (182,281 )     -       -       -       -       (182,281 )
Elimination of predecessor company accumulated deficit     -       -       -       -       -       195,526       -       -       -       195,526  
Elimination of predecessor company treasury stock     -       -       -       -       -       -       (681,509 )     4,981       -       4,981  
Issuance of predecessor company convertible preferred stock     4,600,000,000       5       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       5  
Issuance of predecessor company common stock                     400,000,000               -       -       -       -       -       -  
Gain from reorganization     -       -       -       -       -       778       -       -       -       778  
Elimination of predecessor company accumulated deficit     -       -       -       -       778       (778 )     -       -       -       -  
Balance at July 11, 2013 (Predecessor Company)     4,600,000,000       5       400,000,000       -       778       -       -       -       -       783  
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (21 )     (21 )
Net loss attributable to Atrinsic     -       -       -       -       -       (968 )     -       -       -       (968 )
Stock-based compensation     -       -       -       -       275       -       -       -       -       275  
Balance at March 31, 2014 (Successor Company)     4,600,000,000     $ 5       400,000,000     $ -     1,053     $ (968 )     -     $ -     $ (21 )   $ 69  

  

See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F- 21
 

   

ATRINSIC, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited)

(Dollars in thousands except share data)

 

    Successor Company     Predecessor
Company
    Predecessor
Company
 
    For the periods
from July 12, 2013
to
    For the period
from July 1,
2013 to
    Nine Months
ended
 
    March 31,     July 11,     March 31,  
    2014     2013     2013  
Cash Flows From Operating Activities                        
Net (loss) income   $ (968 )   $ 778     $ (769 )
                         
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash used in operating activities:                        
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest in subsidiary     (21 )     -       -  
Non-cash reorganization items     -       (778 )     -  
Accrued interest on notes payable     1       -       -  
Equity in earnings of investee     -       -       64  
Stock-based compensation     275       -       -  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities of business, net of acquisitions:                        
Accounts receivable     -       -       308  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     43       -       743  
Accounts payable     (33 )     -       (299 )
Deferred income taxes     -       -       (277 )
Other, principally accrued expenses     -       -       (10 )
Net cash used in operating activities     (703 )     -       (240 )
                         
Cash Flows From Investing Activities                        
Purchase of property and equipment     (1 )     -       15  
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities     (1 )     -       15  
                         
Cash Flows From Financing Activities                        
Proceeds from issuance of note payable     175       -       -  
Net cash provided by financing activities     175       -       -  
                         
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents     -       -       (7 )
                         
Net decrease in cash     (529 )     -       (232 )
Cash at beginning of period     717       717       995  
Cash at end of period   $ 188     $ 717     $ 763  

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F- 22
 

 

ATRINSIC, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

NOTE 1 – BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) for interim financial information. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and disclosures required by GAAP for annual financial statements. In the opinion of management, such statements include all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring items) which are considered necessary for a fair presentation of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company as of March 31, 2014, for the nine months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013. These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the period July 12, 2013 to March 31, 2014, should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures of the Company as of June 30, 2013 and for the year then ended, included in this registration statement on Form 10.

 

NOTE 2 — BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS

 

Prior to the filing of our Plan of Reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in June 2012 (the “Plan of Reorganization”), the Company was a marketer of direct-to-consumer subscription products and an Internet search-marketing agency. It sold entertainment and lifestyle subscription products directly to consumers, which it marketed through the Internet. It also sold Internet marketing services to its corporate and advertising clients. However, by early 2012, the Company suspended all operations of these businesses.

 

The Plan of Reorganization was conditionally confirmed by the United States Bankruptcy Court, Southern District of New York (Case No.: 12-12553 (JMP)) on June 26, 2013 subject to the consummation of our acquisition of a 51% controlling equity interest in Momspot LLC (“Momspot”) which was completed on July 12, 2013. Momspot currently constitutes the Company’s only business operation.

 

Pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization, all debt was converted to equity with the secured creditors receiving 4,600,000,000 shares, $0.000001 par value per share, of a newly created class of preferred stock designated as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), general unsecured creditors receiving an aggregate of 300,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.000001 per share (“Common Stock”), and pre-bankruptcy petition common stockholders having their pre-bankruptcy shares exchanged for an aggregate of 100,000,000 common shares at $0.000001 per share.

 

Prior to March 30, 2012, the Company was a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and filed periodic reports with the SEC. On March 30, 2012, the Company filed a Form 15 with the SEC, terminating its obligation to file periodic reports under Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

Atrinsic, Inc. was originally incorporated under the name Millbrook Acquisition Corp., on or about February 3, 1994. On or about May 2, 2007, Millbrook Acquisition Corp. changed its name to New Motion, Inc. On or about February 4, 2008, New Motion, Inc. merged with Traffix, Inc., pursuant to which Traffix, Inc. became a wholly-owned subsidiary of New Motion, Inc. On or about June 25, 2009, New Motion, Inc. changed its name to Atrinsic, Inc.

 

Upon filing Chapter 11, the Company terminated all remaining employees and has since been managed by several outside legal and financial professionals to manage the Company through the Chapter 11.

 

As discussed in Note 3 – Fresh Start Accounting, as of July 12, 2013, the Company adopted fresh start accounting in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 852. The adoption of fresh-start accounting resulted in the Company becoming a new entity for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, the financial statements on or prior to July 12, 2013 are not comparable with the financial statements for periods after July 12, 2013. For financial reporting purposes, the Company adopted fresh-start accounting as of July 12, 2013. Operating activities between July 1, 2013 and July 11, 2013 were insignificant. The consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2014 and for the nine months then ended and any references to “Successor” or “Successor Company” relate to the financial position and results of operations of the reorganized Company subsequent to bankruptcy emergence on July 12, 2013. References to “Predecessor” or “Predecessor Company” refer to the financial position and results of operations of the Company prior to the bankruptcy emergence.

 

F- 23
 

 

NOTE 3 – FRESH START ACCOUNTING

 

On July 12, 2013, the Company adopted fresh start accounting and reporting in accordance with Topic ASC 852. The Company was required to apply the provisions of fresh start reporting to its financial statements, as the holders of existing voting shares of the Predecessor Company received less than 50% of the voting shares of the emerging entity and the reorganization value of the Predecessor Company’s assets immediately before the date of confirmation was less than the post-petition liabilities and allowed claims. The Company determined that the fair value of the Company on the Effective date to be minimal.

 

Fresh start reporting generally requires resetting the historical net book value of assets and liabilities to fair value as of the Effective Date by allocating the entity’s enterprise value as set forth in the Reorganization Plan to its assets and liabilities pursuant to accounting guidance related to business combinations. The financial statements as of the Effective Date report the results of the Successor Company with no beginning retained earnings or accumulated deficit. Any presentation of the Successor Company represents the financial position and results of operations of a new reporting entity and is not comparable to prior periods. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for periods ended prior to the Effective Date do not include the effect of any changes in capital structure or changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities as a result of fresh start accounting.

 

In accordance with ASC Topic 852, the Predecessor Company’s pre-emergence charges to earnings of $778, recorded as reorganization items result from certain costs and expenses relating to the Reorganization Plan becoming effective, including the cancellation of certain debt upon issuance of new equity.

 

Methodology, Analysis and Assumptions

 

The Company determined that the fair value of the Company (“Reorganization Value”) on the Effective date to be minimal.

 

The Company’s valuation was based upon a discounted cash flow methodology, which included a calculation of the present value of expected un-levered after-tax free cash flows reflected in our long-term financial projections, including the calculation of the present value of the terminal value of cash flows, and supporting analysis that included a comparison of selected financial data of the Company with similar data of other publicly held companies comparable to ours in terms of end markets, operational characteristics, growth prospects and geographical footprint. The Company also considered precedent transaction analysis but ultimately determined there was insufficient data for a meaningful analysis.

 

F- 24
 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

    July 26, 2013  
    Predecessor
Company
    Reorganization
Adjustments
    Successor Company  
ASSETS                        
Current assets                        
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 717     $ -     $ 717  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     237               237  
Total current assets     954       -       954  
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 954     $ -     $ 954  
                         
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY                        
Current liabilities                        
Accounts payable and accrued expenses   $ 15,566     $ (15,395 ) 2)   $ 171  
Note payable     2,614       (2,614 ) 3)     -  
Total current liabilities     18,180       (18,009 )     171  
TOTAL LIABILITIES     18,180       (18,009 )     171  
                         
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES     -       -       -  
                         
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY/ DEFICIENCY                        
Convertible preferred stock - par value $.000001, 5,000,000,000 shares authorized, 4,600,000,000 shares issued and outstanding at July 11, 2013; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding at June 30, 2013     -       5 3)     5  
Common stock - par value $.000001, 100,000,000,000 shares authorized, 400,000,000 shares issued and outstanding at July 11, 2013; par value $.01, 100,000,000 authorized and outstanding at June 30, 2013.     1,000       (1,000 ) 1)     -  
Additional paid-in capital     182,281       (182,281 ) 4)     -  
              778 5)     778  
Common stock, held in treasury, at cost, 0 and 681,509 shares at July 11, 2013 and June 30, 2013, respectively.     (4,981 )     4,981 4)     -  
Accumulated income (deficit)     (195,526 )     196,304 1)     -  
              (778 ) 5)        
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY/ DEFICIENCY     (17,226 )     18,009       783  
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY/ DEFICIENCY   $ 954     $ -     $ 954  

 

 

1) To reduce the total par value of stock held by the pre-petition stockholders to $100, in accordance with the new post-bankruptcy capital structure

2) To record conversion of pre-petition Accounts Payable to 300,000,000, $0.000001 par value common shares, in accordance with the new post-bankruptcy capital structure

3) To record conversion of note payable to 4,600,000,000, $0.000001 par value shares of convertible preferred stock, in accordance with the new post-bankruptcy petition capital structure

4) To eliminate Treasury Stock. APIC and Accumulated Deficit as of July 11, 2013

5) Elimination of Predecessor Company accumulated deficit July 1, 2013 to July 11, 2013

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of all majority and wholly-owned (“Momspot”) subsidiaries and significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

 

The ownership of more than 50% of the voting stock of an entity creates a subsidiary. The financial statements of the parent and subsidiary are consolidated for reporting purposes.

 

F- 25
 

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Management continually evaluates its estimates and judgments including those related to allowances for doubtful accounts, useful lives of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, fair value of stock options granted, forfeiture rate of equity based compensation grants, probable losses associated with pre-acquisition contingencies, income taxes and other contingencies. Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and other factors that are believed to be reasonable in the circumstances. Actual results may differ from those estimates. Macroeconomic conditions may directly, or indirectly through our business partners and vendors, impact our financial performance and available resources. Such conditions may, in turn, impact the aforementioned estimates and assumptions.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company has had no sales operations after May 2012. The only revenue received during the period covered by this report represented unanticipated receipts from previously written off accounts receivables.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company accounts for income taxes pursuant to ASC 740. Under ASC 740 deferred taxes are provided on a liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and operating loss carryforwards and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.  At March 31, 2014, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards to offset taxable income.  Therefore, the provision for income taxes for the quarter ended March 31, 2014 is $0.

 

Fair Value Measurement

 

The fair value of Momspot was determined based on valuation performed by Management, which took into consideration, where applicable, cash received , market participant inputs, estimated cash flows based on entity specific criteria, purchase multiples paid in other comparable third-party transactions, market conditions, liquidity, operating results and other qualitative and quantitative factors..

 

Earnings per Share

 

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing reported earnings by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS includes the effect, if any, of the potential issuance of additional shares of common stock as a result of the exercise or conversion of dilutive securities, using the treasury stock method.

 

Potential dilutive securities for the Company include outstanding stock options and warrants.

 

Securities that could potentially dilute loss per share in the future that were not included in the computation of diluted loss per share at March 31, 2014 are as follows:

 

    For the nine months ended
March 31, 2014
 
Convertible preferred shares     4,600,000,000  
Options to purchase common stock     275,000,000  
Total     4,875,000,000  

 

F- 26
 

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-10, Development Stage Entities (Topic 915): Elimination of Certain Financial Reporting Requirements. ASU 2014-10 eliminates the distinction of a development stage entity and certain related disclosure requirements, including the elimination of inception-to-date information on the statements of operations, cash flows and stockholders’ equity. The amendments in ASU 2014-10 will be effective prospectively for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and interim periods within those annual periods, however early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2014-10 on the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

Going Concern and Management Plans

 

The continually project anticipated cash requirements, which may include business combinations, capital expenditures, and working capital requirements. In accordance with the Plan of Reorganization, most of the Company’s accounts payable were converted into Equity, which has a favorable impact on liquidity. As of March 31, 2014, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $0.2 million, and working capital of approximately $0.04 million. During the nine months ended March 31, 2014, we used approximately $0.7 million of cash for operations. This accounted for the total decrease in cash for the period.

 

The Company needs to raise additional capital to cover its budgeted operating and capital expenditures. If the capital raising efforts are not successful, the Company might not be able to continue as a going concern. The condensed consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of asset carrying amounts or the amount and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be not able to continue as a going concern. These factors among others create a substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

 

NOTE 4 - STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

On July 12, 2013, the Company established a new capital structure, in accordance with the Plan of Reorganization.

 

Accordingly, 100,000,000,000 shares of $0.000001 par value common stock were authorized. The Company exchanged the 100,000,000 outstanding shares held by the pre-bankruptcy petition stockholders for 100,000,000 $0.000001 par value shares in the reorganized Company. The Company also issued 300,000,000 of the authorized shares to the unsecured creditors of the Company   subsequent to the filing bankruptcy.  The 400,000,000 aggregate shares issued were outstanding at the time of filing bankruptcy. The 400,000,000 aggregate shares issued were outstanding at March 31, 2014.

 

In addition, the Company authorized 5,000,000,000 shares of $0.000001 par value Convertible Preferred stock. 4,600,000,000 of these shares were issued to the Company’s secured creditors in exchange for the Convertible Notes that were previously issued to them in May 2011. The 4,600,000,000 shares issued were outstanding as of March 31, 2014. Each share of Convertible Preferred stock is convertible into one share of common stock.

 

As of March 31, 2014, 4,600,000,000 shares of the Series A Preferred Stock were issued and outstanding, and are held of record by two holders. The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock each have the right at any time, at the holder’s option, to convert any or all of his shares of Series A Preferred Stock into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock to the extent that such conversion would not result in beneficial ownership by the holder of more than 9.99% of the total number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding immediately after giving effect to such conversion (the “Beneficial Ownership Cap”). Subject to the Beneficial Ownership Cap, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to vote on an as-converted basis together with the holders of our common stock as a class on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders. Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock do not have cumulative voting rights. On an as-converted basis, the holders are entitled to any dividends that may be declared on our common stock by our board of directors without regard to the Beneficial Ownership Cap. Upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding up, after payment or provision for all liabilities and any preferential liquidation rights of any shares of a more senior class of our preferred stock that we may issue in the future, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall have priority with respect to the distribution of our net assets over the holders of our common stock. All outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock are fully paid and non-assessable. From July 12, 2013 through July 12, 2014, each Holder of the Series A Preferred Stock is prohibited from selling or otherwise transferring more than 2.5% of our outstanding common stock, calculated on a fully diluted basis, per 90-day period.

 

F- 27
 

 

Stock Options

On February 11, 2014, the Company issued options with a term of five (5) years and an exercise price of $0.002 to the individuals below for the number of shares of common stock:

 

The Company granted to Sebastian Giordano, for services as Chief Restructuring Officer and Acting Chief Executive Officer, an option to purchase 125,000,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock.

 

The Company granted to each of Edward Gildea and Jonathan Schechter, for services as directors of the Company, an option to purchase 50,000,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock.

 

On February 28, 2014, the Company granted to Edward Gildea, for services to be rendered as Acting Chief Executive Officer, an option to purchase 50,000,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock with a term of five (5) years and an exercise price of $0.002.

 

All of the shares covered by these options shall immediately vest on the grant date.

 

The grant date fair value of stock options granted during the quarter ended March 31, 2014 was $274,909. The fair value of the Company’s common stock was based upon the publicly quoted price on the date that the final approval of the awards was obtained. The expected term for stock options granted with service conditions represents the average period the stock options are expected to remain outstanding and is based on the expected term calculated using the approach prescribed by the Securities and Exchange Commission's Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 110 for “plain vanilla” options. The Company obtained the risk free interest rate from publicly available data published by the Federal Reserve. The volatility rate was computed based on a comparison of average volatility rates of similar companies. The fair value of the options was determined using the Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions: risk free interest rate – 0.69% to 0.71%, volatility – 84.40%, expected term – 2.5 years, expected dividends– N/A.

 

NOTE 5 – NOTES PAYABLE

 

On February 11, 2014, the Company issued notes payable with two security parties, each such note in the principal amount of $87,500 with the interest thereon at the rate of 5% per annum. The principal amount and all accrued interest of this Note are due on July 31, 2014 (the “Maturity Date”). Any amounts that remain unpaid until due shall thereafter bear interest at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum. Interest as aforesaid shall be calculated on the basis of actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days. For the nine months ended March 31, 2014 interest expense amounted to $1,167. Accrued interest as of March 31, 2014 was $1,167.

 

NOTE 6 – BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

 

The Momspot Acquisition

 

Pursuant to the terms of a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated July, 2013, the Company acquired a 51% equity interest in Momspot LLC, (“Momspot”) in exchange for our commitment to contribute up to $165,000 of working capital to Momspot over a two-year period to fund its business development and operations. Simultaneous with the acquisition the Company became a party to the Momspot Operating Agreement and the manager thereunder. Momspot meets the definition of a “business” in accordance with ASC Topic 805.

 

MomSpot is a development stage company. Momspot’s goal is to be the premier specialty retail affiliate marketing company targeting women between the ages of 24 and 45 who are either mothers or expecting their first child (“Moms”).

The results for Momspot for the period ended March 31, 2014 are consolidated in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements within this document.

 

The fair value of the purchase consideration issued to the sellers of Momspot was allocated to fair value of the net tangible assets acquired, with the resulting excess allocated to separately identifiable intangibles, and the remainder recorded as goodwill, if any.  

 

F- 28
 

 

The purchase price was allocated as follows (in thousands):

 

Purchase Consideration:        
Fair value of Momspot (1)   $ -  
         
Tangible assets acquired     -  

 

(1) Fair value of $0 was based upon the fair value of the cash consideration received for the acquisition of Monspot ($0 consideration received) and a discounted cash flow analysis, including the calculation of the present value of the terminal value of cash flows, and supporting analysis that included a comparison of selected financial data of the Company with similar data of other publicly held companies comparable to ours in terms of end markets, operational characteristics, growth prospects and geographical footprint.

 

The following table presents the unaudited pro-forma financial results, as if the acquisition of Momspot had been completed as of July 1, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):

 

    For the Period Ended
March 31,
 
    2013     2012  
Revenues   $ -     $ -  
Net loss     (968 )     (769 )
Loss per share - basic and diluted   $ (0.00 )   $ (0.01 )

 

The unaudited pro-forma results of operations are presented for information purposes only. The unaudited pro-forma results of operations are not intended to present actual results that would have been attained had the acquisition been completed as of July 1, 2012 or 2013 or to project potential operating results as of any future date or for any future periods.

 

NOTE 7- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

On May 28, 2014, an amended and restated promissory note was issued to each of the Secured Lenders extending the maturity date of each note to July 31, 2015.

 

F- 29

 

 

UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT  
SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK x
   
In re: Chapter 11
   
ATRINSIC, INC. Case No. 12-12553 (JMP)
   
Debtor.  
  x

 

SECOND AMENDED PLAN OF REORGANIZATION PROPOSED BY ATRINSIC, INC .

 

DELBELLO DONNELLAN

WEINGARTEN WISE &

WIEDERKEHR, LLP

Jonathan S. Pasternak, Esq.

Erica R. Feynman, Esq.

One North Lexington Avenue

White Plains, NY 10601

Tel.: (914) 681-0200

 

Attorneys for the Debtor

 

Dated: March 7, 2013

 

 
 

 

Atrinsic, Inc., the Debtor herein (“Atrinsic”, or the “Debtor”), hereby proposes this Second Amended Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization (“Plan”).

 

ARTICLE I

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

 

Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, all capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Bankruptcy Code. For the purposes of the Plan, the following terms (which are capitalized in the Plan) shall have the meanings set forth below.

 

Acquisition ” means the acquisition by Atrinsic of fifty-one percent (51%) of the outstanding capital stock of Momspot pursuant to the terms and conditions of a definitive stock purchase agreement.

 

Administrative Expense Claim ” means a Claim for costs and expenses of administration of the Chapter 11 case allowed under §§ 503(b), 507(b) or, if applicable, 1114(e)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, including: (a) any actual and necessary costs and expenses incurred after the Petition Date of preserving the Debtor’s Estate and operating the businesses of the Debtor (such as wages, salaries, commissions for services and payments for inventories, leased equipment and premises) and Claims of governmental units for taxes (including Claims related to taxes which accrued after the Petition Date, but excluding Claims related to taxes which accrued on or before the Petition Date); (b) compensation for legal, financial, advisory, accounting and other services and reimbursement of expenses allowed by the Bankruptcy Court under §§ 330, 331 or 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code to the extent incurred prior to the Effective Date; and (c) all fees and charges assessed against the Debtor’s Estate under § 1930, chapter 123 of title 287 of the United States Code.

 

Allowed Claim ” means a Claim (a) as to which no objection or request for estimation has been filed on or before the Claims Objection Deadline or the expiration of such other applicable period fixed by the Bankruptcy Court; or (b) as to which any objection has been settled, waived, withdrawn or denied by a Final Order; or (c) that is Allowed (i) by a Final Order; (ii) by an agreement between the Holder of such Claim and the Debtor, Reorganized Debtor or Liquidating Trustee, as applicable; or (iii) pursuant to the terms of the Plan. For purposes of computing distributions under the Plan, the term “Allowed Claim” shall not include interest on such Claim from and after the Petition Date, except as provided in Bankruptcy Code § 506(b) or as otherwise expressly set forth in the Plan.

 

“Assets” means all assets of the Debtor constituting property of the estate pursuant to Bankruptcy Code Section 541.

 

Atrinsic ” means Atrinsic, Inc.

 

Avoidance Actions ” shall mean any cause of action assertable under Sections 510, 542, 543, 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, 550 or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code or state law if made applicable under such Bankruptcy Code sections, including, but not limited to, any cause of action arising from transactions identified in the Debtor’s Statement of Financial Affairs (ECF Document No. 11).

 

 
 

 

Bankruptcy Code” or the “Code ” means title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§101 et seq., as now in effect or hereafter amended.

 

Bankruptcy Court ” means the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York or any court having competent jurisdiction to enter the Confirmation Order.

 

Bankruptcy Rules ” means the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure, the Official Bankruptcy Forms, the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, the Local Rules of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and the Local Rules of the Bankruptcy Court, as applicable to the Cases or proceedings therein, as the case may be.

 

Bankruptcy Schedules ” means the schedules of assets and liabilities, lists of executory contracts and unexpired leases, statements of financial affairs, and related information filed by the applicable Debtor pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 1007, as same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

“Board Stipulation” means that certain Stipulation Among Debtor, Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors and Board of Directors dated January 18, 2013 that is attached to this Plan as Exhibit B.

 

Business Day ” means any day, excluding Saturdays, Sundays or “legal holidays” (as referenced in Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a)), on which commercial banks are open for business in New York, New York.

 

Capital Consideration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3.

 

Case ” means the Chapter 11 case herein, assigned Case No 12- 12553 (JMP) in the Bankruptcy Court.

 

Cash ” means legal tender of the United States of America and equivalents thereof.

 

“Cash Collateral Claim” means the senior secured, superpriority claim of the Class 2 Senior Noteholders for post-petition cash collateral financing approved by Court order.

 

“Cash Collateral Order” means the Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court dated August 1, 2012 (I) Authorizing the Debtor to Utilize Cash Collateral of Prepetition Secured Lenders, (II) Granting Adequate Protection to the Prepetition Secured Lenders, and (III) Granting Related Relief. (ECF Doc. No. 30).

 

Causes of Action” means all claims (including, but not limited to, as defined in § 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code), causes of action, third-party claims, counterclaims and cross claims of any kind or nature which belong to the Debtor or the Estate against any Person based in law or equity, including, without limitation, under the Bankruptcy Code, state law or federal law, whether direct, indirect, derivative or otherwise, and whether asserted or unasserted, inclusive of Avoidance Actions; provided , however , that the term “Causes of Action” shall not include Committee Causes of Action.

 

2
 

 

Claim ” means a claim against the Debtor as defined in Bankruptcy Code § 101(5).

 

Claims Objection Deadline ” shall mean that date which is 120 days after the Effective Date or as otherwise extended by the Bankruptcy Court.

 

Class ” means all of the Holders of Claims or Interests having characteristics substantially similar to the other Claims or Interests and which have been designated as a class in the Plan.

 

“Committee Causes of Action” means the potential claims and causes of action of the Debtor or its Estate against any of the Debtor’s officers and directors contemplated as “Potential Claims” by the Board Stipulation, which claims and causes of action are subject to the terms of the Board Stipulation.

 

Confirmation ” means the entry of the Confirmation Order on the Bankruptcy Court’s docket.

 

Confirmation Date ” means the date on which the clerk of the Bankruptcy Court enters the Confirmation Order on the docket of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

Confirmation Hearing ” means the hearing or hearings before the Bankruptcy Court at which the Bankruptcy Court will consider the Confirmation of the Plan pursuant to Bankruptcy Code § 1128.

 

Confirmation Order ” means the order of the Bankruptcy Court, in form and substance satisfactory to the Class 2 Senior Noteholders and the Creditors Committee, confirming the Plan pursuant to Bankruptcy Code § 1129.

 

Creditor ” means a Holder of a Claim.

 

“Creditors Committee” means the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors appointed by the United States Trustee in the Chapter 11 Case.

 

Debtor ” means Atrinsic, Inc.

 

Disclosure Statement ” means the Second Amended Disclosure Statement for the Debtor’s Second Amended Plan of Reorganization dated March 7, 2013, as amended from time to time, together with any supplements, amendments, or modifications thereto.

 

Disputed Claim ” means any Claim as to which the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor or the Liquidating Trustee, as applicable, has interposed a timely objection or request for estimation in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules, or any Claim otherwise disputed by the Debtor, Reorganized Debtor or Liquidating Trustee, as applicable, in accordance with applicable law, which objection has not been withdrawn or determined by a Final Order.

 

3
 

 

Distribution ” means the distribution of cash and Reorganized Debtor Common Stock and Reorganized Debtor Convertible Preferred Stock by the Reorganized Debtor to the Holders of Allowed Claims pursuant to the Plan.

 

Distribution Date ” means the date on which a Distribution is made under the Plan.

 

Effective Date ” means the first Business Day on which all conditions precedent to the effectiveness of the Plan have been satisfied or waived as provided in Article V of the Plan; provided, however, the Effective Date may occur on such other later date agreed to by the Class 2 Prepetition Lenders.

 

Estate ” means the Debtor’s estate created by Bankruptcy Code § 541 upon the commencement of the Case.

 

“Existing Common Stock” mean shares of the Debtor’s Common Stock issued as of the Petition Date.

 

“Filed ” means filed with the Bankruptcy Court in the Debtor’s Case.

 

Final Order ” means an order entered by the Bankruptcy Court or other court of competent jurisdiction on its docket as to which (a) the time to appeal, petition for certiorari, or move for reargument or rehearing has expired and as to which no appeal, petition for certiorari, or other proceedings for reargument or rehearing shall then be pending; or (b) in the event that an appeal, writ of certiorari, reargument, or rehearing thereof has been sought, such order of the Bankruptcy Court or any other court or adjudicative body shall have been affirmed by the highest court to which such order was appealed, or certiorari has been denied, or from which reargument or rehearing was sought, and the time to take any further appeal, petition for certiorari or move for reargument or rehearing shall have expired; provided, however, that no order shall fail to be a Final Order solely because of the possibility that a motion pursuant to Rule 60 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure or a similar rule under the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure may be filed with respect to such order.

 

General Unsecured Claim” shall mean any unsecured Claim which is not an Administrative Claim, Priority Claim, Class 1 Claim, Class 2 Claim or Interest and that arose prior to the filing of the Debtor’s Chapter 11 Case and includes, without limitation, Claims based upon pre-petition trade accounts payable, the rejection of an executory contract during pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases and Unsecured Prepetition Lender Claims that are not Class 2 Secured Claims.

 

Holder ” means any Person holding a Claim or Interest against the Debtor’s Estate.

 

Impaired” means any Claim or Interest that is “impaired” within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

Interest ” means the legal, equitable, contractual and other rights of the Holders of any equity interest in the Debtor, including the rights of any Person to purchase or demand the issuance of any Interest, including (a) conversion, exchange, voting, participation and dividend rights; (b) liquidations preferences; (c) stock options, warrants and put rights; and (d) share-appreciation rights; or (e) any other stock right pertaining or in any way relating to the Debtor.

 

4
 

 

Lien ” means any charge against, or interest in, property to secure payment of a debt or performance of a Claim.

 

Liquidating Trust ” means the liquidating trust created on the Effective Date in accordance with the Liquidating Trust Agreement; the Liquidating Trust shall conduct no business and shall qualify as a liquidating trust pursuant to Treasury Regulation §301.7701-4(d).

 

“Liquidating Trustee” means the trustee of the Liquidating Trust.

 

“Liquidating Trust Agreement” means the trust agreement between the Debtor and the Liquidating Trustee annexed hereto as Exhibit A, which shall expressly acknowledge and incorporate by reference the Board Stipulation.

 

“Liquidating Trust Assets” means the assets transferred into the Liquidating Trust, being (i) the right to share in 50% of the net proceeds recovered by the Estate from Atrinsic’s investment in or claims against The Billing Resource, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company; (ii) the Committee Causes of Action and all proceeds thereof; and (iii) $50,000 in Cash.

 

“Liquidating Trust Beneficiaries” means the holders of allowed Class 3 Unsecured Claims.

 

“Liquidating Trust Interests” means the proceeds in the Liquidating Trust distributed to the Liquidating Trust Beneficiaries.

 

Momspot ” means Momspot, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

Person ” means any person or entity of any nature whatsoever, specifically including, but not limited to, an individual, firm, company, corporation, partnership, trust, governmental unit, joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, estate, unincorporated organization or other entity.

 

Petition Date ” means June 15, 2012, the date on which the Debtor filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code.

 

Plan ” means this Plan of Reorganization, as it may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time as permitted herein.

 

Plan Documents ” means all documents, forms, lists, and agreements contemplated under the Plan to effectuate the terms and conditions hereof.

 

Plan Proponent ” means the Debtor.

 

Plan Supplement ” means the compilation of Plan Documents and other documents, forms, lists, and schedules as specified in the Plan and Disclosure Statement which will be filed with the Bankruptcy Court not later than five (5) days prior to the Voting Deadline, as such documents may be altered, restated, modified, or supplemented from time to time.

 

5
 

 

“Post-Confirmation Assets ” means all of the assets of the Debtor, all of which assets shall be turned over to the Reorganized Debtor on the Effective Date.

 

Priority Claim ” means all Claims that are entitled to priority pursuant to Bankruptcy Code § 507(a) and that are not Administrative Expense Claims or Priority Tax Claims.

 

Priority Tax Claim ” means a Claim of a governmental unit of the kind specified in Bankruptcy Code §§ 502(i) and 507(a)(8).

 

Proof of Claim ” means a written statement setting forth a Creditor’s Claim and conforming substantially to the appropriate official form.

 

Pro Rata ” means the proportion that the amount of an Allowed Claim bears, respectively, to the aggregate amount of all Claims in its Class, including Disputed Claims but excluding Disallowed Claims. For purposes of this calculation, the amount of a Disputed Claim will equal the lesser of (a) its Face Amount, and (b) the amount estimated as allowable by the Bankruptcy Court.

 

Reorganized Debtor ” means Atrinsic as it continues after the Effective Date.

 

Reorganized Debtor Common Stock ” means the Existing Common Stock and shares of common stock of the Reorganized Debtor authorized under the certificate of incorporation and the by-laws of the Reorganized Debtor and issued on or after the Effective Date.

 

Reorganized Debtor Convertible Preferred Stock ” means shares of convertible preferred stock of the Reorganized Debtor authorized under the certificate of incorporation and the by-laws of the Reorganized Debtor and issued on or after the Effective Date.

 

Reorganized Debtor Stock Distribution ” means the distribution of Reorganized Debtor Common Stock and Reorganized Debtor Convertible Preferred Stock, as applicable, to specified Creditors and Interest holders of the Debtor under the Plan. The Reorganized Debtor Stock Distribution, including the shares of Reorganized Debtor Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Reorganized Debtor Convertible Preferred Stock, shall be exempt from all registration requirements pursuant to Bankruptcy Code § 1145.

 

“Reorganized Debtor Stock” shall mean, collectively, the Reorganized Debtor Common Stock and Reorganized Debtor Convertible Preferred Stock.

 

Scheduled ” means included in or listed in the Debtor’s Bankruptcy Schedules, as initially filed or as amended.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. § 77c-77aa, in effect from time to time.

 

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

6
 

 

Senior Notes ” means the senior secured notes of the Debtor issued pursuant to that certain Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of May 31, 2011 between the Debtor and certain Buyers as defined therein.

 

“Senior Noteholders” means holders of Senior Noteholder Claims.

 

“Senior Noteholder Claims” means the Claims of Hudson Bay Master Fund Ltd. (“Hudson Bay”) and Iroquois Master Fund Ltd. (“Iroquois”) arising under the Senior Notes as of the Petition Date as follows: (1) Hudson Bay: $10,267,309 and (2) Iroquois: $10,153,359 inclusive of applicable Event of Default Redemption Price amount owing pursuant to Section 4(b) of the Senior Notes.

 

Unsecured Senior Notes Claims ” means general unsecured claims of holders of Senior Notes who did not file a UCC-1 financing statement or otherwise did not perfect their interests in accordance with applicable law.

 

U.S. Trustee Fees ” means fees payable pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 1930 and 31 U.S.C. 3717.

 

ARTICLE II

CLASSIFICATION OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS

 

2.1. Class 1 consists of Priority Non-Tax Claims ( Unimpaired) .

 

2.2. Class 2 consists of all Senior Noteholder Claims ( Impaired).

 

2.3. Class 3 consists of all General Unsecured Claims ( Impaired).

 

2.4. Class 4 consists of Holders of Interests ( Impaired).

 

ARTICLE III

TREATMENT OF UNCLASSIFIED CLAIMS

 

3.1. Administrative Expense Claims . All Allowed Administrative Expense Claims shall be paid in full in Cash, or as otherwise agreed by the holder of such Allowed Administrative Expense Claim, on the Effective Date.

 

3.2. Bar Dates for Non-Professional Administrative Expense Claims . The Bar Date for Holders of Administrative Expense Claims other than those of professionals retained by the Debtor shall be thirty (30) days after the Plan Order becomes a Final Order.

 

7
 

 

3.3. Professional Fees . All applications for professional fees for services rendered and reimbursement of expenses in connection with the Case through the Confirmation Date that are in accordance with the Board Stipulation are Administrative Expense Claims and shall be filed with the Bankruptcy Court within sixty (60) days after the Effective Date. Any such application not filed within sixty (60) days after the Effective Date shall be deemed waived and the Holder of such Claim shall be forever barred from receiving payment on account thereof. Subject to a cap of $175,000 for the aggregate fees and expenses (inclusive of any retainers paid) as may be awarded to Debtor’s current counsel, DelBello Donnellan Weingarten Wise & Wiederkehr, Debtor’s prior counsel, Rattet Pasternak, LLP, and counsel of the Creditors Committee to be paid from the Debtor’s Cash and any caps provided for in the Board Stipulation, all retained professionals shall be paid the full amounts awarded by the Court, in Cash, on the later of (a) the Effective Date or (b) an Order granting final allowance and award. All such awarded fees shall be paid upon Court award by the Reorganized Debtor from the Post-Confirmation Assets. Any Post-Confirmation professional fees and expenses incurred by the Committee or the Liquidating Trustee shall be paid solely from the Liquidating Trust.

 

3.4. U.S. Trustee Fees . All unpaid U.S. Trustee Fees incurred before the Effective Date shall be timely paid by the Debtor in the ordinary course as such U.S. Trustee Fees become due and payable. All unpaid U.S. Trustee Fees incurred after the Effective Date shall be timely paid from Post-Confirmation Assets by the Reorganized Debtor in the ordinary course as such U.S. Trustee Fees become due and payable.

 

3.5. Priority Tax Claims . The Reorganized Debtor shall pay to each Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim from the Post-Confirmation Assets the full amount of such Claims, if any, over a period of no more than five (5) years from the Petition Date as permitted under 11 U.S.C. Section 1129(a)(9)(C)(ii), unless such holder agrees to other treatment.

 

ARTICLE IV

TREATMENT OF CLASSIFIED CLAIMS AND INTERESTS

 

4.1. Class 1 (Priority Non Tax Claims).

 

(i) Classification: Class 1 Priority Non Tax Claims consists of claims entitled to priority under Section 507(a)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

(ii) Treatment. On the Effective Date, all Allowed Class 1 Claims shall be paid in full in Cash.

 

(iii) Voting. Class 1 is an Unimpaired Class. Therefore, Class 1 claimholders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan

 

4.2. Class 2 (Senior Noteholder Claims) .

 

(i) Classification : Class 2 Senior Noteholder Claims consists of all claims of Hudson Bay and Iroquois.

 

(ii) Treatment . On the Effective Date, in full and final satisfaction of their Class 2 Senior Noteholder Claims, Iroquois and Hudson Bay will each receive their Pro Rata share of 100% of a newly authorized and issued series of Reorganized Debtor Convertible Preferred Stock, which will be convertible into 92% of the Reorganized Debtor Common Stock (provided that there shall be a 9.99% beneficial ownership blocker for each of the holders of Class 2 Senior Noteholder Claims).

 

8
 

 

On the Effective Date, Hudson Bay and Iroquois shall be deemed to have waived and released the Reorganized Debtor from paying the Cash Collateral Claim and shall be further deemed to waive rights to distribution, but not voting rights, any Class 3 Unsecured Claim based upon any potential deficiency.

 

(iii) Voting . Class 2 is an Impaired Class. Therefore, the Holders of the Senior Noteholder Claims are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

4.3. Class 3 (General Unsecured Claims)

 

(i) Classification : Class 3 consists of all General Unsecured Claims.

 

(ii) Treatment : The Holders of Class 3 General Unsecured Claim shall receive (i) their pro rata share of the Reorganized Debtor Common Stock issued in the Reorganized Debtor Stock Distribution, which shares shall represent 6% of the Reorganized Debtor Common Stock on the Effective Date, treating the Reorganized Debtor Convertible Preferred Stock on an as-converted basis without regard to the 9.99% beneficial ownership blocker; and (ii) the Liquidating Trust Interests in full and final satisfaction of all Class 3 Claims against the Debtor and the Debtor’s estate.

 

(iii) Voting : Class 3 is an Impaired Class. Therefore, the Holders of General Unsecured Claims in Class 3 are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

4.4. Class 4 (Interests).

 

(i) Classification : Class 4 consists of Holders of the Debtor’s Interests.

 

(ii) Treatment : On the Effective Date, the Holders of Class 4 Interests shall receive, subject to acceptance of the Plan by the Class 3 General Unsecured Claims, on account of their Existing Common Stock Interests in the Debtor, 2% of the Reorganized Debtor Common Stock on the Effective Date, treating the Reorganized Debtor Convertible Preferred Stock on an as-converted basis without regard to the 9.99% beneficial ownership blocker and shall be subject to dilution as a result of the Reorganized Debtor Stock Distribution to Class 2 and Class 3 Creditors under the Plan.

 

(iii) Voting : Class 4 is an Impaired Class. Therefore, the Holders of Interests in Class 4 are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

4.5. Reservation of Rights. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, the Debtor’s or Reorganized Debtor’s rights and defenses, both legal and equitable, with respect to any Claims, Interests or Administrative Expense Claims, including, but not limited to, all rights with respect to legal and equitable defenses to setoffs or recoupments, shall be unaffected and unaltered. From and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor shall be deemed to be the successor in interest to the Debtor with respect to all such rights and defenses.

 

9
 

 

ARTICLE V

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE

 

5.1. Conditions Precedent.

 

Each of the following events shall occur on or before the Effective Date:

 

(i) The Final Confirmation Order that is in form and substance reasonably acceptable to each of holders of the Class 2 Senior Noteholder Claims and the Creditors Committee, consistent with the Board Stipulation, and includes the following findings, shall have been entered: (i) the Plan was proposed in good faith by the Debtor, (ii) the Plan satisfied the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code as set forth in Bankruptcy Code § 1125(e), and (iii) the Reorganized Debtor is a successor to the Debtor only to the limited extent needed to comply with Bankruptcy Code § 1145 and for no other reason under any state or federal law.

 

(ii) The Bankruptcy Court shall have determined that the Reorganized Debtor is duly authorized to take the actions contemplated in the Plan which approval and authorization may be set forth in the Confirmation Order.

 

(iii) All documents, instruments, and agreements provided under, or necessary to implement the Plan shall have been executed and delivered by the applicable parties.

 

ARTICLE VI

MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN

 

6.1. Waiver of Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date. The Debtor, with the written consent of the holders of the Class 2 Senior Noteholder Claims, may waive in writing any or all of the conditions precedent to the Effective Date set forth above, whereupon the Effective Date shall occur without further action by any Person.

 

6.2. Acquisition. Following the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor will continue to operate the Debtor’s business in the ordinary course. In addition, as of the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor shall acquire from Momspot equity securities representing 51% of the outstanding capital stock of Momspot pursuant to a definitive stock purchase agreement, which will contain customary representations, warranties and covenants. In consideration for the Acquisition, the Reorganized Debtor shall contribute from time to time as requested by Momspot, up to an aggregate of $165,000, to finance the anticipated working capital needs of Momspot during its first two years of operation.

 

6.3. Vesting of Assets in Reorganized Debtor for Distribution. On the Effective Date, all of the Debtor’s Assets not expressly vested in the Liquidating Trust shall be vested in the Reorganized Debtor for Distribution pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Such vesting shall be exempt from any stamp real estate transfer, mortgage reporting, sales, use or other similar tax.

 

10
 

 

6.4. Establishment of the Liquidating Trust. On the Effective Date, the Debtor and the Liquidating Trustee will execute the Liquidating Trust Agreement, which incorporates by reference the Board Stipulation, and will take all other steps necessary to establish the Liquidating Trust for the benefit of the Liquidating Trust Beneficiaries. The Liquidating Trust will be irrevocably funded with the Liquidating Trust Assets and no other Assets on the Effective Date of the Plan for the benefit of the Liquidating Trust Beneficiaries. Such funding shall be exempt from any stamp real estate transfer, mortgage reporting, sales, use or other similar tax.

 

The identity of the Liquidating Trustee, and the structure and governance of the Liquidating Trust will be determined as set forth in the Liquidating Trust Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A. In the event the Liquidating Trustee is no longer willing or able to serve as trustee, then the successor will be appointed in accordance with the Liquidating Trust Agreement, or as otherwise determined by the Bankruptcy Court, and notice of the appointment of such Liquidating Trustee will be filed with the Bankruptcy Court. The terms of the Liquidating Trust Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.

 

6.5. Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of Reorganized Debtor, Directors, Officers and Corporate Action.

 

(i) Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws . On the Effective Date (or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter), the Reorganized Debtor shall file its amended certificate of incorporation and by-laws (which shall be filed with the Bankruptcy Court as part of the Plan Supplement). The amended certificate of incorporation shall satisfy the provisions of the Plan and the Bankruptcy Code. After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor may amend and restate the amended certificate of incorporation and by-laws as permitted by applicable law.

 

(ii) Directors of the Reorganized Debtor . On the Effective Date, the members of the Debtor’s board of directors, which shall consist of one (1) director, shall be designated in accordance with the amended certificate of incorporation and by-laws of the Reorganized Debtor.

 

6.6. Cancellation of Instruments and Stock. On the Effective Date, except for the Existing Common Stock, all Interests in the Debtor, any and all stock options (including, but not limited to, all stock options granted to the Debtor’s employees), any and all warrants and any instrument evidencing or creating any indebtedness or obligation of the Debtor, except such instruments that are issued under the Plan, shall be canceled and extinguished. Additionally, as of the Effective Date, all Interests in the Debtor that are not Existing Common Stock Interests, and any and all warrants, options, rights or interests with respect to equity interest in the Debtor that have been authorized to be issued but that have not been issued shall be deemed canceled and extinguished without any further action of any party.

 

11
 

 

6.7. Issuance of Reorganized Debtor Common Stock. S hares of Reorganized Debtor Common Stock and shares of Reorganized Debtor Convertible Preferred Stock authorized under the Reorganized Debtor’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws shall be issued in connection with the Reorganized Debtor Stock Distribution. The Reorganized Debtor Stock Distribution, including the shares of Reorganized Debtor Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Reorganized Debtor Convertible Preferred Stock, shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act and any state or local law pursuant to Bankruptcy Code § 1145.

 

(i) Continuation of the Debtor and Reorganized Debtor. The Reorganized Debt or shall continue in business operations after the Effective Date. The Reorganized Debtor shall act as disbursing agent under the Plan. The Reorganized Debtor shall be responsible for: (a) paying, objecting to, settling and administering Administrative Expense Claims and Priority Claims; (b) paying, objecting to, settling and administering Class 1 and Class 2 Claims; (c) distributing stock to the holders of Allowed Class 3 Claims in accordance with the terms of the Plan and schedule of Allowed Class 3 Claims provided by the Liquidating Trustee; (d) paying U.S. Trustee Fees until the Case is closed; and (e) performing normal administrative activities and functions for the Post-Confirmation Assets.

 

(ii) Creation of Reserve for Expenses and Professional Fees of Debtor’s Professionals . To the extent necessary to pay the anticipated awards of fees of the professionals retained by the Debtor in its Case and to pay the post-Effective Date expenses of the Debtor, before making the Distributions, the Reorganized Debtor shall create a reserve sufficient to fund all such payments.

 

6.8. Settlement of Disputed Claims Prior to the Effective Date. At any time prior to the Effective Date, notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Debtor may settle some or all Disputed Claims subject to obtaining any necessary Bankruptcy Court approval.

 

6.9. Operating Reports. Prior to the Effective Date, the Debtor shall timely file all reports, including without limitation, monthly operating reports, required by the Bankruptcy Court, Bankruptcy Code, Bankruptcy Rules or Office of the United States Trustee. After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor shall timely file all reports, including without limitation, quarterly operating reports, as required by the Bankruptcy Court, Bankruptcy Code, Bankruptcy Rules or Office of the United States Trustee until the Case is closed.

 

ARTICLE VII

BAR DATES, CLAIMS OBJECTIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

 

7.1. Distributions for Claims Allowed as of the Effective Date. Except as otherwise provided herein or as ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, Distributions to Creditors shall be made as soon as practicable after the Effective Date. Distributions on account of Claims that first become Allowed Claims after the Effective Date shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable after such Claim becomes an Allowed Claim.

 

12
 

 

7.2. Means of Cash Payment. Cash payments made pursuant to the Plan shall be in U.S. funds, by the means, including by check or wire transfer, determined by the Reorganized Debtor.

 

7.3. Delivery of Distribution. Distributions to holders of Allowed Claims shall be made (a) at the addresses set forth on the Proofs of Claim Filed by such holders (or at the last known addresses of such holders if no Proof of Claim is Filed or if the Debtor has been notified of a change of address); (b) at the addresses set forth in any written notices of address changes delivered to the Reorganized Debtor; or (c) if no Proof of Claim has been Filed and the Reorganized Debtor has not received a written notice of a change of address, at the addresses reflected in the Bankruptcy Schedules, if any.

 

7.4. Objection Deadline; Prosecution of Objections; Late Filed Claims Expunged. As soon as reasonably practicable, the Reorganized Debtor or the Liquidating Trustee, solely with respect to Class 3 Claims, shall file objections to Claims and serve such objections upon the holders of each of the Claims to which objections are made. All late filed Claims (those filed after the Bar Date) are deemed expunged absent further order of this Court allowing same. The Reorganized Debtor or the Liquidating Trustee, as applicable, shall be authorized to resolve all Disputed Claims by withdrawing or settling such objections thereto, or by litigating to judgment in the Bankruptcy Court or such other court having competent jurisdiction the validity, nature, and/or amount thereof. If the Reorganized Debtor or the Liquidating Trustee, as applicable, and the holder of a Disputed Claim agree to compromise, settle, and/or resolve a Disputed Claim by granting such holder an Allowed Claim in the amount of $10,000 or less, then the Reorganized Debtor or Liquidating Trustee, as applicable, may compromise, settle, and/or resolve such Disputed Claim without further Bankruptcy Court approval. Otherwise, the Reorganized Debtor or the Liquidating Trustee, as applicable, may only compromise, settle, and/or resolve such Disputed Claim with Bankruptcy Court approval.

 

7.5. No Distributions Pending Allowance. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, no payments or Distribution by the Reorganized Debtor or Liquidating Trustee shall be made with respect to all or any portion of a Disputed Claim unless and until all objections to such Disputed Claim have been settled or withdrawn or have been determined by Final Order, and the Disputed Claim, or some portion thereof, has become an Allowed Claim.

 

7.6. Withholding and Reporting Requirements. In connection with the Plan and all Distributions hereunder, the Reorganized Debtor and the Liquidating Trustee shall, to the extent applicable, comply with all tax withholding and reporting requirements imposed by any federal, state, local, or foreign taxing authority, and all Distributions hereunder shall be subject to any such withholding and reporting requirements. The Reorganized Debtor and the Liquidating Trustee shall be authorized to take any and all actions that may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to comply with such withholding and reporting requirements.

 

13
 

 

7.7. Setoffs. The Reorganized Debtor may, but shall not be required to, setoff against any Claim, and the payments or other Distributions to be made pursuant to the Plan in respect of such Claim, claims of any nature whatsoever that the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, respectively, may have against the holder of such Claim; provided, however, neither the failure to do so nor the allowance of any Claim hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release by the Reorganized Debtor of any such Claim that the Reorganized Debtor may have against such holder, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by such holder and the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable.

 

ARTICLE VIII

EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES DEEMED REJECTED

 

All of the Debtor’s executory contracts and unexpired leases shall be deemed rejected on the Effective Date except to the extent (a) the Debtor previously has assumed or rejected an executory contract or unexpired lease, or (b) prior to the Effective Date, the Debtor has Filed or does File a motion to assume an executory contract or unexpired lease on which the Bankruptcy Court has not ruled.

 

ARTICLE IX

EFFECTS OF CONFIRMATION

 

The Plan provides that Confirmation shall have the following effects:

 

9.1. Discharge. Except as otherwise set forth in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, the rights afforded under the Plan and the treatment of Claims and Interests under the Plan are in exchange for and in complete satisfaction, discharge, and release of, all Claims and Liens including any interest accrued on any Claims from the Petition Date, and the termination of all Interests. Confirmation shall (a) discharge the Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor from all Claims or other debts that arose before the Confirmation Date, and all debts of a kind specified in Bankruptcy Code §§ 502(g), (h), or (i), whether or not (i) a Proof of Claim based on such debt is Filed or deemed Filed under Bankruptcy Code § 501; (ii) a Claim based on such debt is Allowed; or (iii) the holder of a Claim based on such debt has accepted the Plan; and (b) terminate all Interests and other rights of Interests in the Debtor. The Debtor’s discharge shall be governed by Section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

9.2. Injunction. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in the Confirmation Order, all Persons or entities who have held, hold or may hold Claims against or Interests in the Debtor, and all other parties in interest, along with their respective present and former employees, agents, officers, directors, principals and affiliates, are permanently enjoined, from and after the Effective Date, from (a) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kin on any such Claim or Interest against the Debtor. The Reorganized Debtor or the Class 2 Prepetition Lenders, (b) the enforcement, attachment, collection or recovery by any manner or means of any judgment, award, decree or other against the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor or the Class 2 Senior Noteholders, (c) creating, perfecting or enforcing any encumbrance of any kind against the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor or the Class 2 Senior Noteholders or against the property or interests in property of the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor or the Class 2 Senior Noteholders, (d) asserting any right of setoff, subrogation or recoupment of any kind against any obligation due to the Debtor or against the property or interests in property of the Debtor Reorganized Debtor or the Class 2 Senior Noteholders with respect to such Claim or Interest or (e) pursuing any claim released pursuant to this Article IX of the Plan. Such injunction shall extend to any successors of the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor and the Class 2 Senior Noteholders, and their respective properties and interests in properties.

 

14
 

 

9.3. Exculpation and Limitation of Liability. Pursuant to and to the extent permitted by section 1125(e) of the Code, and notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, no holder of a Claim Interest or Lien shall have any right of action against the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, the Creditors Committee, the Debtor’s Assets, the Class 2 Senior Noteholders or any of their respective managers, officers, directors, agents, attorneys, investment bankers, financial advisors, other professionals (the “1125 Released Parties”), or any of their respective property and assets for any act or omission in connection with, relating to or arising out of the pursuit of confirmation of the Plan, the consummation of the Plan, or the administration of the Plan or the property to be distributed under the Plan, except for acts or omissions which constitute willful misconduct.

 

The 1125 Released Parties shall not have nor incur any liability to any entity for any action taken or omitted to be taken in connection with or related to the formulation, preparation, dissemination, confirmation or consummation of the Plan, the Disclosure Statement or any contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document created or entered into, or any other action taken or omitted to be taken in connection with this chapter 11 case or the Plan except with respect to (a) their obligations under the Plan and any related agreement or for (b) bad faith, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty, malpractice, fraud, criminal conduct, unauthorized use of confidential information that causes damages, and/or ultra vires acts. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, nothing in Sections 9.3 or 9.4 hereof shall effect a release of any claim by the United States Government or any of its agencies or any state and local authority whatsoever, including, without limitation, any claim arising under the Internal Revenue Code, NYS Tax Law, the environmental laws or any criminal laws of the United States or any state and local authority against the 1125 Released Parties, nor shall anything in Sections 9.3 or 9.4 hereof enjoin the United States or any state or local authority from bringing any claim, suit, action or other proceedings against the 1125 Released Parties referred to herein for any liability whatever, including, without limitation, any claim, suit or action arising under the Internal Revenue Code, the environmental laws or any criminal laws of the United States or any state and local authority, nor shall anything in this Plan exculpate any party from any liability to the United States Government or any of its agencies or any state and local authority whatsoever, including liabilities arising under the Internal Revenue Code, NYS Tax Law, the environmental laws or any criminal laws of the United States or any state and local authority against the 1125 Released Parties, or limit the liability of the Debtor’s Professionals retained pursuant to Rule 1.8(h)(1) of the New York Rules of Professional Conduct.

 

15
 

 

9.4. RELEASES.

 

(i) CLASS 2 SENIOR NOTEHOLDER RELEASES . ON THE EFFECTIVE DATE, THE DEBTOR, THE REORGANIZED DEBTOR, THE DEBTOR’S ESTATE, THE CREDITORS COMMITTEE, ALL CREDITORS, HOLDERS OF INTERESTS AND THE SUCCESSORS OF EACH OF THE FOREGOING, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE LIQUIDATING TRUST (COLLECTIVELY, THE “RELEASOR PARTIES”) SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE RELEASED AND DISCHARGED TO THE FULLEST EXTENT POSSIBLE THE CLASS 2 SENIOR NOTEHOLDERS AND ALL OF THE CLASS 2 SENIOR NOTEHOLDERS’ PRESENT AND FORMER OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, AGENTS, ATTORNEYS, INVESTMENT BANKERS, FINANCIAL ADVISORS, AND PROFESSIONALS EMPLOYED BY OR ASSOCIATED WITH THE CLASS 2 SENIOR NOTEHOLDERS (THE “RELEASED PARTIES”), OF AND FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS OR CAUSE OF ACTIONS, WHETHER KNOWN OR UNKNOWN, ASSERTED OR NOT ASSERTED, SCHEDULED OR NOT SCHEDULED AND WHETHER ARISING UNDER THE BANKRUPTCY CODE OR OTHER APPLICABLE STATE OR FEDERAL LAW, ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO ACTS OR OMISSIONS (EXCEPT FOR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OR INTENTIONAL FRAUD) OCCURRING ON OR BEFORE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE PLAN AND THE RELEASOR PARTIES COVENANT NOT TO SUE ANY OF THE RELEASED PARTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE CLAIMS RELEASED HEREIN.

 

(ii) QUALIFYING OFFICER AND DIRECTOR CONDITIONAL RELEASES . AS OF THE EARLIER OF (I) MARCH 31, 2015, SOLELY WITH RESPECT TO THOSE FORMER OR CURRENT OFFICERS OR DIRECTORS OF THE DEBTOR AGAINST WHOM NO CIVIL SUIT HAS BEEN BROUGHT AS OF SUCH TIME IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE BOARD STIPULATION OR (II) THE CONCLUSION OF THE INVESTIGATION CONTEMPLATED BY THE BOARD STIPULATION (THE “INVESTIGATION CONCLUSION DATE”) IF AND ONLY IF A DETERMINATION HAS BEEN MADE THAT NO POTENTIAL CLAIMS EXIST AGAINST THE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS, THE RELEASOR PARTIES, THE DEBTOR’S ESTATE, THE CREDITORS COMMITTEE, ALL CREDITORS, AND THE SUCCESSORS OF EACH OF THE FOREGOING, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE LIQUIDATING TRUST, THE LIQUIDATING TRUSTEE, AND THE REORGANIZED DEBTOR, SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE RELEASED AND DISCHARGED TO THE FULLEST EXTENT POSSIBLE SUCH OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS (THE “QUALIFYING OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS”) AND ALL OF THE QUALIFYING OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS’ RESPECTIVE AGENTS, ATTORNEYS, INVESTMENT BANKERS, FINANCIAL ADVISORS, AND PROFESSIONALS EMPLOYED BY OR ASSOCIATED WITH THE QUALIFYING OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS (THE “D & O RELEASED PARTIES”) OF AND FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS OR CAUSE OF ACTIONS ARISING AGAINST OR ON ACCOUNT OF SUCH QUALIFYING OFFICER AND DIRECTOR, WHETHER KNOWN OR UNKNOWN, ASSERTED OR NOT ASSERTED, SCHEDULED OR NOT SCHEDULED AND WHETHER ARISING UNDER THE BANKRUPTCY CODE OR OTHER APPLICABLE STATE OR FEDERAL LAW, ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO ACTS OR OMISSIONS (EXCEPT FOR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OR INTENTIONAL FRAUD) OCCURRING ON OR BEFORE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE PLAN. AS OF THE EARLIER OF (I) MARCH 31, 2015, SOLELY WITH RESPECT TO THOSE FORMER OR CURRENT OFFICERS OR DIRECTORS OF THE DEBTOR AGAINST WHOM NO CIVIL SUIT HAS BEEN BROUGHT AS OF SUCH TIME IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE BOARD STIPULATION OR (II) THE INVESTIGATION CONCLUSION DATE IF AND ONLY IF A DETERMINATION HAS BEEN MADE THAT NO POTENTIAL CLAIMS EXIST AGAINST THE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS, THE RELEASOR PARTIES, THE DEBTOR’S ESTATE, THE CREDITORS COMMITTEE, ALL CREDITORS, AND THE SUCCESSORS OF EACH OF THE FOREGOING, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE LIQUIDATING TRUST, THE LIQUIDATING TRUSTEE, AND THE REORGANIZED DEBTOR, COVENANT NOT TO SUE ANY OF THE D&O RELEASED PARTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE CLAIMS RELEASED HEREIN.

 

16
 

 

Notwithstanding any language to the contrary contained in the Disclosure Statement, Plan, and/or Confirmation Order, no provision shall release any non-debtor, including any current and/or former officer and/or director of the Debtor, and any non-debtor, from liability in connection with any legal action or claim brought by the SEC.

 

9.5. Legal Binding Effect. The provisions of the Plan shall bind all holders of Claims and Interests and their respective successors and assigns, whether or not they accept the Plan.

 

9.6. Insurance. Confirmation and consummation of the Plan shall have no effect on insurance policies of the Debtor in which the Debtor is or was an insured party. Each insurance company is prohibited from, and the Confirmation Order shall include an injunction against, denying, refusing, altering or delaying coverage on any basis regarding or related to the Case, the Plan or any provision within the Plan, including any treatment or means of liquidation set out within the Plan for insured Claims.

 

ARTICLE X

CREDITORS COMMITTEE

 

10.1 Upon the later of (a) the Effective Date and (b) the date on which the Committee has made a determination under the Board Stipulation that there either are or are not Potential Claims (as defined in the Board Stipulation), the Creditors Committee shall be disbanded and dissolved. As set forth in the Board Stipulation, only the Committee itself, and not any successor in interest or other party, may make such determination.

 

17
 

 

10.2 Neither the Creditors Committee, nor any of its members, designees, or professionals, or any duly designated agent or representative of the Creditors Committee, or their respective employees, shall be liable for the act or omission of any other member, designee, agent, or representative of the Creditors Committee, nor shall any member be liable for any act or omission taken or omitted to be taken in its capacity as a member of the Creditors Committee, other than acts or omissions resulting from such member’s willful misconduct, fraud or breach of fiduciary duty. The Creditors Committee may, in connection with the performance of its functions, and in its sole and absolute discretion, consult with counsel, accountants and its agents, and shall not be liable for any act taken, omitted to be taken, or suffered to be done in accordance with advice or opinions rendered by such professionals. Notwithstanding such authority, the Creditors Committee shall be under no obligation to consult with counsel, accountants or its agents, and its determination to not do so shall not result in the imposition of liability on the Creditors Committee, or its members and/or designees, unless such determination is based on willful misconduct, fraud or breach of fiduciary duty.

 

ARTICLE XI

CAUSES OF ACTION, AVOIDANCE ACTIONS AND

COMMITTEE CAUSES OF ACTION

 

As of and subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor, for and on its behalf and on behalf of its estate, will prosecute the Causes of Action, including the Avoidance Actions. Avoidance Actions may include, but are not limited to, any cause of action arising from transactions identified in the Debtor’s Statement of Financial Affairs (ECF Document No. 11). Any proceeds from recovery of Causes of Action, after the payment of all reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection with such recovery(s), shall be vested in the Reorganized Debtor.

 

Subject to the terms of the Board Stipulation, as of and subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date, the Liquidating Trustee will prosecute the Committee Causes of Action. Any proceeds from recovery of Committee Causes of Action, after the payment of all reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection with such recovery(s), shall be vested in the Liquidating Trust.

 

The Board Stipulation, including but not limited to the March 31, 2015 deadline for commencement of any civil action(s) to pursue the Potential Claims, is incorporated in its entirety in this Plan by reference and the provisions of such Board Stipulation shall govern all relevant matters notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary.

 

Any professional fees and expenses in connection with the prosecution of any of the Causes of Action, including the Avoidance Actions and the Committee Causes of Action shall be paid solely from the proceeds of such recoveries, and the Reorganized Debtor and its estate shall not be responsible for any such fees and expenses.

 

18
 

 

ARTICLE XII

RETENTION OF JURISDICTION

 

Pursuant to Bankruptcy Code §§ 105(a) and 1142, and notwithstanding entry of the Confirmation Order and occurrence of the Effective Date, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain exclusive jurisdiction over all matters arising out of, and related to, the Cases and the Plan to the fullest extent permitted by law, including, among other things, jurisdiction to:

 

(i) allow, disallow, determine, liquidate, classify, estimate or establish the priority or secured or unsecured status of any Claim, including the resolution of any application or request for payment of any Administrative Claim, and the resolution of any objections to the allowance or priority of Claims;

 

(ii) hear and determine any and all adversary proceedings, motions, applications, and contested or litigated matters, including, but not limited to, all causes of action, and consider and act upon the compromise and settlement of any Claim, or cause of action;

 

(iii) enter such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to execute, implement, or consummate the provisions of the Plan and all contracts, instruments, releases, and other agreements or documents created in connection therewith;

 

(iv) hear and determine disputes arising in connection with the interpretation, implementation, consummation, or enforcement of the Plan;

 

(v) consider any modifications of the Plan, cure any defect or omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in any order of the Bankruptcy Court, including, without limitation, the Confirmation Order;

 

(vi) issue injunctions, enter and implement other orders, or take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate to restrain interference by any Person with the implementation, consummation, or enforcement of the Plan or the Confirmation Order;

 

(vii) hear and determine any matters arising in connection with or relating to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, and the Confirmation Order;

 

(viii) enforce all orders, judgments, injunctions, releases, exculpations, indemnifications and rulings entered in connection with the Case;

 

(ix) hear and determine matters concerning state, local, and federal taxes in accordance with Bankruptcy Code §§ 346, 505 and 1146;

 

(x) hear and determine all matters related to the Post-Confirmation Assets, the Debtor, and the Reorganized Debtor from and after the Effective Date;

 

19
 

 

(xi) hear and determine such other matters as may be provided in the Confirmation Order and as may be authorized under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code; and

 

(xii) enter a final decree closing the Cases.

 

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

 

13.1 Non-Consummation. If Confirmation or Effective Date does not occur, then (a) the Plan shall be null and void in all respects, (b) settlements or compromises embodied in the Plan, assumptions or rejections of executory contracts or unexpired leases affected by the Plan, and any documents or agreements executed pursuant to the Plan, shall be deemed null and void, and (c) nothing contained in the Plan or the Disclosure Statement shall (i) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims by or against, or any Interests in, the Debtor or any other Person, (ii) prejudice in any manner the rights of the Debtor or any other Person, or (iii) constitute an admission of any sort by the Debtor or any other Person.

 

13.2 Severability of Plan Provisions. If, prior to Confirmation, any term or provision of the Plan is held by the Bankruptcy Court to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the Bankruptcy Court, at the request of the Plan Proponent, shall have the power to alter and interpret such term or provision to make it valid or enforceable to the maximum extent practicable, consistent with the original purpose of the term or provision held to be invalid, void or unenforceable, and such term or provision shall then be applicable as altered or interpreted. Notwithstanding any such holding, alteration or interpretation, the remainder of the terms and provisions of the Plan shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated by such holding, alteration or interpretation. The Confirmation Order shall constitute a judicial determination and shall provide that each term and provision of the Plan, as it may be altered or interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, is valid and enforceable pursuant to its terms.

 

13.3 Exemption from Transfer Taxes. In accordance with Bankruptcy Code § 1146(a), the Bankruptcy Court will be requested to make findings, in the Confirmation Order, that neither (i) the issuance, transfer or exchange of security under the Plan or the making or delivery of an instrument of transfer nor (ii) the transfers of the Debtor’s assets shall be taxed under any law imposing stamp or similar tax, provided such transfer occurs after the Confirmation Date. Consistent with the foregoing, each recorder of deeds or similar official for any county, city or governmental unit in which any instrument hereunder is to be recorded shall, pursuant to the Confirmation Order, be ordered and directed to accept such instrument, without requiring the payment of any stamp or similar tax.

 

13.4 Interest Accrual. No postpetition interest shall accrue on any Claim or scheduled liability (including, but not limited to, Allowed Administrative Expense Claims).

 

20
 

 

13.5 Allocation of Plan Distributions between Principal and Interest. To the extent that any Allowed Claim entitled to a distribution under the Plan is comprised of indebtedness and accrued but unpaid interest thereon, such distribution shall, for federal income tax purposes, be allocated to the principal amount of the Claim first, and then, to the extent the consideration exceeds the principal amount of the Claim, to accrued but unpaid interest.

 

13.6 Rules of Interpretation; Computation of Time. For purposes of the Plan, (a) any reference in the Plan to a contract, instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement or document as being in a particular form or containing particular terms and conditions means that such document shall be substantially in such form or substantially on such terms and conditions, (b) any reference in the Plan to an existing document or exhibit filed or to be filed means such document or exhibit as it may have been or may be amended, modified, or supplemented, (c) unless otherwise specified, all references in the Plan to Sections, Articles, and Exhibits, if any, are references to Sections, Articles, and Exhibits of or to the Plan, (d) the words “herein” and “hereto” refer to the Plan in its entirety rather than to a particular portion of the Plan, (e) captions and headings to Articles and Sections are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the interpretation of the Plan, and (f) the rules of construction set forth in Bankruptcy Code § 102 and in the Bankruptcy Rules shall apply. In computing any period of time prescribed or allowed by the Plan, unless otherwise specifically designated herein, the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a) shall apply.

 

13.7 Successors and Assigns. The rights, benefits and obligations of any Person named or referred to in the Plan shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of, any heir, executor, administrator, successor or assign of such Person.

 

13.8 Governing Law. Unless a rule of law or procedure is supplied by federal law, including the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules, (a) the construction and implementation of the Plan and any agreements, documents, and instruments executed in connection with the Plan, and (b) governance matters shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of law thereof.

 

13.9 Entire Agreement. The Plan sets forth the entire agreement and understanding among the parties in interest relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior discussions and documents.

 

13.10 Modification of the Plan. The Debtor may alter, amend, or modify the Plan any Plan Documents under Bankruptcy Code § 1127(a) at any time prior to the Confirmation Date, but only with the consent of the board of directors, the Creditors Committee, and the Senior Noteholders. After the Confirmation Date and prior to Effective Date of the Plan, the Plan Proponent may, under Bankruptcy Code § 1127(b), institute proceedings in the Bankruptcy Court to remedy any defect or omission or reconcile any inconsistencies in the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the Confirmation Order, and such matters as may be necessary to carry out the purposes and effects of the Plan so long as such proceedings do not materially or adversely affect the treatment of holders of Claims or Interests under the Plan; provided, however, prior notice of such proceedings shall be served in accordance with the Bankruptcy Rules or Order of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

21
 

 

Dated: March 7, 2013

 

  ATRINSIC, INC.
  Debtor and Debtor-in-Possession
     
  By: /s/ Sebastian Giordano
  Name: Sebastian Giordano
  Title: Chief Restructuring Officer

 

22

 

12-12553-jmp Doc 123 Filed 06/26/13 Entered 06/26/13 16:08:49 Main Document  

 

UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT  
SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK  

 

------------ -------------------------------------------------------- x  
  :  
In re: :  
  :  
ATRINSIC, INC., : Chapter 11
  :  
Debtor. : Case No.:  12-12553 (JMP)
  :  
----------------------------------------------------------- -------- x  

 

FINDINGS OF FACT, CONCLUSIONS OF LAW AND ORDER

CONFIRMING SECOND AMENDED PLAN OF REORGANIZATION PROPOSED BY ATRINSIC, INC.

 

RECITALS:

 

A.           On March 7, 2013, Atrinsic, Inc. (the “ Debtor ”) a filed a Second Amended Plan of Reorganization (the “ Plan ”) 1 [ ECF Docket No. 87 ] and a Second Amended Disclosure Statement (the “ Disclosure Statement ”) [ ECF Docket No. 88 ] with respect to the Plan.

 

B.           On March 19, 2013, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order (the “ Scheduling Order ”) [ ECF Docket No. 89 ] approving the Disclosure Statement and scheduling a hearing (the Confirmation Hearing ”) to consider confirmation of the Plan to be held on April 23, 2013.

 

C.           On March 20, 2013, as evidenced by the Affidavit of Service dated March 21, 2013 [ ECF Docket No. 92 ], the Debtor caused the timely mailing to all known creditors and equity security holders of the Debtor of an information and solicitation package (the “ Solicitation Package ”) consisting of (i) the Disclosure Statement and all exhibits thereto, (ii) the Plan (furnished in the Solicitation Package as an exhibit to the Disclosure Statement), and (iii) the Scheduling Order. With respect to those creditors and equity holders with claims or equity interests in a class entitled to vote on the Plan, the Debtor also included ballot forms (the “ Ballots ”).

 

 

1 Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan. Any capitalized term used in the Plan or in this Order that is not defined in the Plan or in this Order, but that is used in title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101 et seq . (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”), or in the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure (the “ Bankruptcy Rules ”), shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules, as the case may be.

 

Pg 1 of 20
 

 

12-12553-jmp Doc 123 Filed 06/26/13 Entered 06/26/13 16:08:49 Main Document  

 

D.           On April 12, 2013, the Debtor filed, as required under the Plan, the Plan Supplement Regarding Second Amended Plan of Reorganization Dated March 7, 2013 Proposed by Atrinsic, Inc., together with the exhibits annexed thereto (ECF Docket No. 101; the “ Plan Supplement ”).

 

E.           On April 17, 2013, the Debtor caused to be filed the Certification of Ballots [ ECF Docket No. 107 ], certifying the Ballots accepting or rejecting the Plan, and attesting to and certifying the method and results of the ballot tabulation for the classes of claims and equity interests voting to accept or reject the Plan (the “ Voting Report ”).

 

F.           On June 4, 2013, the Debtor filed the Affidavit of Sebastian Giordano in Support of Confirmation of the Debtor’s Second Amended Plan of Reorganization (the “ Confirmation Affidavit ”) [ ECF Docket No. 117 ].

 

G.           The Confirmation Hearing was held on June 25, 2013 at 2:00 p.m.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, it appearing to the Court that notice of the Confirmation Hearing and the opportunity for any party in interest to object to confirmation of the Plan was adequate and appropriate; and upon the Court’s review of the Voting Report; and upon all of the evidence proffered or adduced and the arguments of counsel made at the Confirmation Hearing, and the entire record of the Case; and after due deliberation thereon and good cause appearing therefor:

 

Pg 2 of 20
 

 

12-12553-jmp Doc 123 Filed 06/26/13 Entered 06/26/13 16:08:49 Main Document  

 

FINDINGS OF FACT AND CONCLUSIONS OF LAW 2

 

IT IS HEREBY FOUND AND DETERMINED THAT:

 

1.             Exclusive Jurisdiction, Venue, Core Proceeding (28 U.S.C. §§ 157, 1334(a), 1408, and 1409) . The Court has jurisdiction over the Case pursuant to 28 U.S.C. §§ 157 and 1334. Venue is proper before the Court pursuant to 28 U.S.C. §§ 1408 and 1409. Confirmation of the Plan is a core proceeding pursuant to 28 U.S.C. §§ 157(b)(2). The Court has exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether the Plan complies with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and should be confirmed and to enter a final order with respect to such matters.

 

2.            Judicial Notice . The Court takes judicial notice of the docket of the Case maintained by the Clerk of the Court and/or its duly-appointed agent, including, without limitation, all pleadings and other documents filed, all orders entered, and all evidence and arguments made, proffered, or adduced at the hearings held before the Court during the pendency of the Case.

 

3.           Transmittal and Mailing of Materials and Notice . Transmittal and service of the Solicitation Package was adequate and sufficient. Adequate and sufficient notice of the Confirmation Hearing and the other dates and hearings described in the Scheduling Order was given in compliance with the Scheduling Order and no other or further notice is or shall be required.

 

4.           Plan Compliance with the Applicable Provisions of the Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. § 1129(a)(1)) . The Plan complies with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, including, without limitation, as set forth below, thereby satisfying section 1129(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

 

2 The findings and conclusions set forth herein and on the record of the Hearing constitute the Court’s findings of fact and conclusions of law pursuant to Rule 52 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure made applicable herein by Bankruptcy Rules 7052 and 9014. Findings of fact shall be construed as conclusions of law and conclusions of law shall be construed as findings of fact when appropriate. See Fed. R. Bankr. P. 7052.

 

Pg 3 of 20
 

 

12-12553-jmp Doc 123 Filed 06/26/13 Entered 06/26/13 16:08:49 Main Document  

 

(a)              Proper Classification of Claims and Interests (11 U.S.C. §§ 1122, 1123(a)(1) ). The Plan designates four (4) Classes of Claims and Interests. The Claims or Interests placed in each Class are substantially similar to other Claims or Interests, as the case may be, in such Class. Valid business, factual, and legal reasons exist for separately classifying the various Classes of Claims and Interests created under the Plan and such classification does not unfairly discriminate among holders of Claims or Interests. Thus, the Plan satisfies sections 1122 and 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

(b)             Specification of Unimpaired Classes (11 U.S.C. § 1123(a)(2)) . The Plan specifies that Class 1 is unimpaired, thereby satisfying section 1123(a)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

(c)             Specification of Treatment of Impaired Classes (11 U.S.C. § 1123(a)(3)) . The Plan designates Classes 2, 3 and 4 as impaired and specifies the treatment of Claims and Interests in those Classes, thereby satisfying section 1123(a)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

(d)             Equal Treatment Within Classes (11 U.S.C. § 1123(a)(4)) . The Plan provides for the same treatment by the Debtor for each Claim or Interest in a particular Class unless the holder of a particular Claim or Interest in such Class has agreed to a less favorable treatment of its Claim or Interest, thereby satisfying section 1123(a)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

(e)             Implementation of Plan (11 U.S.C. § 1123(a)(5)) . As set forth in the Confirmation Affidavit, the Plan provides adequate and proper means for its implementation, thereby satisfying section 1123(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

Pg 4 of 20
 

 

12-12553-jmp Doc 123 Filed 06/26/13 Entered 06/26/13 16:08:49 Main Document  

 

(f)              Charter Provisions (11 U.S.C. § 1123(a)(6)) .   In satisfaction of section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Atrinsic, Inc. (the " Certificate of Incorporation "), which is referenced in section 6.5 of the Plan and is attached as Exhibit A to the Plan Supplement, prohibits the issuance of non-voting equity securities to the extent prohibited under section 1123(a)(6).

 

(g)             Selection of Officers, Directors, and Trustees (11 U.S.C. §§ 1123(a)(7)) . Section 6.5 of the Plan provides for designation of the board of directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation. The Disclosure Statement discloses that Sebastian Gordano will continue to serve as Chief Restructuring Officer of the Debtor. The Liquidating Trust Agreement, which is attached as Exhibit A to the Plan, identifies the Liquidating Trustee, who was selected by the Committee, and sets forth procedures and terms applicable to any appointment of a replacement Liquidating Trustee, by an advisory committee or by the Court. Accordingly, t he Plan provisions relating to selection of officers, directors, and trustees is consistent with the interests of creditors and equity security holders and with public policy in accordance with section 1123(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

(h)            Additional Plan Provisions (11 U.S.C. § 1123(b)) . The Plan's additional provisions are appropriate and not inconsistent with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

5.            The Debtor’s Compliance with the Applicable Provisions of the Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. § 1129(a)(2)) . The Debtor has complied with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, thereby satisfying section 1129(a)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code. Specifically:

 

(i) the Debtor is a proper debtor under section 109 of the Bankruptcy Code and the Debtor is a proper proponent of the Plan under section 1121(a) of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

Pg 5 of 20
 

 

12-12553-jmp Doc 123 Filed 06/26/13 Entered 06/26/13 16:08:49 Main Document  

 

(ii) the Debtor has complied with applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code; and

 

(iii) the Debtor has complied with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, and the Scheduling Order in transmitting the Solicitation Package and in soliciting and tabulating votes on the Plan.

 

6.           Plan Proposed in Good Faith (11 U.S.C. § 1129(a)(3)) . The Debtor has proposed the Plan in good faith and not by any means forbidden by law, thereby satisfying section 1129(a)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code. In determining that the Plan has been proposed in good faith, the Court has examined the totality of the circumstances surrounding the filing of the Case, the formulation of the Plan and the events leading up to same.

 

7.           Payments for Services or Costs and Expenses (11 U.S.C. § 1129(a)(4)) . Any payment made or to be made by the Debtor for services or for costs and expenses in or in connection with the Case, or in connection with the Plan and incident to the Case, has been approved by, or is subject to the approval of, the Court as reasonable, thereby satisfying section 1129(a)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code. In particular, section 3.3 of the Plan contemplates Court approval of payments of fees and expense reimbursements for professionals.

 

8.           Board of Directors, Officers, and Insiders (11 U.S.C. § 1129(a)(5)) . The Plan adequately discloses and provides for the selection of officers, directors, or trustees who would serve under the Plan, and the selection or continuance of such directors, officers, or trustees is consistent with the interests of creditors and equity security holders and with public policy. As disclosed in the Disclosure Statement, Sebastian Giordano will continue to serve as Chief Restructuring Officer of the Debtor. As disclosed in the Liquidating Trust Agreement, Jacen Dinoff will be the Liquidating Trustee. The Debtor has adequately disclosed the identity and nature of compensation of any insider that will be employed or retained by the Reorganized Debtor. Accordingly, section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code is satisfied.

 

Pg 6 of 20
 

 

12-12553-jmp Doc 123 Filed 06/26/13 Entered 06/26/13 16:08:49 Main Document  

 

9.           No Rate Changes (11 U.S.C. § 1129(a)(6)) . There are no rates applicable to the Debtor’s businesses or otherwise over which any regulatory commission or other governmental authority has, or will have, jurisdiction after confirmation of the Plan, whose approval of such rates is required under section 1129(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code. Thus, section 1129(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code is not applicable in the Case.

 

10.          Best Interests of Creditors Test (11 U.S.C. § 1129(a)(7)) . The Plan provides that each holder of a claim or interest in an impaired class either shall have accepted the Plan or will receive or retain under the Plan on account of such claim or interest property of a value, as of the Effective Date of the Plan, that is not less than the amount that such holder would so receive or retain if the Debtor was liquidated under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code on such date. The Liquidation Analysis contained in the Disclosure Statement reflects, and the Court finds, that each holder of a claim or interest in an impaired class will receive a distribution on account of such claim or interest that is not less than such holder would receive or retain if the Debtor was liquidated in a chapter 7 bankruptcy case. Thus, the Plan satisfies section 1129(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

11.          Acceptance by Certain Classes (11 U.S.C. § 1129(a)(8)) . Class 2 (Senior Noteholder Claims), Class 3 (General Unsecured Claims) and Class 4 (Interests) have each voted to accept the Plan. Class 1 (Priority Non Tax Claims) is unimpaired under the Plan, not entitled to vote and is deemed to accept the Plan.

 

Pg 7 of 20
 

 

12-12553-jmp Doc 123 Filed 06/26/13 Entered 06/26/13 16:08:49 Main Document  

 

12.          Treatment of Priority Claims (11 U.S.C. § 1129(a)(9)) . Under section 3.1 of the Plan, all Allowed Administrative Expense Claims shall be paid in full in Cash, or as otherwise agreed by the holder of such Allowed Administrative Expense Claim, on the Effective Date. Under section 3.3 of the Plan, subject to a cap of $175,000 for the aggregate fees and expenses (inclusive of any retainers paid) as may be awarded to Debtor’s current counsel, DelBello Donnellan Weingarten Wise & Wiederkehr, Debtor’s prior counsel, Rattet Pasternak, LLP, and counsel of the Creditors Committee to be paid from the Debtor’s Cash and subject to any caps provided for in the Board Stipulation, all retained professionals shall be paid the full amounts awarded by the Court, in Cash, on the later of (a) the Effective Date or (b) an Order granting final allowance and award. Under section 3.5 of the Plan, the Reorganized Debtor shall pay to each Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim from the Post-Confirmation Assets the full amount of such Claims, if any, over a period of no more than five (5) years from the Petition Date as permitted under 11 U.S.C. Section 1129(a)(9)(C)(ii), unless such holder agrees to other treatment. Under section 4.1 of the Plan, Allowed Class 1 Priority Non Tax Claims shall be paid in full in Cash on the Effective Date. Thus, the Plan’s treatment of Administrative Expense Claims, Priority Tax Claims, Professional Fee Claims, and Non-Tax Priority Claims satisfies the requirements of sections 1129(a)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

13.          Acceptance of at Least One Impaired Class of Claims (11 U.S.C. § 1129(a)(10)) . Classes 2, 3 and 4, which classes are each Impaired, have each voted to accept the Plan. Thus, the Plan satisfies section 1129(a)(10) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

14.          Feasibility (11 U.S.C. § 1129(a)(11)) . The Debtor has demonstrated that, upon closing of the transactions contemplated by the Plan, it will have sufficient cash with which to make all of the payments required to be made on the Effective Date. The Debtor or Liquidating Trustee, as applicable, will be able to make all of the payments required pursuant to the Plan and, therefore, confirmation of the Plan is not likely to be followed by liquidation or the need for further financial reorganization. Thus, the Plan satisfies section 1129(a)(11) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

Pg 8 of 20
 

 

12-12553-jmp Doc 123 Filed 06/26/13 Entered 06/26/13 16:08:49 Main Document  

 

15.          Payment of Certain Fees (11 U.S.C. § 1129(a)(12)) . All fees payable on or before the Effective Date under 28 U.S.C. § 1930 either have been paid or will be paid on or as soon as practicable after the Effective Date. Thus, the Plan satisfies section 1129(a)(12) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

16.          Continuation of Retiree Benefits (11 U.S.C. § 1129(a)(13)) . The Debtor does not have any liability to pay “retiree benefits” as that term is defined under section 1114(a) of the Bankruptcy Code. Accordingly, section 1129(a)(13) of the Bankruptcy Code is not applicable.

 

17.          No Other Plan (11 U.S.C. § 1129(c)) . No other pending plan of reorganization has been filed with respect to the Debtor. Accordingly, section 1129(c) of the Bankruptcy Code is not applicable.

 

18.          No Avoidance of Taxes or Avoidance of Application of Securities Act (11 U.S.C. §1129(d)) . The principal purpose of the Plan is not the avoidance of taxes or the avoidance of the application of Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

19.          Satisfaction of Confirmation Requirements . Based upon the foregoing, the Plan satisfies the applicable requirements for confirmation set forth in section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

20.          Good Faith Solicitation (11 U.S.C. § 1125(e)) . Based upon the record before the Court, all Persons who solicited votes on the Plan solicited such votes in good faith and in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and are entitled to the protections afforded by section 1125(e) of the Bankruptcy Code and the exculpatory and injunctive provisions set forth in the Plan.

 

Pg 9 of 20
 

 

12-12553-jmp Doc 123 Filed 06/26/13 Entered 06/26/13 16:08:49 Main Document  

 

21.          Rule 3016(a) of the Bankruptcy Rules . The Plan is dated and identifies the entities submitting it, thereby satisfying Rule 3016(a) of the Bankruptcy Rules.

 

22.          Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases . The rejection of executory contracts and unexpired leases under the Plan and this Order reflects the Debtor's exercise of reasonable business judgment.

 

23.          Releases . The releases and discharges of claims and causes of action under the Plan constitute good faith compromises and settlements of the matters covered thereby. Such compromises and settlements are (a) made in exchange for adequate consideration; (b) in the best interests of the Debtor's estate, claimholders and other parties in interest; (c) fair, equitable and reasonable; (d) integral elements of the restructuring and resolution of the Case in accordance with the Plan; and (e) are otherwise approved by the Court as appropriate pursuant to applicable law. Each of the discharge, release, injunction, indemnification and exculpation provisions set forth in the Plan (i) is within the jurisdiction of the Court under 28 U.S.C. §§ 1334(a), (b), and (d); (ii) is an essential means of implementing the Plan pursuant to section 1123(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code; (iii) is an integral element of the transactions incorporated into the Plan; (iv) confers a material benefit on, and is in the best interests of, the Debtor, its estate, and its creditors; (v) is important to the overall objectives of the Plan to finally resolve all claims among or against the parties in interest in the Case with respect to the Debtor, and its organization, capitalization, operation, and reorganization; and (vi) is consistent with sections 105, 1123, 1129, and other applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

DECREES

 

NOW THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY ORDERED, ADJUDGED, DECREED, AND DETERMINED THAT:

 

Pg 10 of 20
 

 

12-12553-jmp Doc 123 Filed 06/26/13 Entered 06/26/13 16:08:49 Main Document  

 

24.          Incorporation . To the extent applicable, based on the context, the foregoing Findings of Fact and Conclusions of Law are incorporated by reference as decretal paragraphs of this Order.

 

25.          Confirmation . The Plan, including the Board Stipulation which is expressly incorporated in its entirety in the Plan by reference, is hereby approved and confirmed under section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Internal Revenue Service withdrew its claims against the Debtor ( ECF Docket No. 122 ) on June 21, 2013 and its objection to the Plan on June 19, 2013 ( ECF Docket No. 121). All objections to the Plan not heretofore withdrawn or resolved as set forth on the record at the Confirmation Hearing are overruled in their entirety. The record of the Confirmation Hearing is incorporated herein by reference.

 

26.          Non-Adverse Amendment to the Plan . Notwithstanding Section 4.4(ii) of the Plan, the Reorganized Debtor may, in its sole discretion, effect the Reorganized Debtor Stock Distribution to Class 2 and Class 3 Creditors pursuant to the Plan and leave outstanding the Class 4 Interests, which, following such Reorganized Debtor Stock Distribution to Class 2 and Class 3 Creditors, would represent 2% of the Reorganized Debtor Common Stock on the Effective Date, treating the Reorganized Debtor Convertible Preferred Stock on an as-converted basis without regard to the 9.99% beneficial ownership blocker.

 

27.          Provisions of Plan and Order Nonseverable and Mutually Dependent . The provisions of the Plan and this Order are non-severable and mutually dependent.

 

Pg 11 of 20
 

 

12-12553-jmp Doc 123 Filed 06/26/13 Entered 06/26/13 16:08:49 Main Document  

 

28.          General Authorizations . Pursuant to section 1142(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, and other relevant parties are authorized, empowered, and directed to perform such acts as are necessary or appropriate to comply with or consummate the Plan, including, without limitation, executing, delivering, implementing, or consummating any instrument, agreement, or other document necessary or appropriate to consummate the Plan and the closing of the Momspot acquisition as set forth in section 6.2 of the Plan. All such documents shall, upon execution, be valid, binding, and enforceable in accordance with their terms, and not be in conflict with any federal or state law.

 

29.          Binding Effect . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, in accordance with section 1141(a) of the Bankruptcy Code and notwithstanding any otherwise applicable law, upon the occurrence of the Effective Date, the terms of the Plan and this Confirmation Order shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of: (a) the Debtor; (b) the Reorganized Debtor; (c) any and all holders of Claims or Interests (irrespective of whether such Claims or Interests are Impaired under the Plan or whether the holders of such Claims or Interests accepted, rejected or are deemed to have accepted or rejected the Plan); (d) any other Person giving, acquiring or receiving property under the Plan; (e) any and all non-Debtor parties to executory contracts or unexpired leases with the Debtor; and (f) the respective heirs, executors, administrators, trustees, affiliates, officers, directors, agents, representatives, attorneys, beneficiaries, guardians, successors or assigns, if any, of any of the foregoing. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, on the Effective Date, all settlements, compromises, releases, waivers, discharges, exculpations and injunctions set forth in the Plan shall be effective and binding on all Persons who may have had standing to assert any settled, released, discharged, exculpated or enjoined causes of action, and no other Person or entity shall possess such standing to assert such causes of action after the Effective Date.

 

Pg 12 of 20
 

 

12-12553-jmp Doc 123 Filed 06/26/13 Entered 06/26/13 16:08:49 Main Document  

 

30.          Confirmation Injunction . Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan and except as may be necessary to enforce or remedy a breach of the Plan, from and after the Effective Date, (i) all Persons are permanently enjoined from commencing or continuing in any manner, any cause of action released or to be released pursuant to the Plan or this Order; (ii) to the extent of the releases and exculpation granted in the Plan, the applicable releasing parties shall be permanently enjoined from commencing or continuing in any manner against the applicable released and/or exculpated parties and their assets and properties, as the case may be, any suit, action or other proceeding, on account of or respecting any claim, demand, liability, obligation, debt, right, cause of action, interest or remedy released or to be released pursuant to the Plan; (iii) except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, the Plan Supplement or related documents, or for obligations issued pursuant to the Plan, all Persons who have held, hold or may hold claims or interests that have been released, discharged, or are subject to exculpation pursuant to the Plan are permanently enjoined, from and after the Effective Date, from taking any of the following actions: (1) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such claims or interests; (2) enforcing, attaching, collecting or recovering by any manner or means any judgment, award, decree or order against such Persons on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such claims or interests; (3) creating, perfecting or enforcing any encumbrance of any kind against such Persons or the property or estate of such Persons on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such claims or interests; and (4) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such claims or interests released, settled or discharged pursuant to the Plan.

 

Pg 13 of 20
 

 

12-12553-jmp Doc 123 Filed 06/26/13 Entered 06/26/13 16:08:49 Main Document  

 

31.           Exculpation . Pursuant to and to the extent permitted by section 1125(e) of the Code, and notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, no holder of a Claim, Interest, or Lien shall have any right of action against the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, the Creditors Committee, the Debtor’s Assets, the Class 2 Senior Noteholders or any of their respective managers, officers, directors, agents, attorneys, investment bankers, financial advisors, other professionals (the “ 1125 Released Parties ”), or any of their respective property and assets for any act or omission in connection with, relating to or arising out of the pursuit of confirmation of the Plan, the consummation of the Plan, or the administration of the Plan or the property to be distributed under the Plan, except for acts or omissions which constitute willful misconduct.

 

The 1125 Released Parties shall not have nor incur any liability to any entity for any action taken or omitted to be taken in connection with or related to the formulation, preparation, dissemination, confirmation or consummation of the Plan, the Disclosure Statement or any contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document created or entered into, or any other action taken or omitted to be taken in connection with this chapter 11 case or the Plan except with respect to (a) their obligations under the Plan and any related agreement or for (b) bad faith, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty, malpractice, fraud, criminal conduct, unauthorized use of confidential information that causes damages, and/or ultra vires acts. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, nothing in Sections 9.3 or 9.4 hereof shall effect a release of any claim by the United States Government or any of its agencies or any state and local authority whatsoever, including, without limitation, any claim arising under the Internal Revenue Code, the federal securities laws, NYS Tax Law, the environmental laws or any criminal laws of the United States or any state and local authority against the 1125 Released Parties, nor shall anything in Sections 9.3 or 9.4 hereof enjoin the United States or any state or local authority from bringing any claim, suit, action or other proceedings against the 1125 Released Parties referred to herein for any liability whatever, including, without limitation, any claim, suit or action arising under the Internal Revenue Code, the federal securities laws, the environmental laws or any criminal laws of the United States or any state and local authority, nor shall anything in this Plan exculpate any party from any liability to the United States Government or any of its agencies or any state and local authority whatsoever, including liabilities arising under the Internal Revenue Code, NYS Tax Law, the environmental laws or any criminal laws of the United States or any state and local authority against the 1125 Released Parties, or limit the liability of the Debtor’s Professionals retained pursuant to Rule 1.8(h)(1) of the New York Rules of Professional Conduct.

 

Pg 14 of 20
 

 

12-12553-jmp Doc 123 Filed 06/26/13 Entered 06/26/13 16:08:49 Main Document  

 

32.          Releases . The releases provided for in the Plan, including, without limitation, the releases set forth in section 9.4 of the Plan, are incorporated in this Order as if set forth in full herein and are hereby approved and authorized in their entirety and shall be, and hereby are, effective and binding, subject to the respective terms thereof, on all Persons who may have had standing to assert released claims or causes of action, and no Person shall possess such standing to assert such claims or causes of action after the Effective Date.

 

33.          Term of Bankruptcy Injunction or Stays . Unless otherwise provided herein, all injunctions or stays provided for in the Case pursuant to sections 105, 362, or 525 of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise, and in existence on the Confirmation Date, shall remain in full force and effect until the Effective Date. The Plan and this Order permanently enjoin the commencement or prosecution by any entity, whether directly, derivatively or otherwise, of any claims, obligations, suits, judgments, damages, demands, debts, rights, causes of action, or liabilities released or enjoined pursuant to the Plan.

 

34.          Discharge of the Debtor . The Debtor’s discharge is hereby granted and shall be governed by Section 1141(d)(1)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

Pg 15 of 20
 

 

12-12553-jmp Doc 123 Filed 06/26/13 Entered 06/26/13 16:08:49 Main Document  

 

35.          Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases .

 

(a)              Assumption and Rejection of Agreements .   All of the Debtor’s executory contracts and unexpired leases shall be deemed rejected on the Effective Date, and such rejection is authorized by this Order, except to the extent (i) the Debtor previously has assumed or rejected an executory contract or unexpired lease, or (ii) prior to the Effective Date, the Debtor has Filed or does File a motion to assume an executory contract or unexpired lease on which the Bankruptcy Court has not ruled.

 

(b)              Claims for Damages . All proofs of claim with respect to Claims arising from the rejection of executory contracts or leases, if any, must, unless another order of the Court provides for a different date, be filed with the Court within thirty (30) days after the mailing of notice of Effective Date. Any and all proofs of claim with respect to Claims arising from the rejection of executory contracts by the Debtor shall be treated as Class 3 General Unsecured Claims, for purposes of distribution pursuant to the Plan. Unless otherwise permitted by Final Order, any proof of claim that is not filed before the applicable bar date established by the Court (other than those Claims arising from the rejection of executory contracts or leases under the Plan) shall automatically be disallowed as a late filed Claim, without any action by the Debtor, and the holder of such Claim shall be forever barred from asserting such Claim against the Debtor, its Estate, or property of its Estate.

 

36.          U.S. Trustee Fees . All unpaid U.S. Trustee Fees incurred before the Effective Date shall be timely paid by the Debtor in the ordinary course as such U.S. Trustee Fees become due and payable. All unpaid U.S. Trustee Fees incurred after the Effective Date shall be timely paid from Post-Confirmation Assets by the Reorganized Debtor in the ordinary course as such U.S. Trustee Fees become due and payable, until the earliest of the entry of a final decree closing the Case, dismissal of the Case, or conversion of the Case to a case under chapter 7.

 

Pg 16 of 20
 

 

12-12553-jmp Doc 123 Filed 06/26/13 Entered 06/26/13 16:08:49 Main Document  

 

37.          Exemption from Securities Laws . The Reorganized Debtor Stock Distribution, including the shares of Reorganized Debtor Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Reorganized Debtor Convertible Preferred Stock, shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act and any state or local law pursuant to Bankruptcy Code § 1145. The Reorganized Debtor is a successor to the Debtor only to the limited extent needed to comply with Bankruptcy Code § 1145 and for no other reason under any state or federal law.

 

38.          Exemption from Transfer Taxes . In accordance with Bankruptcy Code § 1146(a), neither (i) the issuance, transfer or exchange of security under the Plan or the making or delivery of an instrument of transfer nor (ii) the transfers of the Debtor’s assets shall be taxed under any law imposing stamp or similar tax, provided such transfer occurs after the Confirmation Date. Consistent with the foregoing, each recorder of deeds or similar official for any county, city or governmental unit in which any instrument hereunder is to be recorded is hereby ordered and directed to accept such instrument, without requiring the payment of any stamp or similar tax.

 

39.          Retention of Jurisdiction . Pursuant to Bankruptcy Code §§ 105(a) and 1142, and notwithstanding entry of this Order and occurrence of the Effective Date, the Court shall retain exclusive jurisdiction over all matters arising out of, and related to, the Case and the Plan to the fullest extent permitted by law, including, among other things, jurisdiction to:

 

(a) allow, disallow, determine, liquidate, classify, estimate or establish the priority or secured or unsecured status of any Claim, including the resolution of any application or request for payment of any Administrative Claim, and the resolution of any objections to the allowance or priority of Claims;

 

(b) hear and determine any and all adversary proceedings, motions, applications, and contested or litigated matters, including, but not limited to, all causes of action, and consider and act upon the compromise and settlement of any Claim, or cause of action;

 

Pg 17 of 20
 

 

12-12553-jmp Doc 123 Filed 06/26/13 Entered 06/26/13 16:08:49 Main Document  

 

(c) enter such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to execute, implement, or consummate the provisions of the Plan and all contracts, instruments, releases, and other agreements or documents created in connection therewith;

 

(d) hear and determine disputes arising in connection with the interpretation, implementation, consummation, or enforcement of the Plan;

 

(e) consider any modifications of the Plan, cure any defect or omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in any order of the Bankruptcy Court, including, without limitation, the Confirmation Order;

 

(f) issue injunctions, enter and implement other orders, or take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate to restrain interference by any Person with the implementation, consummation, or enforcement of the Plan or the Confirmation Order;

 

(g) hear and determine any matters arising in connection with or relating to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, and the Confirmation Order;

 

(h) enforce all orders, judgments, injunctions, releases, exculpations, indemnifications and rulings entered in connection with the Case;

 

(i) hear and determine matters concerning state, local, and federal taxes in accordance with Bankruptcy Code §§ 346, 505 and 1146;

 

(j) hear and determine all matters related to the Post-Confirmation Assets, the Debtor, and the Reorganized Debtor from and after the Effective Date;

 

(k) hear and determine such other matters as may be provided in the Confirmation Order and as may be authorized under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code; and

 

(l) enter a final decree closing the Case.

 

40.          Confirmation Order Controlling . If there is any conflict or inconsistency between the Plan and this Order, or any amplification contained herein of any provision of the Plan, the terms of this Order shall control.

 

Pg 18 of 20
 

 

12-12553-jmp Doc 123 Filed 06/26/13 Entered 06/26/13 16:08:49 Main Document  

 

41.         Reversal . If any or all of the provisions of this Order are hereafter reversed, modified, or vacated by subsequent order of the Court or any other court, such reversal, modification, or vacatur shall not affect the validity of the acts or obligations incurred or undertaken under or in connection with the Plan prior to receipt of written notice of any such order. Notwithstanding any such reversal, modification, or vacatur of this Order, any such act or obligation incurred or undertaken pursuant to, and in reliance on, this Order prior to the effective date of such reversal, modification or vacatur shall be governed in all respects by the provisions of this Order and the Plan or any amendments or modifications thereto.

 

42.          Applicable Non-Bankruptcy Law, Rules, and Regulations . Pursuant to sections 1123(a) and 1142(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, the provisions of this Order and the Plan shall apply and be enforceable notwithstanding any otherwise applicable non-bankruptcy law, rule, or regulation.

 

43.          Order Effective . Notwithstanding Bankruptcy Rule 3020(e), this Order shall be effective and enforceable immediately upon its entry.

 

44.          Administrative Expense Claim Bar Date . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Plan, the Administrative Expense Claims Bar Date, as defined in Section 3.2 of the Plan, shall be July 19, 2013.

 

45.          Unclaimed Distributions . In the event any holder of a Claim fails to claim any Distribution within four (4) months from the date of such Distribution, such claimant shall forfeit all rights thereto, and to any and all future Distributions and thereafter the claim for which such Distribution was distributed shall be treated as a disallowed Claim. In this regard, distributions to claimants entitled thereto shall be sent to their last known address set forth on a Proof of Claim filed with the Bankruptcy Court or if no Proof of Claim is filed, on the Schedules filed by the Debtor or to such other address as may be designated by a Creditor. The Debtor and Reorganized Debtor shall use their collective best efforts to obtain current addresses for all claimants. The Debtor shall notify the counsel to the Senior Noteholders and Creditors Committee of all returned Distributions. All unclaimed Distributions shall retained by the Reorganized Debtor.

 

Pg 19 of 20
 

 

12-12553-jmp Doc 123 Filed 06/26/13 Entered 06/26/13 16:08:49 Main Document  

 

46.          References to Plan Provisions . The failure specifically to include or reference any particular provision of the Plan in this Order shall not diminish or impair the effectiveness of such provision, it being the intent of the Court that the Plan be confirmed in its entirety.

 

47.          Headings . Headings utilized herein are for the convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of the Plan or this Order for any other purpose.

 

48.          Effective Date of the Plan. Notwithstanding any provision contained in the Plan, the Effective Date is subject to the providing of written consent from the Senior Noteholders or their counsel as to the Plan becoming effective.

 

Dated: New York, New York /s/ James M. Peck  
 June 26, 2013    
  Honorable James M. Peck  
  United States Bankruptcy Judge  

 

Pg 20 of 20

 

AMENDED AND RESTA TED

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

ATRINSIC, INC.

 

 

 

Pursuant to Sections 242. 245 and 303 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

 

Atrinsic, Inc. (the " Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the " DGCL "), hereby certifies as follows:

 

1.          The present name of the Corporation is " Atrinsic, Inc ."

 

2.          The name under which the Corporation was originally incorporated is "Millbrook Acquisition Corp.", and the Corporation's original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on February 3, 1994.

 

3.          This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the '' Certificate ") amends and restates in its entirety the Corporation's Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and in effect on the date hereof.

 

4.          On June 15, 2012, the Corporation filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the "Bankruptcy Court").

 

5.          This Certificate shall be effective upon filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with its terms without board of directors or stockholder approval pursuant to Section 303 of the DGCL as it has been adopted pursuant to the Second Amended Plan of Reorganization of the Corporation, dated March 7, 2013, as confirmed by order of the Bankruptcy Court on June 26, 2013.

 

6.          This Certificate has been duly executed and acknowledged by an officer of the Corporation designated by order of the Bankruptcy Court in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242, 245 and 303 of the DGCL.

 

7.          The text of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

FIRST :                    The name of this Corporation is: "Atrinsic, Inc." (the " Corporation ").

 

SECOND :              The address, including street, number, city and county, of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Rd., Ste 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808, County of New Castle, and the name of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Corporation Service Company.

 

 
 

 

THIRD:                  The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

 

FOURTH :             The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation is authorized to issue is 105,000,000,000, consisting of 100,000,000,000 shares of common stock, at a par value of $0.000001 per share (" Common Stock "), and 5,000,000,000 shares of preferred stock, at a par value of $0.000001 per share (" Preferred Stock "). The board of directors of the Corporation (the " Board ") is hereby expressly authorized without stockholder approval to provide, out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock, for the issuance of one or more series of Preferred Stock and, with respect to each such series, to fix the number of shares constituting such series and the designation of such series, the voting powers, if any, of the shares of such series, and the preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series, and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series to the extent permitted by the DGCL. In the event that the number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which such shares had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series of Preferred Stock, subject to the requirements of the DGCL. The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, to the extent prohibited by Section l 123(a)(6) of Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code (the " Bankruptcy Code "), the Corporation will not issue non-voting equity securities; provided, however , the foregoing restriction (a) will have no further force and effect beyond that required under Section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code, (b) will only have such force and effect for so long as Section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code is in effect and applicable to the Corporation, and (c) in all events may be amended or eliminated in accordance with applicable law as from time to time may be in effect.

 

FIFTH :                  The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

 

SIXTH :                 Unless and except to the extent that the by-laws of the Corporation (the " By-laws '') shall so require, the election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot.

 

SEVENTH :           To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or to its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director. No amendment to, modification of or repeal of this Article Seventh shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment.

 

 
 

 

EIGHTH :              The Corporation shall indemnify, advance expenses, and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), any person (a " Covered Person ") who was or is made or isthreatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a '' Proceeding ''), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys' fees) reasonably incurred by such Covered Person. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article Eighth shall be a contract right and such right shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except for claims for indemnification (following the final disposition of such Proceeding) or advancement of expenses not paid in full, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a Covered Person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Covered Person only if the commencement of such Proceeding (or part thereof) by the Covered Person was authorized in the specific case by the Board. Neither any amendment, repeal or modification of this Article Eighth nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article Eighth shall eliminate, reduce or otherwise adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring, or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article Eighth, would accrue or arise, prior to the time of such repeal, modification or adoption of an inconsistent provision. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article Eighth and applicable law shall not be deemed to be exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any By-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

 

NINTH :                In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the power to make, alter, or repeal the By-laws, and to adopt any new By-law, shall be vested in the Board.

 

TENTH :               The Corporation shall have the right, subject to any express provisions or restrictions contained in the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation or the By-laws, from time to time, to amend the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation or any provision thereof in any manner now or hereafter provided by law, and all rights and powers of any kind conferred upon a director or stockholder of the Corporation by the Certificate of Incorporation or any amendment thereof are conferred subject to such right.

 

ELEVENTH :       Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim for breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation's stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation or the By-laws or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each case subject to said Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein.

 

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate has been signed by Sebastian Giordano, the Interim Chief Restructuring Officer of the Corporation on this 25th day of June, 2013.

 

  /s/  Sebastian  Giordano
  Sebastian Giordano
  Interim Chief Restructuring Officer

 

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS, POWERS, PREFERENCES
AND OTHER RIGHTS OF PREFERRED STOCK AND QUALIFICATIONS,
LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS THEREOF
of
SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
of
atrinsic, Inc.
(Pursuant to Section 151 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

 

atrinsic, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), pursuant to the provisions of Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does hereby make this Certificate of Designations and does hereby state and certify that pursuant to the authority expressly vested in the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “ Certificate ”), which authorizes the issuance of 5,000,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.000001 par value per share, in one or more series, the Board duly adopted the following resolutions, which resolutions remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof:

 

RESOLVED, that, pursuant to Article IV, of the Certificate, the Board hereby authorizes the issuance of, and fixes the designation and preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and qualifications, limitations and restrictions, of a series of preferred stock of the Corporation consisting of 4,500,000,000 shares, $0.000001 par value per share, to be designated “Series A Convertible Preferred Stock” (hereinafter, the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”); and be it

 

RESOLVED, that each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall rank equally in all respects and shall be subject to the following terms and provisions:

 

1.           Dividends . The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, if and as declared by the Board, out of funds legally available therefor, any dividends or other distributions from the Corporation that are declared on the Common stock, $0.000001 par value per share, of the Corporation (the “ Common Stock ”), in which case holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall each be entitled to receive, on an As-Converted Basis (as defined below, but without regard to the Beneficial Ownership Cap limitations set forth in Section 5(e) hereof), any dividends or distributions (other than dividends payable solely in additional Common Stock) declared by the Board and paid to the holders of Common Stock, out of any assets legally available therefor, pari passu with the amount of such dividends to be distributed to the holders of Common Stock immediately prior to the declaration of such dividend or distribution. “ As-Converted Basis ” means, as of the time of determination, that, solely for the purpose of determining the applicable right (and without limitation to any rights of the Series A Preferred Stock), the Series A Preferred Stock shall be treated as if such Series A Preferred Stock had been converted into that number of shares of Common Stock which a holder of Series A Preferred Stock would hold if all shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by such holder were converted into shares of Common Stock pursuant to Section 5 hereof at the then applicable Conversion Value (as defined below).

 

 
 

 

2.           Voting Rights .

 

(a)           Except as otherwise provided herein or as provided by law, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall have full voting rights and powers, subject to the Beneficial Ownership Cap as defined in Section 5(g), if applicable, equal to the voting rights and powers of holders of Common Stock and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote, with respect to any question upon which holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote, including, without limitation, the right to vote for the election of directors, voting together with the holders of Common Stock as one class. Each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote on an As-Converted Basis, determined on the record date for the taking of a vote, subject to the applicable Beneficial Ownership Cap limitations set forth in Section 5(g), or, if no record date is established, at the day prior to the date such vote is taken or any written consent of stockholders is first executed. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights resulting from the above formula (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number.

 

(b)           In the event that the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are required, pursuant to applicable law, to vote as a class, the affirmative vote of holders of not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be required to approve each such matter to be voted upon, and if any matter is approved by such requisite percentage of holders of Series A Preferred Stock, such matter shall bind all holders of Series A Preferred Stock.

 

3.           Rights on Liquidation .

 

(a)           In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (any such event being hereinafter referred to as a “ Liquidation ”), the holders of record of the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, immediately after any distributions required by the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation and any certificate(s) of designation, powers, preferences and rights in respect of any securities of the Corporation having priority over the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of the assets of the Corporation upon Liquidation, and before and in preference to any distribution or payment of assets of the Corporation or the proceeds thereof may be made or set apart with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock and any other securities of the Corporation over which the Series A Preferred Stock has priority with respect to the distribution of the assets of the Corporation upon Liquidation (“ Junior Securities ”), an amount in cash with respect to each share of Series A Preferred Stock held by such holders, equal to the greater of (i) $0.0045 per share (subject to adjustment in the event of stock splits, combinations or similar events with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock) and (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series A Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 5 immediately prior to such Liquidation (the amount payable pursuant to this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “ Liquidation Preference ”). If, upon such Liquidation, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and any securities of the Corporation having equal priority with the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of the assets of the Corporation upon Liquidation (“ Parity Securities ”) shall be insufficient to permit payment in full to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Parity Securities, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution to such holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Parity Securities then outstanding shall be distributed ratably among such holders based upon the proportion the total amount distributable on each share upon liquidation bears to the aggregate amount available for distribution on all shares of the Series A Preferred Stock and of such Parity Securities, if any.

 

2
 

 

(b)           A Change of Control (as defined below) of the Corporation shall not be deemed a Liquidation, but shall instead be governed by the terms of Section 7 below.

 

(c)           In the event of a Liquidation, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and any Parity Securities, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of shares of Common Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder.

 

4.           Actions Requiring the Consent of Holders of Series A Preferred Stock . As long as at least 25% of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued on the date of original issuance of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock (the “ Date of Original Issue ”) remain outstanding, the consent of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, given in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Corporation, as amended, shall be necessary for effecting or validating any of the following transactions or acts, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise:

 

(a)           Any amendment, alteration or repeal (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) of any of the provisions of this Certificate of Designations, including any increase in the number of authorized shares of Series A Preferred Stock;

 

(b)           Any amendment, alteration or repeal (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) of (i) the Certificate or (ii) the Bylaws of the Corporation that will adversely affect the rights or privileges of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock;

 

(c)           The authorization or creation by the Corporation of, or the increase in the number of authorized shares of, any stock of any class, or any security convertible into stock of any class, or the authorization or creation of any new class of preferred stock (or any action which would result in another series of preferred stock), in each case, ranking in terms of liquidation preference, redemption rights or dividend rights, pari passu with or senior to, the Series A Preferred Stock in any manner (any such securities pari passu with the Series A Preferred Stock, the “ Pari Passu Securities ” and any such securities senior to the Series A Preferred Stock, the “ Senior Securities ”);

 

(d)           The issuance of any securities ranking in terms of liquidation preference, redemption rights or dividend rights, pari passu with or senior to, the Series A Preferred Stock in any manner;

 

3
 

 

(e)           The declaration or payment of any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, stock or other property, but excluding a split or reverse split with respect to the Common Stock) with respect to the capital stock of the Corporation or any subsidiary, except for such dividends or other distributions on the Series A Preferred Stock and except for such dividends or other distributions as are expressly set forth in reasonable detail (specifying the nature, amounts and timing of payment of such dividends) in the terms of any Pari Passu Securities or Senior Securities approved by the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4(c); and

 

(f)           Any act or thing not authorized or contemplated by this Certificate of Designations which would result in taxation of the holders of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock under Section 305 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or any comparable provision of the Internal Revenue Code as hereafter from time to time amended).

 

5.           Conversion .

 

(a)           Right to Convert . Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 5(e) hereof, the holder of any share or shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have the right at any time, at such holder’s option, to convert all or any lesser portion of such holder’s shares of Series A Preferred Stock into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing (i) the aggregate Liquidation Preference of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be converted plus accrued and unpaid dividends thereon and declared and unpaid dividends thereon by (ii) the Conversion Value (as defined below) then in effect for such Series A Preferred Stock. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of any Series A Preferred Stock. With respect to any fraction of a share of Common Stock called for upon any conversion, the Corporation shall pay to the holder an amount in cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock.

 

(b)           Mechanics of Conversion .

 

(i)           Such right of conversion (other than mandatory conversion) shall be exercised by the holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock by delivering to the Corporation a conversion notice in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Conversion Notice ”), appropriately completed and duly signed and specifying the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock that the holder elects to convert (the “ Converting Shares ”) into shares of Common Stock, and by surrender not later than two (2) business days thereafter of the certificate or certificates representing such Converting Shares. The Conversion Notice shall also contain a statement of the name or names (with addresses and tax identification or social security numbers) in which the certificate or certificates for Common Stock shall be issued, if other than the name in which the Converting Shares are registered. Promptly after the receipt of the Conversion Notice, the Corporation shall issue and deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the holder of the Converting Shares or such holder’s nominee, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of such Converting Shares. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been effected as of the close of business on the date of receipt by the Corporation of the Conversion Notice (the “ Conversion Date ”), and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the holder or holders of record of such shares of Common Stock as of the close of business on the Conversion Date.

 

4
 

 

(ii)          The Corporation shall issue certificates representing the shares of Common Stock to be received upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock (the “ Conversion Shares ”) (and certificates for unconverted Series A Preferred Stock) within three (3) business days of the Conversion Date and shall transmit the certificates by messenger or reputable overnight delivery service to reach the address designated by such holder within three (3) business days after the receipt by the Corporation of such Conversion Notice. If certificates evidencing the Conversion Shares are not received by the holder within five (5) business days of the Conversion Notice, then the holder will be entitled to revoke and withdraw its Conversion Notice, in whole or in part, at any time prior to its receipt of those certificates. In lieu of delivering physical certificates representing the Conversion Shares or in payment of dividends hereunder, provided the Corporation’s transfer agent is participating in the Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) Fast Automated Securities Transfer (“ FAST ”) program, upon request of the holder, the Corporation shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause its transfer agent to electronically transmit the Common Stock issuable upon conversion or dividend payment to the holder, by crediting the account of the holder’s prime broker with DTC through its Deposit Withdrawal Agent Commission (“ DWAC ”) system. The time periods for delivery described above, and for delivery of Common Stock in payment of dividends hereunder, shall apply to the electronic transmittals through the DWAC system. The parties agree to coordinate with DTC to accomplish this objective. The person or persons entitled to receive the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such Common Shares at the close of business on the Conversion Date. If the conversion has not been rescinded in accordance with this paragraph and the Corporation intentionally or willfully fails to deliver to the holder such certificate or certificates (or shares through DTC) pursuant to this Section 5 (free of any restrictions on transfer or legends, if such shares have been registered) in accordance herewith, prior to the seventh trading day after the Conversion Date (assuming timely surrender of the Series A Preferred Stock certificates), the Corporation shall pay to such holder, in cash, on a per diem basis, an amount equal to 2% of the Liquidation Preference of all Series A Preferred Stock held by such holder per month until such delivery takes place.

 

(iii)         The Corporation’s obligation to issue Common Stock upon conversion of Series A Preferred Stock shall be absolute, is independent of any covenant of any holder of Series A Preferred Stock, and shall not be subject to: (A) any offset or defense; or (B) any claims against the holders of Series A Preferred Stock whether pursuant to this Certificate of Designations or otherwise.

 

(c)           Conversion Value . The initial conversion value for the Series A Preferred Stock shall be $0.0045 per share, such value to be subject to adjustment in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5. Such conversion value in effect from time to time, as adjusted pursuant to this Section 5, is referred to herein as a “ Conversion Value .” All of the remaining provisions of this Section 5 shall apply separately to each Conversion Value in effect from time to time with respect to Series A Preferred Stock.

 

(d)           Stock Dividends, Subdivisions and Combinations . If at any time while the Series A Preferred Stock is outstanding, the Corporation shall:

 

5
 

 

(i)           cause the holders of its Common Stock to be entitled to receive a dividend payable in, or other distribution of, additional shares of Common Stock,

 

(ii)          subdivide its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a larger number of shares of Common Stock, or

 

(iii)         combine its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares of Common Stock,

 

then in each such case the Conversion Value shall be multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (excluding treasury shares, if any) outstanding immediately before such event and of which the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event. Any adjustment made pursuant to clause (i) of this Paragraph 5(g) shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution, and any adjustment pursuant to clauses (ii) or (iii) of this Paragraph 5(g) shall become effective immediately after the effective date of such subdivision or combination. If any event requiring an adjustment under this paragraph occurs during the period that a Conversion Value is calculated hereunder, then the calculation of such Conversion Value shall be adjusted appropriately to reflect such event.

 

(e)           Limitation on Beneficial Ownership .

 

(i)           Except as provided otherwise in this Section 5(e)(i), the number of Conversion Shares that may be acquired by any holder, and the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock that shall be entitled to voting rights under Section 2(a) hereof, shall be limited to the extent necessary to insure that, after giving effect to such conversion (or deemed conversion for voting purposes), the number of shares of Common Stock then beneficially owned by such holder and its Affiliates and any other persons or entities whose beneficial ownership of Common Stock would be aggregated with the holder’s for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) (including shares held by any “group” of which the holder is a member, but, for avoidance of doubt, excluding shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of securities or rights to acquire securities that have limitations on the right to convert, exercise or purchase similar to the limitation set forth herein) does not exceed 9.99% of the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding immediately after giving effect to such conversion (or deemed conversion for voting purposes) (the “ Beneficial Ownership Cap ”). For purposes hereof, “group” has the meaning set forth in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and applicable regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and the percentage held by the holder shall be determined in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act. As used herein, the term “ Affiliate ” means any person or entity that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with a person or entity, as such terms are used in and construed under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”). With respect to a holder of Series A Preferred Stock, any investment fund or managed account that is managed on a discretionary basis by the same investment manager as such holder will be deemed to be an Affiliate of such holder. Each delivery of a Conversion Notice by a holder of Series A Preferred Stock will constitute a representation by such Holder that it has evaluated the limitation set forth in this paragraph and determined, subject to the accuracy of information filed under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act by the Corporation with respect to the outstanding Common Stock of the Corporation, that the issuance of the full number of shares of Common Stock requested in such Conversion Notice is permitted under this paragraph. This paragraph shall be construed and administered in such manner as shall be consistent with the intent of the first sentence of this paragraph. Any provision hereof which would require a result that is not consistent with such intent shall be deemed severed herefrom and of no force or effect with respect to the conversion contemplated by a particular Conversion Notice.

 

6
 

 

(ii)          In the event the Corporation is prohibited from issuing shares of Common Stock as a result of any restrictions or prohibitions under applicable law or the rules or regulations of any stock exchange, interdealer quotation system or other self-regulatory organization, the Corporation shall as soon as possible seek the approval of its stockholders and take such other action to authorize the issuance of the full number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the full conversion of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

 

(iii)         For purposes of the foregoing, the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by a Person and its affiliates shall include the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock with respect to which the determination of such sentence is being made, but shall exclude the number of shares of Common Stock which would be issuable upon (A) conversion of the remaining, nonconverted shares of Series A Preferred Stock beneficially owned by such Person or any of its affiliates and (B) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or unconverted portion of any other securities of the Company (including, without limitation, any notes or warrants) subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained in this Section beneficially owned by such Person or any of its affiliates. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, for purposes of this Section 5(e), beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. For purposes of this Section 5(e), in determining the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock, a holder of Series A Preferred Stock may rely on the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock as reflected in (1) the Company’s most recent Form 10-K, Form 10-Q, or Form 8-K, as the case may be, (2) a more recent public announcement by the Company, or (3) any other notice by the Company or the Transfer Agent setting forth the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. For any reason at any time, upon the written request of any such holder, the Company shall within one (1) Business Day following the receipt of such notice, confirm orally and in writing to any such holder the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding. In any case, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be determined after giving effect to the conversion or exercise of securities of the Company, including the Series A Preferred Stock (or deemed conversion thereof, as applicable), by such holder and its affiliates since the date as of which such number of outstanding shares of Common Stock was reported. In the event that the Company cannot issue any shares of Common Stock to a holder solely by reason of this Section 5(e) (such shares, the “ Limited Shares ”), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, shall hold any such Limited Shares in abeyance for such holder until such time, if ever, that the delivery of such Limited Shares shall not cause the holder to exceed the Beneficial Ownership Cap, at which time such holder shall be delivered such Limited Shares to the extent as if there had been no such limitation. The provisions of this paragraph shall be construed and implemented in a manner otherwise than in strict conformity with the terms of this Section 5(e) to correct this paragraph (or any portion hereof) which may be defective or inconsistent with the intended beneficial ownership limitation herein contained or to make changes or supplements necessary or desirable to properly give effect to such limitation.

 

7
 

 

(f)           Common Stock Reserved . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Common Stock, solely for issuance upon the conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock as herein provided, such number of shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be issuable upon the conversion of all the shares of Series A Preferred Stock at the time outstanding (without regard to any ownership limitations provided in Section 5(e)).

 

(g)           Adjustment upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock .

 

(i)           Adjustment to Conversion Value . If at any time while any Series A Preferred Stock is outstanding the Corporation shall issue or sell any additional shares of Common Stock (“ Additional Shares of Common Stock ”) in exchange for consideration in an amount per share of Additional Shares of Common Stock less than the Conversion Value at the time the shares of Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued or sold, then the Conversion Value immediately prior to such issue or sale shall be reduced concurrently with such issue, to the consideration per share received by the Corporation for such issue or deemed issue of the Additional Shares of Common Stock; provided that if such issuance or deemed issuance was without consideration, then the Corporation shall be deemed to have received an aggregate of $0.000001 of consideration for all such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or deemed to be issued.

 

(ii)          Issuance of Common Stock Equivalents . If at any time while the Series A Preferred Stock is outstanding the Corporation shall issue or sell any warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any additional shares of Common Stock (regardless of the number of shares of Common Stock that the Corporation is then authorized to issue) or any securities convertible, directly or indirectly, into shares of Common Stock (collectively, “ Common Stock Equivalents ”), whether or not the rights to exchange or convert thereunder are immediately exercisable, and the effective price per share for which Common Stock is issuable upon the exercise, exchange or conversion of such Common Stock Equivalents (the “ Common Stock Equivalent Price ”) shall be less than the current Conversion Value in effect immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale, then the current Conversion Value shall be adjusted as provided in Section 5(g)(i) on the basis that the additional shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to all such Common Stock Equivalents shall be deemed to have been issued at the Common Stock Equivalent Price, as of the date of the actual issuance of such Common Stock Equivalents. No further adjustments to the current Conversion Value shall be made under this Section 5(g) upon the actual issue of such Common Stock upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of such Common Stock Equivalents. For purposes of this Section 5(g), the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

 

8
 

 

(1)          Cash and Property : Such consideration shall:

 

(A)          insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

 

(B)          insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation; and

 

(C)          in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (i) and (ii) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

(2)          Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 5(g), relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

9
 

 

(iii)         Certain Issues of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents Excepted . The provisions of Paragraph 5(g) shall not apply to any issuance of Additional Common Stock for which an adjustment is provided under Paragraph 5(d). The Corporation shall not be required to make any adjustment of the Conversion Value pursuant to Paragraph 5(g) in the case of the issuance (each, an “ Exempt Issuance ”) of (A) shares of Common Stock issued as dividends with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, (B) shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents issued in connection with any stock-based compensation plans of the Corporation approved by the stockholders of the Corporation and the Board including at least a majority of the independent directors, which shall not in the aggregate exceed 20% of the Corporation’s issued and outstanding Common Stock, (C) securities or rights to acquire securities issued to financial institutions in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment financings, service agreements or similar transactions approved by the Board and the primary purpose of which is not equity financing or (D) securities or rights to acquire securities issued in connection with strategic collaborations, development agreements, joint ventures or licensing transactions, the terms of which are approved by the Board.

 

(iv)         Superseding Adjustment . If, at any time after any adjustment to the current Conversion Value shall have been made pursuant to Section 5(g) as the result of any issuance of Common Stock Equivalents, (x) the right to exercise, exchange or convert all of the Common Stock Equivalents shall expire unexercised, or (y) the conversion rate or consideration per share for which shares of Common Stock are issuable pursuant to such Common Stock Equivalents shall be increased solely by virtue of provisions therein contained for an automatic increase in such conversion rate or consideration per share, as the case may be, upon the occurrence of a specified date or event, then, unless any of such Common Stock Equivalents have previously been converted or exercised at the original price, any such previous adjustments to the Conversion Value shall be rescinded and annulled and the additional shares of Common Stock which were deemed to have been issued by virtue of the computation made in connection with the adjustment so rescinded and annulled shall no longer be deemed to have been issued by virtue of such computation. Upon the occurrence of an event set forth in this Section 5(g)(iv) above, there shall be a recomputation made of the effect of such Common Stock Equivalents on the basis of treating any such Common Stock Equivalents which then remain outstanding as having been granted or issued immediately after the time of such increase of the conversion rate or consideration per share for which shares of Common Stock or other property are issuable under such Common Stock Equivalents; whereupon a new adjustment to the current Conversion Value shall be made, which new adjustment shall supersede the previous adjustment so rescinded and annulled.

 

(h)           Special Definitions . For purposes of this Section 5(g), the following definitions shall apply:

 

(i)           Option ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

 

(ii)          Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

 

10
 

 

6.           Other Provisions Applicable to Adjustments . The following provisions shall be applicable to the making of adjustments of the number of shares of Common Stock into which the Series A Preferred Stock is convertible and the current Conversion Value provided for in Section 5:

 

(a)           When Adjustments to Be Made . The adjustments required by Section 5 shall be made whenever and as often as any specified event requiring an adjustment shall occur, except that any adjustment to the Conversion Value that would otherwise be required may be postponed (except in the case of a subdivision or combination of shares of the Common Stock, as provided for in Section 5(d)) up to, but not beyond the Conversion Date if such adjustment either by itself or with other adjustments not previously made adds or subtracts less than 1% of the shares of Common Stock into which the Series A Preferred Stock is convertible immediately prior to the making of such adjustment. Any adjustment representing a change of less than such minimum amount (except as aforesaid) which is postponed shall be carried forward and made as soon as such adjustment, together with other adjustments required by Section 5 and not previously made, would result in a minimum adjustment or on the Conversion Date. For the purpose of any adjustment, any specified event shall be deemed to have occurred at the close of business on the date of its occurrence.

 

(b)           Fractional Interests . In computing adjustments under Section 5, fractional interests in Common Stock shall be taken into account to the nearest 1/100th of a share.

 

(c)           Escrow of Stock . If after any property becomes distributable pursuant to Section 5 by reason of the taking of any record of the holders of Common Stock, but prior to the occurrence of the event for which such record is taken, a holder of the Series A Preferred Stock either converts the Series A Preferred Stock or such holder is unable to convert shares pursuant to Section 5(e), such holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall continue to be entitled to receive any shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion under Section 5 by reason of such adjustment (as if such Series A Preferred Stock were not yet converted) and such shares or other property shall be held in escrow for the holder of the Series A Preferred Stock by the Corporation to be issued to holder of the Series A Preferred Stock upon and to the extent that the event actually takes place. Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary herein, if the event for which such record was taken fails to occur or is rescinded, then such escrowed shares shall be canceled by the Corporation and escrowed property returned to the Corporation.

 

11
 

 

 

7.           Merger, Consolidation or Disposition of Assets .

 

(a)           While any share or shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, if there occurs: (i) an acquisition by an individual or legal entity or group (as set forth in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of the voting rights or equity interests in the Corporation, whether in one transaction or in a series of related transactions or (ii) a merger or consolidation of the Corporation or a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all the Corporation’s property, assets or business to another corporation where the holders of the Corporation’s voting securities prior to such transaction fail to continue to hold at least 50% of the voting power of the Corporation and such transaction is approved by the Board (each, a “ Change of Control ”), and, pursuant to the terms of such Change of Control, shares of common stock of the successor or acquiring corporation, or any cash, shares of stock or other securities or property of any nature whatsoever (including warrants or other subscription or purchase rights) in addition to or in lieu of common stock of the successor or acquiring corporation (“ Merger Consideration ”), are to be received by or distributed to the holders of Common Stock of the Corporation then the successor or acquiring corporation (if other than the Corporation) shall assume the Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 7(b) below unless the Corporation provides for all of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock to receive the Merger Consideration on an As-Converted Basis in exchange for such holders’ shares of Series A Preferred Stock upon the consummation of such Change of Control transaction; provided that any such exchange may only be effected by the Corporation in such a manner that it does not cause any holder of the Series A Preferred Stock and its Affiliates and any other persons or entities whose beneficial ownership would be aggregated with the holder’s for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act to hold a higher percentage of any class or series of a company’s capital stock that is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act than such holder would be permitted to hold of the Common Stock pursuant to Section 5(g) hereof. In addition, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions of Section 5 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in Section 5 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Series A Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Subsection 7 shall be construed as preventing the holders of Series A Preferred Stock from seeking any appraisal rights to which they are otherwise entitled under the DGCL in connection with a merger triggering an adjustment hereunder, nor shall this Section 7(a) be deemed conclusive evidence of the fair value of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock in any such appraisal proceeding.

 

(b)           Unless all of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock are exchanged for the Merger Consideration as set forth in Section 7(a) above, in case of any such Change of Control, the successor or acquiring corporation (if other than the Corporation) shall expressly assume the due and punctual observance and performance of each and every covenant and condition of contained in this Certificate of Designations to be performed and observed by the Corporation and all the obligations and liabilities hereunder, subject to such modifications as may be deemed appropriate (as determined by resolution of the Board) in order to provide for adjustments of shares of the Common Stock into which the Series A Preferred Stock is convertible which shall be as nearly equivalent as practicable to the adjustments provided for in Section 5. For purposes of Section 5, common stock of the successor or acquiring corporation shall include stock of such corporation of any class which is not preferred as to dividends or assets on liquidation over any other class of stock of such corporation and which is not subject to redemption and shall also include any evidences of indebtedness, shares of stock or other securities which are convertible into or exchangeable for any such stock, either immediately or upon the arrival of a specified date or the happening of a specified event and any warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any such stock.

 

(c)           The foregoing provisions of this Section 7 shall similarly apply to successive Change of Control transactions.

 

12
 

 

(d)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in the event of a Change of Control, each holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall have the right to cause the Corporation to purchase shares of Series A Preferred Stock at a price equal to the greater of 130% of (A) the Liquidation Preference and (B) the per share Merger Consideration (the “ Put Price ”) not more than 10 days after the closing of the Change of Control transaction. Holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall provide written notice requesting the Corporation purchase of all shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by such holder (the “ Put Request ”). Upon receipt of a Put Request, the Corporation shall apply all of its assets to any such purchase, and to no other corporate purpose, except to the extent prohibited by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders. The date of such payment shall be referred to as a “Put Purchase Date”. If on any Put Purchase Date Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders prevents the Corporation from purchasing all shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be purchased, the Corporation shall ratably purchase the maximum number of shares that it may purchase consistent with such law, and shall redeem the remaining shares as soon as it may lawfully do so under such law.

 

(e)           On or before the applicable Put Purchase Date, each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be purchased on such Put Purchase Date, unless such holder has exercised his, her or its right to convert such shares as provided in Section 5, shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation, and thereupon the Put Price for such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof. In the event less than all of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock represented by a certificate are redeemed, a new certificate representing the unredeemed shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall promptly be issued to such holder.

 

(f)           If on the applicable Put Purchase Date the Put Price payable upon purchase of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be purchased on such Put Purchase Date is paid or tendered for payment or deposited with an independent payment agent so as to be available therefor in a timely manner, then notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing any of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock so called for purchase shall not have been surrendered, dividends with respect to such shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall cease to accrue after such Put Purchase Date and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith after the Put Purchase Date terminate, except only the right of the holders to receive the Put Price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor.

 

(g)           Any shares of Series A Preferred Stock that are purchased pursuant to this Section 7 or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately canceled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred. Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock following the Corporation’s purchase.

 

13
 

 

8.           Other Action Affecting Common Stock . In case at any time or from time to time the Corporation shall take any action in respect of its Common Stock, other than the payment of dividends permitted by Section 5 or any other action described in Section 5, then, unless such action will not have a materially adverse effect upon the rights of the holder of Series A Preferred Stock, the number of shares of Common Stock or other stock into which the Series A Preferred Stock is convertible and/or the purchase price thereof shall be adjusted in such manner as may be equitable in the circumstances.

 

9.           Certain Limitations . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Corporation agrees not to enter into any transaction or take any other action which, by reason of any adjustment hereunder, would cause the current Conversion Value to be less than the par value per share of Common Stock.

 

10.          Covenants of the Corporation . The Corporation covenants and agrees that, so long as shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, it will perform the obligations set forth in this Section 10:

 

(a)           Taxes and Levies . The Corporation will promptly pay and discharge all taxes, assessments, and governmental charges or levies imposed upon the Corporation or upon its income and profits, or upon any of its property, before the same shall become delinquent, as well as all claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might become a lien or charge upon such properties or any part thereof; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not be required to pay and discharge any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim so long as the validity thereof shall be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and the Corporation shall set aside on its books adequate reserves in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) with respect to any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim so contested;

 

(b)           Maintenance of Existence . The Corporation will do or cause to be done all things reasonably necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence, rights and franchises and comply with all laws applicable to the Corporation, except where the failure to comply would not have a material adverse effect on the Corporation;

 

(c)           Maintenance of Property . The Corporation will at all times maintain, preserve, protect and keep its property used or useful in the conduct of its business in good repair, working order and condition, and from time to time make all needful and proper repairs, renewals, replacements and improvements thereto as shall be reasonably required in the conduct of its business;

 

(d)           Insurance . The Corporation will, to the extent necessary for the operation of its business, keep adequately insured by financially sound reputable insurers, all property of a character usually insured by similar corporations and carry such other insurance as is usually carried by similar corporations;

 

(e)           Books and Records . The Corporation will at all times keep true and correct books, records and accounts reflecting all of its business affairs and transactions materially in accordance with GAAP; and

 

14
 

 

(f)           Notice of Certain Events . The Corporation will give prompt written notice (with a description in reasonable detail) to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock in the event the Corporation shall:

 

(i)           become insolvent or generally fail or be unable to pay, or admit in writing its inability to pay, its debts as they become due;

 

(ii)          apply for, consent to, or acquiesce in, the appointment of a trustee, receiver, sequestrator or other custodian for the Corporation or any of its property, or make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;

 

(iii)         in the absence of such application, consent or acquiesce in, permit or suffer to exist the appointment of a trustee, receiver, sequestrator or other custodian for the Corporation or for any part of its property;

 

(iv)         permit or suffer to exist the commencement of any bankruptcy, reorganization, debt arrangement or other case or proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or any dissolution, winding up or liquidation proceeding, in respect of the Corporation, and, if such case or proceeding is not commenced by the Corporation or converted to a voluntary case, such case or proceeding shall be consented to or acquiesced in by the Corporation or shall result in the entry of an order for relief;

 

(v)          enter into any agreement to merge or consolidate with any other person or sell, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its assets to any other person; or

 

(vi)         declare any split of its outstanding shares of capital stock, declare or make any dividend or distribution, or subdivide, reclassify or combine any of its outstanding shares of capital stock.

 

(g)           Other Notices . The Corporation shall distribute to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock all communications sent by the Corporation to the holders of the Common Stock.

 

11.          Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Value, the Corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of Series A Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Series A Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the Conversion Value at the time in effect for the Series A Preferred Stock and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of Series A Preferred Stock owned by such holder (without regard to the ownership limitations set forth in Section 5(g)).

 

15
 

 

12.          Notices of Record Date . In the event of any fixing by the Corporation of a record date for the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend or a dividend set forth in Section 1 hereof) or other distribution, any shares of Common Stock or other securities, or any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire, or any option for the purchase of, any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, the Corporation shall mail to each holder of Series A Preferred Stock at least twenty (20) days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or rights, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right.

 

13.          No Redemption . The Corporation may not redeem the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the holders shall not have any right, at any time or under any circumstances, to require the Corporation to redeem any of the Series A Preferred Stock.

 

14.          Notices . Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries required or permitted to be provided hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given and effective on the earliest of (a) the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile at the facsimile number specified in this Section prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York, NY time) on a business day, (b) the next business day after the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile at the facsimile number specified in this Section on a day that is not a business day or later than 5:00 p.m. (New York, NY time) on any business day, or (c) the business day following the date of mailing, if sent by U.S. nationally recognized overnight courier service such as Federal Express with next day delivery specified. The address for such notices and communications shall be as follows: (i) if to the Corporation, to: Atrinsic, Inc., 116 W. 23 rd Street, Suite 500, Rm. 82, New York, NY 10011, Attn: Sebastian Giordano, Interim Chief Restructuring Officer, Fax: (914) 684-0288, or (ii) if to a holder of Series A Preferred Stock, to the address or facsimile number appearing on the Corporation’s stockholder records or, in either case, to such other address or facsimile number as the Corporation or a holder of Series A Preferred Stock may provide to the other in accordance with this Section.

 

15.          Stock Transfer Taxes . The issue of stock certificates upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be made without charge to the converting holder for any tax in respect of such issue; provided, however, that the Corporation shall be entitled to withhold any applicable withholding taxes with respect to such issue, if any. The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares in any name other than that of the holder of any of the Series A Preferred Stock converted, and the Corporation shall not be required to issue or deliver any such stock certificate unless and until the person or persons requesting the issue thereof shall have paid to the Corporation the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Corporation that such tax has been paid.

 

[signature page follows]

 

16
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned being a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, does file this Certificate of Designations, hereby declaring and certifying that the facts stated herein are true and accordingly has hereunto set his hand this 25 th day of June, 2013.

 

  ATRINSIC, INC.
   
  By: /s/ Sebastian Giordano
    Name: Sebastian Giordano
    Title: Interim Chief Restructuring Officer

 

17
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF CONVERSION NOTICE

 

(To be executed by the registered Holder in order to convert shares of Series A Preferred Stock)

 

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to convert the number of shares of Series A Cumulative Convertible Series A Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”) indicated below into shares of common stock, $0.000001 par value per share (the “ Common Stock ”), of Atrinsic, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), according to the Certificate of Designations of the Series A Preferred Stock and the conditions hereof, as of the date written below. The undersigned hereby requests that certificates for the shares of Common Stock to be issued to the undersigned pursuant to this Conversion Notice be issued in the name of, and delivered to, the undersigned or its designee as indicated below. If the shares of Common Stock are to be issued in the name of a person other than the undersigned, the undersigned will pay all transfer taxes payable with respect thereto. A copy of the certificate representing the Series A Preferred Stock being converted is attached hereto, the original of which will be delivered to the Corporation promptly following the date hereof.

 

 
Date of Conversion (Date of Notice)
 
Number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock owned prior to Conversion
 
Number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be Converted
 
Stated Value of Series A Preferred Stock to be Converted
 
Amount of accumulated and unpaid dividends on shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be Converted
 
Number of shares of Common Stock to be Issued (including conversion of accrued but unpaid dividends on shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be Converted)
 
Applicable Conversion Value
 
Number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock owned subsequent to Conversion
 
Conversion Information:[NAME OF HOLDER]
 
   
   
Address of Holder:  
   
   

 

A- 1
 

 

Issue Common Stock to (if different than above):  
Name:    
Address:    
     
Tax ID #:    

 

The undersigned represents, subject to the accuracy of information filed under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act by the Corporation with respect to the outstanding Common Stock of the Corporation, as of the date hereof that, after giving effect to the conversion of Preferred Shares pursuant to this Conversion Notice, the undersigned will not exceed the “Beneficial Ownership Cap” contained in Section 5(e) of the Certificate of Designations of the Series A Preferred Stock.

 

   
Name of Holder  

 

By:    
  Name:    
  Title:    

 

A- 2

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTION OF

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS, POWERS, PREFERENCES

AND OTHER RIGHTS OF PREFERRED STOCK AND QUALIFICATIONS,

LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS THEREOF

of

SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

of

ATRINSIC, INC.

(Pursuant to Section 151 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

 

 

 

Atrinsic, Inc. (hereinafter called the "corporation"), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does hereby certify:

 

1.    The name of the corporation is Atrinsic, Inc.

 

2.  The Certificate of Designations, Powers, Preferences and other Rights of Preferred Stock and Qualifications. Limitations and Restrictions of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.000001 par value per share, of the corporation, which was filed by the Secretary of State of Delaware on July 9, 2013 (the “Certificate of Designation”), is hereby corrected.

 

3.   The inaccuracy to be corrected in said instrument is as follows:

 

The first resolution of the Certificate of Designation incorrectly states that 4,500,000,000 shares of the Corporation’s preferred stock are designated as “Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.”

 

4.   The portion of the instrument in corrected form is as follows: As corrected, the first resolution of the Certificate of Designation shall read as follows:

 

RESOLVED, that, pursuant to Article IV, of the Certificate, the Board hereby authorizes the issuance of, and fixes the designation and preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and qualifications, limitations and restrictions, of a series of preferred stock of the Corporation consisting of 4,600,000,000 shares, $0.000001 par value per share, to be designated “Series A Convertible Preferred Stock” (hereinafter, the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”);

 

Executed on this 25th day of August, 2013.  
   
   

/s/ Sebastian Giordano

    Name: Sebastian Giordano
    Title: Interim Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

ATRINSIC, INC.

 

Stock Option Agreement

( this Agreement ”)

Dated: ______, 2014

(“ Grant Date ”)

 

Atrinsic, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), hereby grants to _________ (the “ Optionee ”), a stock option (the “ Option”) to purchase a total of _________ (_______) shares of the Company's Common Stock, par value $0.000001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), at a price of $______ per share (the “ Exercise Price ”).

 

1. Term.

 

This Option shall expire five (5) years from the date hereof (the “ Termination Date ”). In no event shall this Option be exercisable after the Termination Date.

 

  2. Characterization of Options.

 

The Option granted pursuant to this Agreement is intended to constitute a non-qualified option, subject to §83 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”).

 

  3. Exercise of Options.

 

(a)          All of the shares covered by this Option shall immediately vest on the Grant Date.

 

(b)          This Option shall be exercisable by written notice of such exercise, in the form prescribed by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), to the Secretary or Treasurer of the Company at its principal office. The notice shall specify the number of shares of Common Stock for which the Option is being exercised (which number, if less than all of the shares then subject to exercise, shall be 100 or a multiple thereof) and shall be accompanied by payment (i) in cash or by check in the amount equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of shares to be purchased upon exercise, or (ii) in such other manner as the Board shall deem acceptable. No shares shall be delivered upon exercise of any option until all laws, rules and regulations which the Board may deem applicable have been complied with.

 

(c)          The Optionee shall not be considered a record holder of the Common Stock issuable pursuant to this Agreement for any purpose until the date on which he or she is actually recorded as the holder of such Common Stock in the records of the Company.

 

 
 

 

4. Termination.

 

Unless the Optionee’s directorship with the Company is terminated for cause, as provided for in the Company’s bylaws or under Delaware law, this Option shall terminate on the Termination Date. If the Optionee’s directorship with the Company is terminated for cause, this Option shall expire on such termination date.

 

Anti-Dilution Provisions.

 

(a)          If there is any stock dividend, stock split, or combination of shares of Common Stock, the number and amount of shares then subject to this Option shall be proportionately and appropriately adjusted; no change shall be made in the aggregate purchase price to be paid for all shares subject to this Option, but the aggregate purchase price shall be allocated among all shares subject to this Option after giving effect to the adjustment.

 

(b)          If there is any other change in the Common Stock, including recapitalization, reorganization, sale or exchange of assets, exchange of shares, offering of subscription rights, or a merger or consolidation in which the Company is the surviving corporation, an adjustment, if any, shall be made in the shares then subject to this Option as the Board may deem equitable. Failure of the Board to provide for an adjustment pursuant to this subparagraph prior to the effective date of any Company action referred to herein shall be conclusive evidence that no adjustment is required in consequence of such action.

 

(c)          If the Company is merged into or consolidated with any other corporation, or if it sells all or substantially all of its assets to any other corporation, then either (i) the Company shall cause provisions to be made for the continuance of this Option after such event, or for the substitution for this Option of an option covering the number and class of securities which the Optionee would have been entitled to receive in such merger or consolidation by virtue of such sale if the Optionee had been the holder of record of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of shares covered by the unexercised portion of this Option

 

  5. Investment Representation; Legend on Certificates; Resale Restriction.

 

(a)          The Optionee agrees that until such time as a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”), becomes effective with respect to the Option and/or the stock, the Optionee is taking this Option and will take the stock underlying this Option, for his own account, for investment and not with a view to the resale or distribution thereof. The Company shall have the right to place upon the face of any stock certificate or certificates evidencing shares issuable upon the exercise of this Option such legend as the Board may prescribe for the purpose of preventing disposition of such shares in violation of the 1933 Act, as now or hereafter provided.

 

(b)          Within ninety days following the effective date of a Form 10 Registration Statement registering the Company’s Common Stock under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to prepared and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a Registration Statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, registering the issuance of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Option.

 

2
 

 

6. Non-Transferability.

 

This Option shall not be transferable by the Optionee other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution, and is exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee.

 

  7. Certain Rights Not Conferred by Option.

 

The Optionee shall not, by virtue of holding this Option, be entitled to any rights of a stockholder in the Company.

 

  8. Expenses.

 

The Company shall pay all original issue and transfer taxes with respect to the issuance and transfer of shares of Common Stock pursuant hereto and all other fees and expenses necessarily incurred by the Company in connection therewith.

 

9. Miscellaneous.

 

In no event shall this Option be exercisable after the Termination Date. Nothing herein shall be deemed to create any employment agreement or guaranty of the Optionee’s position with the Company or limit in any way the Company's right to terminate Optionee's position at any time.

 

WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

  ATRINSIC, INC.
     
  By:  

 

Accepted as of the date  
first set forth above :  
   
   

  

3

 

LETTER OF AGREEMENT

Date: August 1, 2013

 

Section 1. Services to be Rendered . The purpose of this letter is to set forth the terms and conditions on which Chord Advisors, LLC (“ Chord ”) agrees to provide Atrinsic, Inc. (the “ Company ”) comprehensive outsourced accounting solutions. These services may include, but are not limited to, all items listed in “Addendum A.” The Company represents and warrants that it will provide on a timely basis any information requested by Chord which is necessary to perform such services and further represents and warrants that such information shall be accurate.

 

Section 2. Engagement Period . Unless sooner terminated as provided herein, the term of this agreement (the “ Engagement Period ”) shall commence on August 1, 2013 and shall continue for a period of twelve (12) calendar months. The Company represents that it is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and in good standing in all jurisdictions in which the nature of its activities requires such qualification. The Company further represents to Chord: (1) that it has full power and authority to carry on its business as presently or proposed to be conducted and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; (2) that this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate actions; and (3) that this Agreement constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms (except as such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, creditors’ rights laws or general principles of equity).

 

Section 3. Fees . (a) The Company shall pay to Chord for its services:

 

(a) Initial monthly fee of $500 per month to provide basic accounting functionality for Atrinsic;
(b) Initial monthly fee of $500 per month to provide basic accounting functionality for Momspot;
(c) Flat fee of $7,500 for oversight/assistance on the accounting/audit side of the Form 10 (this will include dealing with SEC comments on the filing, etc.). Chord will assume the role of the Principal Accounting Officer upon filing the Form 10;
(d) Once the Form 10 is effective and Atrinsic is a reporting entity, $6,000 per month to provide all accounting and book keeping functionality
(e) Once the business is expanded through acquisition of otherwise beyond the MomSpot business, monthly fee will increase to $7,500 (subject to upward adjustment based upon complexity of the then business operations, but not to exceed $10,000 per month).

 

Confidential Page 1
 

 

 

Cash Advisory Fees shall be payable on or before the 15th day of each calendar month which occurs during the Engagement Period.

 

Section 4. Expenses . In addition to all other fees payable to Chord hereunder, the Company hereby agrees to reimburse Chord for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the performance of services hereunder. No individual expenses over $50 per month will be expended without the prior written approval of the Company.

 

Section 5. Indemnification . Each of the Company and Chord agrees to defend, indemnify and hold the other and its respective affiliates, stockholders, directors officers, agents, employees, successors and assigns (each an " Indemnified Person ") harmless from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind whatsoever (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees) which arise from the Company's or Chord's (as the case may be) breach of its obligations hereunder or any representation or warranty made by it herein. It is further agreed that the foregoing indemnity shall be in addition to any rights that either party may have at common law or otherwise, including, but not limited to, any right to contribution.

 

Section 6. Termination of Agreement . (a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, either party may terminate this Agreement and Chord’s engagement hereunder, with or without cause, immediately upon written notice given to the other party at any time during the Engagement Period hereunder. In such event, all compensation accrued to Chord prior to such cancellation, whether in the form of Advisory Fees, reimbursement for expenses or otherwise, will become due and payable promptly upon such termination and Chord shall be relieved of any and all further obligation to provide any services hereunder.

 

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, Sections 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11 shall survive any termination or breach of this agreement by either party.

 

Section 7. Severability . In case any provision of this letter agreement shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 8. Consent to Jurisdiction . This agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflicts of laws principles. The parties further consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts located within the City, County and State of New York to resolve any dispute arising under this Agreement, and waive any defense to such jurisdiction based upon inconvenient forum.

Confidential Page 2
 

 

 

Section 9. Other Services . If the Company desires additional services not provided for in this agreement, any such additional services shall be covered by a separate agreement between the parties hereto.

 

Section 10. Entire Agreement . This letter agreement contains the entire agreement of the Company and Chord, and supersedes any and all prior discussions and agreements, whether oral or written, with respect to the matters addressed herein.

 

Section 11. Counterparts . This letter agreement may executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be considered an original and all of which, taken together, shall be considered as one and the same instrument.

 

Please evidence your acceptance of the provisions of this letter by signing below and returning a copy to Chord Advisors, LLC.

 

Very truly yours,  
   
  /s/ David Horin  
  David Horin  
  President  
  Chord Advisors, LLC  
   
ACCEPTED AND AGREED  
AS OF THE DATE FIRST ABOVE WRITTEN:  
   
By: /s/ Sebastian Giordano  
  Name: Sebastian Giordano  
  Title: Acting Chief Executive Officer  
         

 

Confidential Page 3
 

 

 

ADDENDUM “A”

 

Chord will provide senior financial leadership and perform the following functions:

 

CFO Services

 

· Mergers & acquisitions

· Stock based compensation structuring

· Debt & equity transaction support

· Assistance with earnings releases and deal and non-deal roadshows

 

Accounting Policy and Financial Reporting

 

· Document and implement new and existing accounting policies

· Respond to SEC Comment Letters

· Provide accounting policy for corporate finance transactions

· Audit committee support

· Drafting registration statements

 

Full Service Bookkeeping

 

Full service bookkeeping
General ledger accounting
Account reconciliation
Accounts receivable
Accounts payable

 

Confidential Page 4

 

 

MEMBERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS MEMBERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of July 12, 2013, by and among Momspot LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and Atrinsic, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Purchaser ” and together with the Company, each a “ Party ” and collectively, the “ Parties ”). All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement, have the meanings ascribed to them in the Company’s Operating Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Operating Agreement ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to issue and sell to Purchaser, and Purchaser desires to purchase from the Company, a percentage of the Membership Interests in the Company (each a “ Membership Interest ” and collectively, the “ Membership Interests ”), all upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and upon the terms and provisions of the Operating Agreement.

 

Now, Therefore , in consideration of the mutual agreements set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

PURCHASE AND SALE OF MEMBERSHIP INTEREST

 

Section 1.1          Sale and Issuance of Membership Interest . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company is simultaneously herewith issuing and selling to Purchaser, and Purchaser is purchasing from the Company, fifty-one percent (51%) of the Membership Interests in the Company in exchange for Purchaser’s commitment to contribute to the Company, upon closing of the transactions contemplated here by, $165,000 to finance the anticipated working capital needs of the Company.

 

Section 1.2          Admission as Member . The Company further agrees to admit Purchaser as a Member (as such term is defined in the Operating Agreement), in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Operating Agreement.

 

Section 1.3          Closing . The closing (the “ Closing ”) of the sale and admission of Purchaser as a Member (as such term is defined in the Operating Agreement) shall occur upon the acceptance of Purchaser’s subscription, as evidenced by the Company’s execution of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

 

As a material inducement to Purchaser to enter into this Agreement and to purchase the Membership Interest, the Company hereby represents and warrants to Purchaser as follows:

 

Section 2.1          Organization and Qualification . The Company is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business and activities as presently conducted and to carry out the purposes set forth in Section 3.1 of the Operating Agreement.

 

 
 

 

Section 2.2          Capitalization . Assuming the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, all of the outstanding ownership interests in the Company are as set forth on Schedule A to the Operating Agreement. Other than as set forth in this Agreement, there exist no options or other rights to acquire any ownership interest in the Company.

 

Section 2.3          Subsidiaries . The Company does not presently own or control, directly or indirectly, any equity interest in any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity. The Company is not a participant in any joint venture, partnership, or similar arrangement.

 

Section 2.4          Authorization . The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, and the issuance (or reservation for issuance) and delivery of the Membership Interest being issued have been duly authorized by, and this Agreement constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of, the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies, or (iii) as rights to indemnity may be limited by federal or state securities laws or by public policy.

 

Section 2.5          Compliance with Other Instruments . The Company is not in material violation or default of any provisions of its Certificate of Formation or Operating Agreement or, to its knowledge of any material provision of any United States federal or state judgment, writ, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to the Company, which would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not result in any violation or constitute, with or without the passage of time, a default under any provision of any material contract to which the Company is a party or an event which results in the creation of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any assets of the Company other than those which would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and assets.

 

Section 2.6          Governmental Authority and Consents . No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any federal, state or local governmental authority on the part of the Company is required in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 2.7          Litigation . There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, currently threatened against the Company which questions the validity of this Agreement or the right of the Company to enter into it or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, or which might result, either individually or in the aggregate, in any material adverse changes in the business or financial condition or prospects of the Company, or any change in the current equity ownership of the Company, nor is the Company aware that there is any basis for the foregoing.

 

2
 

 

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER

 

As a material inducement to the Company to enter into this Agreement and to issue and sell the Membership Interest to Purchaser, Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

Section 3.1          Authorization; Enforceability . Purchaser has the right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations thereunder in accordance with the terms thereof. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement has been duly and validly authorized and approved by all necessary action on the part of Purchaser.

 

Section 3.2          Consents and Approvals . Purchaser has obtained all consents and approvals necessary for it to enter into, and consummate the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement.

 

Section 3.3          Investment Representations .

 

(a)          Purchaser is a sophisticated investor and has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment in the Membership Interest, which are substantial, and has in fact evaluated such merits and risks in making its investment decision to purchase the Membership Interest. Purchaser has consulted and relied upon its own tax, financial, legal or business advisors as to the appropriateness of an investment in the Membership Interest.

 

(b)          Purchaser is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) and is acquiring the Membership Interest acquired by it for investment purposes and not with a view to the distribution thereof or of or any part thereof in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws.

 

(c)          Purchaser has been granted the opportunity to conduct a full and fair examination of the records, documents and files of the Company, to ask questions of and receive answers from representatives of the Company, its officers, managers, employees and agents concerning the terms and conditions of this offering and the sale of the Membership Interest hereunder, the Company and its business and prospects, and to obtain any additional information which Purchaser deems necessary to verify the accuracy of the information received. Purchaser further represents that it has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the Membership Interest, and any information so requested has been made available to the full and complete satisfaction of Purchaser.

 

3
 

 

(d)          Purchaser understands that the Membership Interests have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws and, therefore, cannot be reoffered or resold unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or unless an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws is available. Purchaser understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Membership Interests under the Securities Act or assist Purchaser with complying with any exemption from registration under the Securities Act. Accordingly, Purchaser is aware that there are legal and practical limits on its ability to sell or dispose of the Membership Interest and, therefore, that Purchaser must bear the economic risk of its investment for an indefinite period of time. Purchaser has adequate means of providing for Purchaser’s current needs and possible personal contingencies and has no need for any liquidity in its investment.

 

Section 3.4          Operating Agreement .         Purchaser acknowledges that the Membership Interests and the holders thereof shall have the rights and obligations set forth in the Operating Agreement.

 

ARTICLE IV

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

Section 4.1          Survival . All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and in any certificate or other instrument delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 4.2          Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of original, electronic or facsimile counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original instrument and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

Section 4.3          Amendments and Waivers . No provision of this Agreement may be amended, modified or waived except by a written instrument signed, in the case of an amendment, by each Party or, in the case of a waiver, by the Party against whom enforcement of any such waiver is sought. No waiver of any default with respect to any provision, condition or requirement of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a continuing waiver in the future or a waiver of any subsequent default or a waiver of any other provision, condition or requirement hereof, nor shall any delay or omission of a Party to exercise any right hereunder in any manner impair the exercise of any such right.

 

Section 4.4          Severability . Wherever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law. If any provision of this Agreement shall, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent, but only to the extent, of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without invalidating the remainder of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision or any other provisions hereof, unless such a construction would be unreasonable.

 

4
 

 

Section 4.5            Governing Law; Choice of Jurisdiction; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of laws provisions thereof to the extent that the general application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby. The Parties (a) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the jurisdiction of the Federal or state courts of the State of New York, County of New York for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement, (b) agree not to commence any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement except in the Federal or state courts of State of New York, County of New York, and (c) hereby waive, and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY LEGALLY AND EFFECTIVELY DO SO, TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING HEREUNDER.

 

Section 4.6          Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Parties and their respective successors, permitted assigns, heirs, executors and legal representatives.

 

Section 4.7          No Third Party Beneficiaries . Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to confer upon any third person, other than the Parties, any right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

Section 4.8          Headings . The headings of Sections and Subsections contained in this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to be a part of or to affect in any way the meaning, construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

Section 4.9          Further Assurances . On and after the date hereof, each Party shall use reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to taken, such other actions and to execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, such other documents, certificates and agreements as may be reasonably requested by another Party or as may otherwise be necessary to implement expeditiously the provisions of this Agreement and to make effective, as soon as reasonably practicable, the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 4.10        Entire Agreement; Integration . This Agreement and the Operating Agreement constitute the entire agreement, and supersede any and all previous agreements, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]

 

5
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Party has duly executed or caused to be duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

  MOMSPOT LLC
       
  By: ATRINSIC, INC. , Manager
       
  By: /s/ Sebastian Giordano
    Name: Sebastian Giordano
    Title: Interim Chief Restructuring Officer
       
  ATRINSIC, INC.
       
  By: /s/ Sebastian Giordano
    Name: Sebastian Giordano
    Title: Interim Chief Restructuring Officer

 

[Signature Page to Membership Interest Purchase Agreement]

 

 

 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

 

OF

 

MOMSPOT LLC

 

 
 

 

Table of Contents

 

  Page
   
ARTICLE I  DEFINITIONS 1
1.1  Act 1
1.2  Acquisition Offer 1
1.3  Additional Capital Contribution 1
1.4  Additional Members 1
1.5  Adjusted Capital Account Deficit 1
1.6  Agreement 2
1.7  Articles 2
1.8  Asset Sale 2
1.9  Atrinsic. Atrinsic, Inc 2
1.10  BE Global 2
1.11  Business Day 2
1.12  Capital Account 2
1.13  Capital Contribution 2
1.14  Code 2
1.15  Company 2
1.16  Company Minimum Gain 2
1.17  Company Value 2
1.18  Contribution Agreement 3
1.19  Depreciation 3
1.20  Drag-Along Notice 3
1.21  Economic Risk of Loss 3
1.22  Final Company Value 3
1.23  First Appraiser 3
1.24  First Appraised Company Value 3
1.25  First Refusal Notice 3
1.26  Fiscal Year 3
1.27  Gross Asset Value 3
1.28  Indemnitee 4
1.29  Interests Sale 4
1.30  Manager 4
1.31  Members 4
1.32  Membership Interest 4
1.33  Membership Interest Purchase Agreement 4
1.34  Member Nonrecourse Debt 4
1.35  Member Nonrecourse Deductions 4
1.36  Merger 5
1.37  Minimum Gain Attributable to a Member Nonrecourse Debt 5
1.38  Nonrecourse Deductions 5
1.39  Nonrecourse Liability(ies) 5
1.40  Offer Price 5
1.41  Olshan 5

 

i
 

 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

  Page
   
1.42  Overallotment Notice 5
1.43  Participating Member 5
1.44  Person 5
1.45  Principal Office 5
1.46  Profits or Losses 5
1.47  Property 6
1.48  Regulatory Allocations 6
1.49  Right of First Refusal Period 6
1.50  Sale Transaction 6
1.51  Schedule A 6
1.52  Second Appraiser 6
1.53  Second Appraised Company Value 7
1.54  Securities Act 7
1.55  Selling Participants 7
1.56  Tag-Along Notice 7
1.57  Tag-Along Period 7
1.58  Tax Item 7
1.59  Tax Matters Partner 7
1.60  Third Appraiser 7
1.61  Third Appraised Company Value 7
1.62  Third Party 7
1.63  Third Party Terms 7
1.64  Transfer 7
1.65  Transferring Member 7
1.66  Transferor Tag-Along Notice 7
1.67  Unsubscribed Interests 7
1.68  Withdrawal Date 7
   
ARTICLE II  FORMATION 8
2.1  Organization 8
2.2  Agreement 8
2.3  Name 8
2.4  Term 8
2.5  Principal Office 8
   
ARTICLE III  PURPOSE; NATURE OF BUSINESS 8
   
ARTICLE IV  ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS 8
   
ARTICLE V  NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF MEMBERS 9
   
ARTICLE VI  RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF MEMBERS 9
6.1  Conflicts of Interest 9

 

ii
 

 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

  Page
   
ARTICLE VII  MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY 9
7.1  Manager 9
7.2  Designation of Successor Manager 9
7.3  Appointment of Officers 9
7.4  No Fiduciary Obligations 10
7.5  Indemnification 10
7.6  Reimbursements 11
7.7  Unanimous Restriction on Authority of the Members and Manager 11
   
ARTICLE VIII  CONTRIBUTIONS AND CAPITAL ACCOUNTS 11
8.1  Capital Contributions 11
8.2  Additional Capital Contributions 12
8.3  Capital Account 12
8.4  No Obligation to Restore Deficit Balance 13
8.5  Withdrawal; Successors 13
8.6  Interest 13
   
ARTICLE IX  ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS 13
9.1  Distributions 13
9.2  Tax Allocation of Profits and Losses 13
9.3  Special Allocations 14
9.4  Curative Allocations 15
9.5  Tax Allocations;  Section 704(c) Allocations 16
9.6  Transfer of Membership Interests 16
9.7  Tax Matters Partner 16
   
ARTICLE X  ADMISSION AND WITHDRAWAL OF MEMBERS 16
10.1  Additional Members 16
10.2  Withdrawals 17
   
ARTICLE XI  TRANSFER OF MEMBERSHIP INTEREST 18
11.1  Transfers 18
11.2  Right of First Refusal 19
11.3  Tag-Along Right 21
11.4  Drag-Along Right 22
   
ARTICLE XII  DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP 23
12.1  Dissolution 23
12.2  Effect of Dissolution 23
12.3  Distribution of Assets on Dissolution 23
12.4  Winding Up and Filing Articles of Dissolution 24
   
ARTICLE XIII  MISCELLANEOUS 24
13.1  Notices 24

 

iii
 

 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

  Page
   
13.2  Entire Agreement 24
13.3  Saving Clause 24
13.4  Counterparts 25
13.5  Governing Law 25
13.6  No Rights of Creditors and Third Parties under Agreement 25
13.7  Counsel 25
13.8  Amendment 25
13.9  Choice of Law 25
13.10  Waiver of Jury Trial 25
   
SCHEDULE A – MEMBERS

 

iv
 

 

Limited Liability Company Agreement

 

of

 

MOMSPOT LLC

 

This Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of the above, a limited liability company organized pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, is entered into and shall be effective as of July 12, 2013, by and among the Company and the persons executing this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

For purposes of this Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, terms used herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Act (as defined below), and the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

1.1            Act . The Delaware Limited Liability Company Act and all amendments thereto.

 

1.2            Acquisition Offer. Acquisition Offer has the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(a).

 

1.3            Additional Capital Contribution . Any additional contribution of capital, whether money or property, to the Company made after the date hereof.

 

1.4            Additional Members . Additional Members shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

 

1.5            Adjusted Capital Account Deficit. With respect to any Member, the deficit balance, if any, in such Member’s Capital Account as of the end of any relevant Fiscal Year, after giving effect to the following adjustments:

 

(a) credit to such Capital Account any amounts which such Member is obligated or treated as obligated to restore with respect to any deficit balance in such Capital Account pursuant to Treas. Regs. § 1.704 1(b)(2)(ii)(c), or is deemed to be obligated to restore with respect to any deficit balance pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Treas. Regs. § 1.704 2(g)(1) and § 1.704 2(i)(5); and

 

(b) debit to such Capital Account the items described in Treas. Regs. § 1.704 1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6).

 

The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account Deficit is intended to comply with the requirements of the alternate test for economic effect contained in Treas. Regs. § 1.704 1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

 
 

 

1.6            Agreement . This Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement including all amendments adopted in accordance with the Agreement and the Act.

 

1.7            Articles . The Certificate of Formation of the Company, as amended from time to time, and filed with the Department of State of Delaware.

 

1.8            Asset Sale. Asset Sale has the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(a).

 

1.9            Atrinsic . Atrinsic, Inc.

 

1.10          BE Global. Be Global LLC.

 

1.11          Business Day . Any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in New York, New York.

 

1.12          Capital Account . As to any Member, the capital account established for each Member pursuant to this Agreement, which is determined and maintained in accordance with the rules of Treas. Regs. § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv), as amended, and in accordance with the other provisions of Treas. Regs. § 1.704-1(b) that must be complied with in order for the Capital Accounts to be determined and maintained in accordance with Treas. Regs. § 1.704-1(b). In furtherance of the foregoing, the Capital Accounts shall be maintained in accordance with said Treasury Regulations and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent therewith. Each Member’s Capital Account shall also reflect any additional adjustments which at any time are required or permitted to be made thereto in accordance with the provisions of the Treas. Regs. § 1.704-1(b) (including Treas. Regs. § 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)); provided, however, any optional adjustments permitted by the Treas. Regs. § 1.704-1(b) (including Treas. Regs. § 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)) shall be made only at the election of the Manager.

 

1.13          Capital Contribution . Any contribution of cash, Property or services made by or on behalf of a Member.

 

1.14          Code . The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as in effect from time to time, and any successor thereto.

 

1.15          Company . The company named at the beginning of this Agreement, a limited liability company formed under the laws of Delaware, and any successor limited liability company.

 

1.16          Company Minimum Gain. “Partnership minimum gain” as defined in Treas. Regs. § 1.704 2(b)(2) and shall generally refer to the aggregate amount by which the Nonrecourse Liabilities secured by any asset of the Company exceed the adjusted tax basis of such asset as of the date of determination. A Member’s share of Company Minimum Gain (and any net decrease thereof) at any time shall be determined in accordance with Treas. Regs. § 1.704-2(g).

 

1.17          Company Value . Company Value has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(c)(i).

 

2
 

 

1.18          Contribution Agreement. Contribution Agreement has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(a).

 

1.19          Depreciation . If there is no difference between the fair market value and the adjusted tax basis of property upon the contribution of such property to the Company or upon the revaluation of such property pursuant to Treas. Regs. § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), depreciation, depletion or amortization, as the case may be, allowed or allowable for federal income tax purposes ( Tax Depreciation ); otherwise, Depreciation shall mean book depreciation, depletion or amortization as determined under Treas. Regs. § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g)(3) (“ Book Depreciation ”) and Members’ Capital Accounts shall be adjusted in accordance with said regulation.

 

1.20          Drag-Along Notice. Drag-Along Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(b).

 

1.21          Economic Risk of Loss. Economic Risk of Loss has the meaning set forth in Treas. Regs. § 1.752-2(a).

 

1.22          Final Company Value . Final Company Value has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(c)(ii).

 

1.23          First Appraiser . First Appraisal has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(c)(i).

 

1.24          First Appraised Company Value . First Appraised Company Value has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(c)(i).

 

1.25          First Refusal Notice . First Refusal Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(b).

 

1.26          Fiscal Year . The calendar year.

 

1.27          Gross Asset Value. With respect to any asset of the Company, the asset’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:

 

(a)          the initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Member to the Company shall be the gross fair market value of such asset, as reasonably determined by the Manager;

 

(b)          if the Manager reasonably determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Members in the Company, the Gross Asset Values of all Company assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values, as reasonably determined by the Manager, as of the following times: (i) the acquisition of an additional Interest in the Company by any new or existing Member in exchange for more than a de minimis capital contribution; (ii) the distribution by the Company to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of Company property as consideration for an Interest in the Company; and (iii) the liquidation of the Company within the meaning of Treas. Regs. § 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g);

 

3
 

 

(c)          the Gross Asset Values of Company assets distributed to any Member shall be the gross fair market values of such assets (taking Code Section 7701(g) into account) as reasonably determined by the Manager as of the date of distribution; and

 

(d)          the Gross Asset Values of Company assets shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b), but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Treas. Regs. § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) and Section 4.3(g); provided, however, that Gross Asset Values shall not be adjusted pursuant to this paragraph to the extent that the Manager reasonably determines that an adjustment pursuant to Paragraph (b) above is necessary or appropriate in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this Paragraph.

 

At all times, Gross Asset Values shall be adjusted by Depreciation, which Depreciation is taken into account with respect to the Company’s assets for purposes of computing Net Profits or Net Losses. Any adjustment to the Gross Asset Values of Company property shall require an adjustment to the Members’ Capital Accounts; as for the manner in which such adjustments are allocated to the Capital Accounts, see Paragraph (d) of the definition of Profits and Losses in the case of adjustments by Depreciation, and see Paragraph (e) of said definition in all other cases.

 

1.28          Indemnitee . Indemnitee has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5(e).

 

1.29          Interests Sale. Interests Sale has the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(a).

 

1.30          Manager . Atrinsic and its successors appointed under Section 7.1.

 

1.31          Members . The members of the Company set forth on Schedule A and their permitted successors.

 

1.32          Membership Interest . The rights of a Member to distributions (liquidating or otherwise) and allocations of the profits, losses, gains, deductions, and credits of the Company, and, to the extent permitted by this Agreement, to possess and exercise voting or approval rights.

 

1.33          Membership Interest Purchase Agreement. Membership Interest Purchase Agreement has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(b).

 

1.34          Member Nonrecourse Debt. Member Nonrecourse Debt has the meaning set forth in Treas. Regs. § 1.704-2(b)(1), assuming, for such purposes, that each Member were a partner of a partnership to which such provisions would apply. For purposes hereof, any liability for which a Member bears the Economic Risk of Loss and which would (but for such Economic Risk of Loss) be considered a Nonrecourse Liability hereunder shall be deemed a Member Nonrecourse Debt.

 

1.35          Member Nonrecourse Deductions. Member Nonrecourse Deductions shall have the meaning set forth in Treas. Regs. § 1.704-2(i)(2), assuming, for such purposes, that each Member were a partner of a partnership to which such provisions would apply, and shall generally refer to, for a Company fiscal year, the net increase, if any, in the amount of Minimum Gain Attributable to a Member Nonrecourse Debt during that fiscal year, reduced (but not below zero) by the aggregate amount of any distributions made during such taxable year of proceeds of a Member Nonrecourse Debt that are allocable to an increase in Minimum Gain Attributable to a Member Nonrecourse Debt, determined according to the principles of Treas. Regs. § 1.704-2(i)(2).

 

4
 

 

1.36          Merger. Merger has the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(a).

 

1.37          Minimum Gain Attributable to a Member Nonrecourse Debt. Minimum Gain Attributable to a Member Nonrecourse Debt has the meaning set forth in Treas. Regs. § 1.704-2(i)(2), assuming for such purposes, that each Member were a partner of a partnership to which such provisions would apply, and shall generally refer to the aggregate amount by which the Member Nonrecourse Debt secured by any asset of the Company exceeds the adjusted tax basis of such asset as of the date of determination. A Member’s share of Minimum Gain Attributable to a Member Nonrecourse Debt (and any net decrease thereof) at any time shall be determined in accordance with Treas. Regs. § 1.704-2(i).

 

1.38          Nonrecourse Deductions. Nonrecourse Deductions means for a Company fiscal year, the net increase, if any, in the amount of Company Minimum Gain during that fiscal year, reduced (but not below zero) by the aggregate amount of any distributions made during such taxable year of proceeds of a Nonrecourse Liability that are allocable to an increase in Company Minimum Gain, determined according to the principles of Treas. Regs. § 1.704-2(c).

 

1.39          Nonrecourse Liability(ies). Nonrecourse Liability(ies) shall have the meaning set forth in Treas. Regs. § 1.752-1(a)(2) and further provided that any unsecured liability which is recourse to the Company (or its assets) but for which no Member is considered to bear the Economic Risk of Loss shall be considered to be a Nonrecourse Liability for purposes hereof.

 

1.40          Offer Price . Offer Price has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(b).

 

1.41          Olshan . Olshan Frome Wolosky LLP.

 

1.42          Overallotment Notice . Overallotment Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(c).

 

1.43          Participating Member . Participating Member has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(b).

 

1.44          Person . Person has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5(f).

 

1.45          Principal Office . Principal Office has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5.

 

1.46          Profits or Losses . Profits or Losses, as the case may be, means the taxable income or loss of the Company for Federal income tax purposes determined in accordance with Section 703(a) of the Code as of the close of the Company’s fiscal year (or such other time as may be required by this Agreement), inclusive of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be separately taxed pursuant to said Section 703(a) appropriately adjusted with respect to final determination of any of the foregoing for Federal income tax purposes and as follows:

 

5
 

 

(a)          any income of the Company that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses shall be added to such taxable income or loss;

 

(b)          any expenditures of the Company described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code or treated as Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditures under Section 704(b) of the Code and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss;

 

(c)          gain or loss resulting from any disposition of Company property with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the book value of such property rather than its adjusted tax basis;

 

(d)          in lieu of the depreciation, depletion, amortization and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account Depreciation; and

 

(e)          in the event of an adjustment of the book value of any Company asset which requires that the Capital Accounts of the Company be adjusted pursuant to Treas. Regs. § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(e), (f) and (m), the amount of such adjustments are, in the case of Treas. Regs. § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) (e) and (f), to be taken into account as gain or loss from a taxable disposition of Company property pursuant to Paragraph (c) above, and, in the case of Treas. Regs. § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account as additional Profits or Losses but subject to the special allocations set forth in Section 9.3 hereof.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, any items which are specially allocated pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.3 hereof shall not be taken into account in computing Profits or Losses.

 

1.47          Property . Any property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, including money, and any legal or equitable interest in such property, but excluding services and promises to perform services in the future.

 

1.48          Regulatory Allocations. Regulatory Allocations has the meaning set forth in Section 9.4.

 

1.49          Right of First Refusal Period . Right of First Refusal Period has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(b).

 

1.50          Sale Transaction. Sale Transaction has the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(a).

 

1.51          Schedule A . Schedule A to this Agreement setting forth the name, address, initial Capital Contribution, Membership Interest of each Member, and the Member designated as the Tax Matters Partner.

 

1.52          Second Appraiser . Second Appraisal has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(c)(ii).

 

6
 

 

1.53          Second Appraised Company Value . Second Appraised Company Value has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(c)(ii).

 

1.54          Securities Act . Securities Act has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(a).

 

1.55          Selling Participants . Selling Participants has the meaning set forth in Section 11.3(a).

 

1.56          Tag-Along Notice. Tag Along Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 11.3 (d).

 

1.57          Tag-Along Period. Tag Along Period has the meaning set forth in Section 11.3 (d).

 

1.58          Tax Item. Each item of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit of the Company for federal tax purposes, as separately stated and calculated pursuant to the Code.

 

1.59          Tax Matters Partner . Tax Matters Partner shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.7

 

1.60          Third Appraiser . Third Appraiser has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(c)(ii).

 

1.61          Third Appraised Company Value . Third Appraised Company Value has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(c)(ii).

 

1.62          Third Party . Third Party has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(a).

 

1.63          Third Party Terms . Third Party Terms has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(b).

 

1.64          Transfer. Transfer has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(a).

 

1.65          Transferring Member. Transferring Member has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(a).

 

1.66          Transferor Tag-Along Notice. Transferor Tag-Along Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 11.3(c).

 

1.67          Unsubscribed Interests. Unsubscribed Interests has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(c).

 

1.68          Withdrawal Date. Withdrawal Date has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(b)(iii).

 

7
 

 

ARTICLE II

FORMATION

 

2.1            Organization . The Company was organized as a Delaware limited liability company on December 13, 2012, by the filing of the Articles pursuant to the provisions of the Act and the issuance of a certificate of formation for the Company by the Secretary of the State of Delaware.

 

2.2            Agreement . For and in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Members executing the Agreement hereby agree to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, as it may from time to time be amended. It is the express intention of the Members that the Agreement shall be the sole source of agreement of the parties and, except to the extent a provision of the Agreement expressly incorporates federal income tax rules by reference to sections of the Code or Tax Regulations or is expressly prohibited or ineffective under the Act, the Agreement shall govern, even when inconsistent with, or different than, the provisions of the Act or any other law or rule. To the extent any provision of the Agreement is prohibited or ineffective under the Act, the Agreement shall be deemed to be amended to the least extent necessary in order to make the Agreement effective under the Act. In the event the Act is subsequently amended or interpreted in such a way to make any provision of the Agreement that was formerly invalid valid, such provision shall be considered to be valid from the effective date of such interpretation or amendment.

 

2.3            Name . The name of the Company is the name set forth at the beginning of this Agreement, and all business of the Company shall be conducted under that name.

 

2.4            Term . The term of the Company shall be perpetual unless the Company shall be sooner dissolved and its affairs wound up in accordance with the Act or the Agreement.

 

2.5            Principal Office . The Principal Office of the Company shall be located at [___________].

 

ARTICLE III

PURPOSE; NATURE OF BUSINESS

 

The general purposes of the Company are as set forth in the Articles. The Company may exercise all powers reasonable or necessary to pursue such purposes.

 

ARTICLE IV

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

 

The Manager, at Company expense, shall prepare, or cause to be prepared, and timely file income tax returns of the Company in all jurisdictions where such filings are required, and the Company shall prepare and deliver to each Member, after the expiration of each Fiscal Year, and at Company expense, all information returns and reports required by the Code and Tax Regulations and Company information necessary for the preparation of the Members’ federal income tax returns within the time periods required by law including any permitted extension.

 

8
 

 

ARTICLE V

NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF MEMBERS

 

The names and addresses of the Members are as stated on Schedule A .

 

ARTICLE VI

RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF MEMBERS

 

6.1            Conflicts of Interest .

 

(a)          A Member shall be entitled to enter into transactions that may be considered to be competitive with the Company, it being expressly understood that Members may enter into transactions that are similar to the transactions into which the Company may enter; provided, however , that a Member must obtain the prior written consent of the Manager before entering into any such transactions.

 

(b)          Subject to Section 6.1(a) above, no transaction with the Company shall be voidable solely because a Member has a direct or indirect interest in the transaction if the transaction is fair and reasonable to the Company.

 

ARTICLE VII

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

 

7.1            Manager . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the management of the Company and all decisions concerning the business affairs of the Company shall be made by the Manager in its sole and absolute discretion. The Manager may or may not be a Member of the Company. The Manager has the right to delegate its responsibilities hereunder to suitable parties that may be reasonably compensated by the Company and may also retain such other suitable parties to provide services to the Company, including, without limitation, legal, consulting, accounting, administrative and auditing services. Furthermore, the Manager may enter into agreements with such parties on behalf of the Company. The initial Manager shall be Atrinsic. The Manager may be removed only by an order of a court of competent jurisdiction upon a finding of material fraud on the Company or its Members.

 

7.2            Designation of Successor Manager . Atrinsic shall have the right to appoint its successor as Manager.

 

7.3            Appointment of Officers . The Manager may at any time appoint one or more persons, including principals thereof or other Members, as officers of the Company. The officers of the Company may include, without limitation, a chief executive officer (or co-chief executive officers, if more than one), a president, one or more vice presidents, a chief operations officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer (and one or more assistants). Except as otherwise provided, the officers will serve at the pleasure of the Manager. Any individual may hold any number of offices. The general areas of responsibility and specific powers and duties of each officer will be as determined by the Manager from time to time and otherwise such officers will have such duties and responsibilities as like-titled officers of a Delaware corporation. The Manager may remove and replace such officers as it shall deem necessary or appropriate.

 

9
 

 

7.4            No Fiduciary Obligations . Except as required under the Act, the Manager shall not have any fiduciary or other duty to the other Members with respect to the business and affairs of the Company. To the extent that any such fiduciary or other duties are imposed on the Manager under the Act, the Members hereby waive the same and agree that the Manager shall not have any liability for breach of such duties, except to the extent such liability arises from a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to such Manager that establishes that its acts or omissions were in bad faith or constituted intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law, or that such Manager benefited from a financial profit that it was not legally entitled to. The Members hereby covenant, as a material inducement to the Manager to serve as Manager, that the Members shall not commence or join or otherwise bring or advance any claim against the Manager based upon any purported breach of fiduciary or other duty.

 

7.5            Indemnification.

 

(a)          The Company shall indemnify each Indemnitee, as defined in Section 7.5(e), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (joint or several), expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys fees and other legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings (whether the same be civil, criminal, administrative or investigative) that relate to the operations of the Company as set forth in this Agreement in which such Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, to the fullest extent permitted by the Act if such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he, she or it reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his, her or its conduct was unlawful. The termination of any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he, she or it reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his, her or its conduct was unlawful.

 

(b)          The indemnification provided by this Section 7.5 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee, or any other Person, as defined in Section 7.5(f), may be entitled under any agreement executed by the Members, as a matter of law or otherwise, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity unless otherwise provided in a written agreement pursuant to which such Indemnitee is indemnified.

 

(c)          In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Members to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.

 

(d)          The provisions of this Section 7.5 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees, their heirs, successors and assigns and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons. Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.5 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the Company’s liability to any Indemnitee under this Section 7.5 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification, or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

 

10
 

 

(e)          As used in this Section 7.5, the term “ Indemnitee ” or “ Indemnitees ” shall mean (i) any Person made a party to a proceeding by reason of (A) his, her or its status as (x) a Member or (y) a Manager, employee or agent of the Company, (B) his, her or its liability, pursuant to a loan, guarantee or otherwise, for any indebtedness of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company (including, without limitation, any indebtedness that the Company or any subsidiary of the Company has assumed or taken assets subject to) or (C) the fact that he, she or it is or at any time was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other entity or enterprise, and (ii) such other Persons as the Managers may designate from time to time (whether before or after the event giving rise to potential liability), in their sole and absolute discretion.

 

(f)          As used in this Agreement, the term “ Person ” or “ Persons ” shall mean any individual, partnership, limited partnership, trust, estate, association, corporation, limited liability company, or other legal entity or organization whether domestic or foreign.

 

7.6            Reimbursements . The Manager may cause the Company to reimburse itself or its respective affiliates for overhead and other expenses incurred in connection with the Company’s business in amounts determined by the Manager in good faith.

 

7.7            Unanimous Restriction on Authority of the Members and Manager. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, without the unanimous written consent of the Members, neither a Member nor the Manager shall have the authority to:

 

(a)          Do any act in contravention of this Agreement.

 

(b)          Do any act other than liquidation of the Company which would make it impossible to carry on the ordinary business of the Company.

 

(c)          Possess Company Property, or assign rights in specific Company Property, for other than a Company purpose.

 

(d)          Commingle the Company’s funds with those of any other person or legal entity.

 

ARTICLE VIII

CONTRIBUTIONS AND CAPITAL ACCOUNTS

 

8.1            Capital Contributions .

 

(a)          BE Global has committed to make the initial Capital Contribution described on Schedule A , pursuant to that certain Contribution Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the “ Contribution Agreement ”), and shall receive the Membership Interest described on Schedule A .

 

11
 

 

(b)          Atrinsic has committed to contribute up to an aggregate of $165,000 during the Company’s first two years of operation to finance the anticipated working capital needs of the Company, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Section 8.1 and as set forth in that certain Membership Interest Purchase Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the “ Membership Interest Purchase Agreement ”) and shall receive the Membership Interest described on Schedule A. Atrinsic shall make such Capital Contributions to the Company when and in the amount reasonably determined in good faith by the Manager to be necessary to finance the working capital needs of the Company; provided , that the Manager shall provide Atrinsic with thirty (30) days’ prior notice before requesting such contribution.

 

(c)          In consideration for each Member’s contributions set forth above, the Company shall issue to each Member such percentage of the Membership Interests set forth opposite such Member’s name on Schedule A . No Member shall have the right to withdraw or be repaid any Capital Contribution except as provided in the Agreement.

 

8.2            Additional Capital Contributions. If the Manager determines in its sole discretion that additional capital calls from the Members is necessary and in the best interests of the Company, the Manager may provide written notice to the Members setting forth (i) the aggregate amount required, (ii) the purpose for which such additional funds are required, and (iii) each Member’s pro rata portion of the aggregate amount required from all Members, which shall be calculated based on each Member’s Membership Interest. Upon receipt of such written notice, each Member shall have fifteen (15) days to advise the Manager whether it will make such Additional Capital Contribution. If a Member does not make the required additional Capital Contribution, any other Member shall be permitted to make an additional Capital Contribution to the Company in the amount of such deficiency, and the non-contributing Member’s Membership Interest shall be ratably diluted (based on the ratio of (A) the amount of the additional Capital Contribution the non-contributing Member failed to make to (B) all Capital Contributions made by all Members). To the extent a Member makes an additional Capital Contribution, the Manager shall update Schedule A attached hereto in order to reflect such additional Capital Contribution. Alternatively, the Manager may admit Additional Members in accordance with the terms of this Agreement in order to raise such additional capital.

 

8.3            Capital Account . A separate Capital Account shall be maintained for each Member throughout the term of the Company in accordance with the rules of Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) of the Tax Regulations as in effect from time to time, and, to the extent not inconsistent therewith, to which the following provisions apply:

 

(a)          To each Member’s Capital Account there shall be credited (i) the amount of money contributed by such Member to the Company (including liabilities of the Company assumed by such Member as provided in Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(c) of the Tax Regulations); (ii) the fair market value of any property contributed to the Company by such Member (net of liabilities secured by such contributed property that the Company is considered to assume or take subject to under Section 752 of the Code); and (iii) such Member’s share of Profits and items of income and gain that are specially allocated.

 

12
 

 

(b)          To each Member’s Capital Account there shall be debited (i) the amount of money distributed to such Member by the Company (including liabilities of such Member assumed by the Company as provided in Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(c) of the Tax Regulations) other than amounts which are in repayment of debt obligations of the Company to such Member; (ii) the fair market value of property distributed to such Member (net of liabilities secured by such distributed property that such Member is considered to assume or take subject to under Section 752 of the Code); and (iii) such Member’s share of Losses or items of loss or deduction that are specifically allocated.

 

The foregoing provisions and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Section 1.704-1(b) of the Tax Regulations, and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Tax Regulations. In the event the Manager shall determine that it is prudent to modify the manner in which the Capital Accounts, or any debits or credits thereto (including, without limitation, debits or credits relating to liabilities that are secured by contributed or distributed property or that are assumed by the Company or any Member), are computed in order to comply with such Tax Regulations, the Manager may make such modification, provided that it is not likely to have a material effect on the amounts distributable to any Member pursuant to Article XII hereof upon the dissolution of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Manager shall increase or decrease the Capital Accounts of the Members to reflect a revaluation of Company property on the Company’s books and records, in accordance with the rules set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(e) and (f).

 

8.4            No Obligation to Restore Deficit Balance . Except as required by law, no Member shall be required to restore any deficit balance in its Capital Account.

 

8.5            Withdrawal; Successors . A Member shall not be entitled to withdraw any part of its Capital Account or to receive any distribution from the Company, except as specifically provided in the Agreement.

 

8.6            Interest . No Member shall be entitled to interest on such Member’s Capital Contribution or on any Profits retained by the Company.

 

ARTICLE IX

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

 

9.1            Distributions .

 

(a)          The Company shall make distributions to the Members as decided by the Manager in its sole discretion.

 

(b)          Distributions, to the extent made to the Members pursuant to this Section 9.1, shall be made as follows: (i) first, if any Members have made any Additional Capital Contribution, to those Members, in proportion to their Additional Capital Contributions, until an amount equal to the entire amount of such Additional Capital Contributions has been distributed; and (ii) second, to the Members pro rata in accordance with their respective Membership Interests as set forth on Schedule A , subject to any terms agreed to by the Manager on behalf of the Company when admitting Additional Members, if any, in accordance with the terms of Section 10.1 of this Agreement.

 

13
 

 

9.2            Tax Allocation of Profits and Losses.

 

(a)           Profits . After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 9.3 below, Profits of the Company for each fiscal year or other period (including Profits arising in connection with a liquidation of the Company) shall be allocated to and among the Members in accordance with Section 9.1 above.

 

(b)           Losses . After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 9.3 below, the Losses of the Company for each fiscal year or other period (including Losses arising in connection with the liquidation of the Company) shall be allocated to and among the Members as follows: (i) first, to and among the Members with positive Capital Account balances, in proportion to, and to the extent of, such positive balances; and (ii) second, the balance, if any, to and among the Members pro rata in accordance with their respective Membership Interests as set forth on Schedule A .

 

9.3            Special Allocations. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.2 above, the following special allocations will be made in the following order and priority:

 

(a)           Company Minimum Gain Chargeback . Except as otherwise provided in Treas. Regs. § 1.704-2(f), notwithstanding any other provision of this Article IV, if there is a net decrease in Company Minimum Gain during any fiscal year, each Member shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain for such fiscal year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to such Member’s share of the net decrease in Company Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with Treas. Regs. § 1.704-2(f)(6) and 1.704-2(j)(2), or any successor provision. This Section 9.3(a) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Treas. Regs. § 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

(b)           Chargeback of Minimum Gain Attributable to a Member Nonrecourse Debt . Except as otherwise provided in Treas. Regs. § 1.704-2(i)(4), notwithstanding any other provision of this Article IX, if there is a net decrease in Minimum Gain attributable to a Member Nonrecourse Debt during any Company fiscal year, each Member who has a share of Minimum Gain attributable to a Member Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Treas. Regs. § 1.704-2(i)(5), shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain for such fiscal year (and, if necessary, subsequent fiscal years) in an amount equal to such Member’s share of the net decrease in Minimum Gain attributable to a Member Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Treas. Regs. § 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(ii), or any successor provisions. This Section 9.3(b) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Treas. Regs. § 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

(c)           Qualified Income Offset . In the event any Member unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations, or distributions described in Treas. Regs. § 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6), items of Company income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Member in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Code Section 704(b), the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit created by such adjustments, allocations, or distributions, as quickly as possible unless such deficit balance is otherwise eliminated pursuant to Sections 9.3(a) or 9.3(b) hereof.

 

14
 

 

(d)           Gross Income Allocations . In the event any Member has an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit balance at the end of any Company taxable period, such Member shall be specially allocated items of Company gross income and gain in the amount of such deficit as quickly as possible; provided, that an allocation pursuant to this Section 9.3(d) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Member would have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit after all other allocations provided for in this Section 9.3 have been tentatively made as if this Section 9.3(d) were not in this Agreement.

 

(e)           Nonrecourse Deductions and Nonrecourse Liabilities . Nonrecourse Deductions and “excess nonrecourse liabilities,” as such term is defined within the meaning of Treas. Regs. § 1.752-3(a)(3) for any taxable period shall be allocated to and among the Members in accordance with their Membership Interests.

 

(f)           Member Nonrecourse Deductions . Member Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated to the Member that bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to the Member Nonrecourse Debt to which such Member Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Treas. Regs. § 1.704-2(i). If more than one Member bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to a Member Nonrecourse Debt, such Member Nonrecourse Deductions attributable thereto shall be allocated between or among such Members in accordance with the ratios in which they share such Economic Risk of Loss.

 

(g)           Section 754 Adjustments . To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company asset pursuant to Sections 732, 734 or 743 of the Code is required, pursuant to Treas. Regs. § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) and such gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Members in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such Section of the Regulations.

 

9.4            Curative Allocations. The allocations set forth in Sections 9.3(a)-(g) (the Regulatory Allocations ) are intended to comply with certain requirements of the Regulations. It is the intent of the Members that, to the extent possible, all Regulatory Allocations shall be offset either with other Regulatory Allocations or with special allocations of other items of Company income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to Section 9.3. Therefore, notwithstanding any other provision of this Article IX (other than the Regulatory Allocations), the Manager shall make such offsetting special allocations of Company income, gain, loss or deduction in whatever manner it determines appropriate so that, after such offsetting allocations are made, each Member’s Capital Account balance is, to the extent possible, equal to the Capital Account balance such Member would have had if the Regulatory Allocations were not part of the Agreement and all Company items were allocated pursuant to Sections 9.1 and 9.2. In exercising its discretion under this Section 9.4, the Manager shall take into account future Regulatory Allocations under Sections 9.3(a) and 9.3(b) that, although not yet made, are likely to offset other Regulatory Allocations previously made under Sections 9.3(e) and 9.3(f) hereof.

 

15
 

 

9.5            Tax Allocations; Section 704(c) Allocations . In accordance with Section 704(c) of the Code and the Regulations thereunder, income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Company shall, solely for tax purposes, be allocated among the Members so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Company for federal income tax purposes and its initial Gross Asset Value (computed in accordance with Treas. Regs. § 1.704 1(b)(2)(iv)(h)).

 

In the event the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset is adjusted pursuant to Treas. Regs. § 1.704 1(b)(2)(iv)(f), subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to such asset shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and its Gross Asset Value, as adjusted, in the same manner as under Section 704(c) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

 

Any elections or other decisions relating to such allocations shall be made by the Manager in any manner that reasonably reflects the purpose and intention of this Agreement. Allocations pursuant to this Section 9.5 are solely for purposes of federal, state and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Member’s Capital Account or share of Profits, Losses, other items or distributions pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

 

9.6            Transfer of Membership Interests. Upon the transfer of a Membership Interest, Profit, Loss, Income, and Tax Items attributable to the transferred Membership Interest, shall, for federal income tax purposes, be allocated to the owners of such Membership Interest on the basis of the Tax Items for each month that such Person was the owner of such Membership Interest, determined on an interim closing of the books method. The Manager may revise, alter, or otherwise modify the method of allocation as it determines necessary to comply with Section 706 of the Code and regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder.

 

9.7            Tax Matters Partner . The Member designated as such on Schedule A shall be the Tax Matters Partner of the Company pursuant to Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code. Such Member shall not resign as the Tax Matters Partner unless, on the effective date of such resignation, the Company has designated another Member as Tax Matters Partner and such Member has given its consent in writing to its appointment as Tax Matters Partner. The Tax Matters Partner shall receive no additional compensation from the Company for its services in that capacity, but all expenses incurred by the Tax Matters Partner in such capacity shall be borne by the Company. The Tax Matters Partner is authorized to employ such accountants, attorneys and agents as it, in its sole discretion, determines is necessary to or useful in the performance of its duties. In addition, such Member shall serve in a similar capacity with respect to any similar tax related or other election provided by state or local laws.

 

ARTICLE X

ADMISSION AND WITHDRAWAL OF MEMBERS

 

10.1          Additional Members . The Manager may admit Additional Members to the Company, and may determine the Capital Contributions (if any) and Membership Interests of such Additional Members and the priority and amount of distributions payable to such Additional Members as are determined by the Manager. Upon the execution of this Agreement by any such Additional Member, the Manager shall revise Schedule A to reflect the Membership Interest allocated to such Additional Member and the new Membership Interests to be allocated to the existing Members. The Members shall not be required to apportion Membership Interests in accordance with Capital Contributions.

 

16
 

 

10.2          Withdrawals .

 

(a)          No Member shall have the right to withdraw from the Company without the prior written consent of the Manager, which may, in its sole discretion, be granted on such terms as the Manager determines or be withheld. Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 10.2, a withdrawing Member shall receive cash and/or Company Property as may be determined in the sole discretion of the Manager.

 

(b)           Withdrawal Procedures .

 

(i)           Any Member seeking to withdraw from the Company shall provide to the Manager a notice of such intent at least sixty (60) days prior to such Member’s desired withdrawal date. Any such withdrawal request must be for a complete withdrawal from the Company.

 

(ii)          The Manager shall consider such withdrawal request, and shall promptly advise the Member requesting such withdrawal of its decision.

 

(iii)         If a withdrawal request is granted by the Manager, such withdrawal shall be deemed to occur on the date agreed upon by the Manager and the Member requesting such withdrawal (the “ Withdrawal Date ”).

 

(iv)         The amount to be paid to the withdrawing Member shall be such Member’s Capital Account balance as of the Withdrawal Date, and the Manager shall provisionally adjust the Members’ Capital Accounts as of the Withdrawal Date as if such date were the last day of a fiscal period.

 

(v)          The Company shall pay to such withdrawing Member 90% of the amount described in Section 10.2(b)(iv) above within ninety (90) days following the Withdrawal Date, with the remaining 10% to be paid within thirty (30) days following completion of the Company’s audit for the calendar year in which such withdrawal occurred, subject to any necessary adjustment to such Capital Account balance required as a result of such audit. Each of the Members hereby covenants to return to the Company, within ninety (90) days of notice of such obligation, any amounts paid to such Member in conjunction with a withdrawal that exceeds the amount that an audit determines should have been paid in connection therewith.

 

(c)           Annual Company Valuation; Death of a Member .

 

(i)           During each Fiscal Year, in order to determine the value of the Company (“ Company Value ”), the Company, at its own expense, shall retain an independent appraiser (the “ First Appraiser ”), which appraiser shall be mutually acceptable to each of the Members. The First Appraiser shall then perform an appraisal of the Company Value (the “ First Appraised Company Value ”).

 

17
 

 

(ii)          In the event any Member does not agree with the First Appraised Company Value, then such Member may, at his own expense, retain another independent appraiser (the “ Second Appraiser ”). The Second Appraiser shall then perform an appraisal of the Company Value (the “ Second Appraised Company Value ”). If the Second Appraised Company Value is no more than 20% higher or lower than the First Appraised Company Value, then the two Company Values shall be averaged to arrive at a final Company Value (the “ Final Company Value ”). If the Second Appraised Company Value is more than 20% higher or lower than the First Appraised Company Value, then a third appraiser (the “ Third Appraiser ”) shall be retained, at the expense of the Company. The Third Appraiser shall then perform an appraisal of the Company Value (the “ Third Appraised Company Value ”). The closest two of the First Appraised Company Value, Second Appraised Company Value and Third Appraised Company Value shall then be averaged to arrive at the Final Company Value.

 

(iii)         The death of any other Member or the principal of a Member that is not a natural person shall be deemed to be a withdrawal of such as of the date of death, and the procedures of Section 10.2(b) shall be followed in respect thereof.

 

(d)           Disability of a Member . The disability of a Member or the principal of a Member that is not a natural person shall not affect such Member’s membership in the Company until the five-year anniversary of such Member’s disability, which shall be deemed to be a Withdrawal Date for the purposes of this Section 10.2 and the procedures of Section 10.2(b) shall be followed in respect thereof; provided , however , the five-year anniversary shall be deemed a Withdrawal Date only if such Member’s disability is continuing on such date.

 

ARTICLE XI

TRANSFER OF MEMBERSHIP INTEREST

 

11.1          Transfers .

 

(a)           General Restrictions . No Membership Interest has been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or under any applicable state securities laws. A Member may not transfer (a “ Transfer ”, for purposes of this Agreement, shall be deemed to include, but not be limited to, any sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, creation of a security interest or other disposition) all or any part of such Member’s Membership Interest, unless:

 

(i)           such Member first obtains the prior written consent to such Transfer from the Manager, provided that such Member complies with the right of first refusal provisions contained herein;

 

(ii)          the individual, firm, corporation, partnership, trust or other entity in whose favor such Transfer is made delivers to the Company a written acknowledgment that the Membership Interest to be Transferred is subject to this Agreement and that such transferee is bound hereby;

 

18
 

 

(iii)         such Transfer shall be made (a) pursuant to an effective registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from the registration requirements thereof and (b) in accordance with applicable state law and the terms of this Agreement; and

 

(iv)         prior to any such Transfer, the Member proposing to make such Transfer shall give the Company (a) written notice describing the manner and circumstances of the proposed Transfer and (b) if reasonably requested by the Company, a written opinion in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company of legal counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company to the effect that the proposed Transfer may be effected without registration under the Securities Act or any applicable state law.

 

Any attempted Transfer other than in accordance with this Agreement shall be void, and the Company shall refuse to recognize any such Transfer and shall not reflect on its records any change in record ownership of the Membership Interests pursuant to any such Transfer.

 

(b)           Mechanics of Transfer . Any Member that Transfers Membership Interests shall (i) take all such actions and execute and deliver all such documents as may be necessary or reasonably requested by the Company in order to consummate the Transfer of such Membership Interests and (ii) pay to the Company such amounts as may be required for any applicable transfer taxes.

 

(c)           Pledge and Hypothecation Prohibited . No Member shall in any manner pledge, hypothecate or encumber, or grant options with respect to, his, her or its Membership Interests without the prior written consent of the Manager.

 

(d)           Dispositions Not in Compliance with this Article Void . Any attempted disposition of a Membership Interest, or any part thereof, not in compliance with this Article XI and any transfer which if made would cause a termination of the Company for federal income tax purposes under Section 708(b) of the Code shall be void ab initio and without force or effect and shall not bind the Company or the other Members.

 

11.2          Right of First Refusal .

 

(a)          In the event any Member other than Atrinsic (a “ Transferring Member ”) wishes to Transfer any interest in the Company, either directly or indirectly, to any Person (such Person being hereinafter referred to as a “ Third Party ”), such Transferring Member must obtain the prior written consent of the Manager and comply with the following provisions of this Section 11.2 and Section 11.3.

 

19
 

 

(b)          If a Transferring Member receives an offer from a Third Party to purchase any or all of its interests in the Company, such Transferring Member shall deliver to the other Members written notice of the proposed transaction setting forth (i) the name and address of the Third Party, (ii) the interests to be Transferred, (iii) the purchase price (the “ Offer Price ”) and form of consideration and terms and conditions of payment and (iv) the other material terms and conditions of the Transfer (collectively, the “ Third Party Terms ”), and such notice shall be accompanied by a copy of a binding bona fide offer to purchase such interests signed by such Third Party (collectively, the “ First Refusal Notice ”). The First Refusal Notice shall be delivered to the other Members at least forty (40) days prior to the expected date of such Transfer. The offer contained in the First Refusal Notice shall be deemed an offer by such Transferring Member to the other Members to sell such Transferring Member’s interests in the Company proposed to be purchased by such Third Party for the Offer Price, which offer may be accepted in writing (which shall state the interests elected to be purchased) by the other Members or any of them (pro rata based upon their Membership Interests or in such other proportion as the accepting Members (each, a “ Participating Member ”) may determine), in whole or in part, within fifteen (15) days after the receipt of the First Refusal Notice (the “ Right of First Refusal Period ”), on the Third Party Terms.

 

(c)          To the extent one or more of the other Members do not timely, or elect not to, accept the offer set forth in the First Refusal Notice, then the Transferring Member shall promptly deliver to each Participating Member a written notice (the “ Overallotment Notice ”), at least ten (10) days prior to the expected date of such Transfer, which shall set forth the names of the Participating Members and the interests not elected to be purchased in accordance with Section 11.2(b) (the “ Unsubscribed Interests ”), and shall offer such Participating Members the right to purchase the Unsubscribed Interests on the same terms and conditions as set forth in the First Refusal Notice. The offer contained in the Overallotment Notice shall be deemed an offer by such Transferring Member of the Unsubscribed Interests to the Participating Members, which offer may be accepted in writing (which shall state the Unsubscribed Interests elected to be purchased) by the Participating Members or any of them (pro rata based upon their Membership Interests or in such other proportion as the accepting Participating Members may determine), in whole or in part, within five (5) days after the receipt of such Overallotment Notice, on the Third Party Terms.

 

(d)          In the event that the Third Party Terms provide for the payment to the Transferring Member of consideration other than cash, the value of such non-cash consideration shall be determined in good faith by the Manager; provided , however , that if the Third Party offers the Transferring Member (i) securities that are traded on a recognized securities exchange, then the value of such consideration shall be computed based on the average closing sale prices of such securities for the ten (10) consecutive trading days preceding the date of the offer, or (ii) securities that are traded on the over-the-counter market, the value of such consideration shall be computed based on the average of the closing bid and closing asked prices of such securities for the ten (10) consecutive trading days preceding the date of the offer, in each case as reported in the Wall Street Journal . Any dispute regarding the determination of the fair market value of non-cash consideration will be settled by a reasonable process determined by the Manager.

 

(e)          The closing of the purchase of the interests by the Participating Members on the Third Party Terms shall be held as promptly as practicable following full compliance with all applicable provisions in this Section 11.2, but in no event later than five (5) days thereafter. In the event that the Third Party Terms provide for the payment of consideration other than cash, each Participating Member shall pay cash for the interests to be purchased by it as determined in accordance with Section 11.2(d). If, however, the Transferring Member has complied in all respects with the provisions of this Section 11.2 and the Participating Members do not elect to purchase all of the interests pursuant to the Third Party Terms, the Transferring Member shall not be required to Transfer any such interests to the Participating Members.

 

20
 

 

11.3          Tag-Along Right .

 

(a)          In the event that one or more of the Members do not timely, or elect not to, accept, in whole, the offer contained in the First Refusal Notice pursuant to the terms of Section 11.2 hereof, each Member (each, a “ Selling Participant” and, collectively, the “ Selling Participants ”) shall then have the right to require the Third Party to purchase from such Selling Participant that percentage of its interests in the Company (and the Transferring Member shall reduce the percentage of its interests to be sold by a corresponding amount) that is equal to the product of (i) such Selling Participant’s Membership Interest, and (ii) the total Membership Interest in the Company to be purchased by the Third Party.

 

(b)          Any interest in the Company purchased from a Selling Participant pursuant to this Section 11.3 shall be purchased at the same price and same type of consideration and on the same terms and conditions as the Transfer by the Transferring Member. It shall be an express condition to the sale of the interests by each Selling Participant that such Selling Participant execute and deliver to the Third Party any and all documents required to be executed and delivered by the Transferring Member to effect such sale; provided that such Selling Participant shall not be obligated to execute and deliver any document which (i) requires such Selling Participant to make representations or warranties regarding any aspect whatsoever of the business or prospects of the Company (except that the Selling Participants shall be required to make representations and warranties with respect to their ownership of the interests to be sold by them and their ability to convey title thereto free and clear of liens, encumbrances or adverse claims), or (ii) requires such Selling Participant to be obligated to the Third Party for any indemnification obligations other than (A) an obligation to join on a pro rata basis (but not on a joint and several basis), based on its respective share of the aggregate proceeds paid by such Third Party (but only up to the amount of net proceeds actually received by such Selling Participant), in any indemnification that the Transferring Member has agreed to and (B) indemnification with respect to representations and warranties given by such Selling Participant regarding such Selling Participant’s ownership of the interests to be sold by it and its ability to convey title thereto free and clear of liens, encumbrances or adverse claims.

 

(c)          Upon expiration of the Right of First Refusal Period, the Transferring Member shall notify the Members (other than the Participating Members, if any) in writing of the proposed Transfer (the “ Transferor Tag-Along Notice ”). The Transferor Tag-Along Notice shall set forth the Third Party Terms, including any reduction in the Membership Interest proposed to be Transferred by the Transferring Member to a Third-Party due to one or more Participating Member’s exercise of its rights pursuant to Section 11.2.

 

(d)          The tag-along right provided for in this Section 11.3 may be exercised by any Selling Participant by delivery of a written notice to the Company, the Transferring Member and the Third Party (the “ Tag-Along Notice ”) within five (5) days following receipt of the Transferor Tag-Along Notice (the “ Tag-Along Period ”). The Tag-Along Notice shall state the maximum Membership Interests that a Selling Participant wishes to include in such Transfer to the Third Party. The failure of a Member to deliver a Tag-Along Notice meeting the requirements of this Section 11.3(d) within the Tag-Along Period shall constitute a waiver of such Member’s tag-along rights with respect to such proposed Transfer.

 

21
 

 

(e)          Upon the giving of its Tag-Along Notice, a Selling Participant shall be obligated to sell to the Third Party the Membership Interests set forth in its Tag-Along Notice on the Third Party Terms (or, if a Selling Participant is not entitled to sell such Membership Interest under the terms of this Section 11.3, such Selling Participant shall be obligated to sell the maximum Membership Interest such Selling Participant is permitted to sell hereunder on the Third Party Terms); provided , however , that neither the Transferring Member nor any Selling Participant shall consummate the sale of any interests unless the Third Party purchases, on the Third Party Terms, all of interests contained in the Tag-Along Notices that the Selling Participants are entitled to sell under the terms of this Section 11.3. If the Third Party does not purchase the interests entitled to be sold by any Selling Participant that has complied with the terms of this Section 11.3, then any Transfer by the Transferring Member and any other Selling Participants to such Third Party shall be null and void and of no effect whatsoever.

 

(f)          After expiration of the Tag-Along Period, if any, if the provisions of Section 11.2 and this Section 11.3 have been complied with in all respects and no Tag-Along Notice has been given, a Transferring Member shall have the right for six (6) months to Transfer its interests to the Third Party on the Third Party Terms without further notice to the Company or the Members, but after such six (6) months no such Transfer may be made without again complying with all of the requirements of Section 11.2 and this Section 11.3. If the terms of such proposed Transfer are materially different from the Third Party Terms, the Transferring Member shall deliver to the Company a revised First Refusal Notice, and shall again comply with all of the requirements of Section 11.2 and, to the extent required, this Section 11.3.

 

11.4          Drag-Along Right .

 

(a)          In the event a bona fide written offer (an “ Acquisition Offer ”) is made to (i) purchase, in a single transaction or a series of related arms’ length transactions, (A) all of the outstanding interests in the Company (an “ Interests Sale ”) or (B) all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (an “ Asset Sale ”) or (ii) acquire the Company through a merger, consolidation or similar business combination (a “ Merger ” and, together with an Interests Sale and an Asset Sale, a “ Sale Transaction ”) and the Manager wishes to accept such Acquisition Offer, then, if requested to do so by the Manager, (A) in the case of an Interests Sale, each Member shall sell all of its interests in the Company in such transaction, at the price, for the type of consideration and on the other terms and conditions set forth in the Acquisition Offer, and (B) in the case of an Asset Sale or a Merger, each Member shall vote, either at a meeting called for such purpose or by written consent, in favor of such transaction, and shall waive any dissenters rights, appraisal rights or similar rights in connection therewith.

 

(b)          To exercise the drag-along rights set forth in this Section 11.4, the Manager shall give all Members written notice (the “ Drag-Along Notice ”) of the Acquisition Offer at least twenty (20) days prior to the date on which such transaction is expected to be consummated. The Drag-Along Notice shall set forth: (i) the name and address of the proposed acquiror, (ii) the proposed amount and form of consideration and terms and conditions of payment and (iii) the other material terms and conditions of the Acquisition Offer, and shall include a copy of the Acquisition Offer.

 

22
 

 

(c)          From and after the giving of a Drag-Along Notice, (i) in the case of an Interests Sale, each Member shall have the obligation to sell its interests, free and clear of any liens, encumbrances or adverse claims, in the Sale Transaction in accordance with the instructions set forth in the Drag-Along Notice and (ii) each Member shall vote for, consent to and raise no objections to any Sale Transaction and shall take such other necessary or desirable actions in connection with the consummation of such Sale Transaction as reasonably requested by the Manager, including executing and delivering such documents as the Manager may reasonably request, and shall not bring any claim against the Company, its Affiliates or any of the Company’s or its Affiliates’ respective officers, directors, members, partners, stockholders, employees, agents, advisors or representatives or contest or seek to enjoin the Sale Transaction, or seek appraisal, dissenters or other similar rights with respect thereto; provided , however , that a Member shall not be obligated to execute and deliver any document which (A) requires such Member to make representations or warranties regarding any aspect whatsoever of the business or prospects of the Company (provided that the Members shall be required to make representations and warranties with respect to their ownership of their interests and their ability to convey title thereto free and clear of liens, encumbrances or adverse claims), or (B) requires such Member to be obligated for any indemnification obligations other than (1) an obligation to join on a pro rata basis (but not on a joint and several basis), based on its respective share of the aggregate proceeds paid by the acquiror in such Sale Transaction (but only up to the amount of net proceeds actually received by such Member in the Sale Transaction), in any indemnification as reasonably requested by the Manager and (2) indemnification with respect to representations and warranties given by such Member regarding its ownership of interests and its ability to convey title thereto free and clear of liens, encumbrances or adverse claims.

 

ARTICLE XII

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

 

12.1          Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up, upon the determination of the Members holding all of the Membership Interests.

 

12.2          Effect of Dissolution . Upon dissolution, the Company shall not be terminated and shall continue until the winding up of the affairs of the Company is completed and a certificate of dissolution has been issued by the Secretary of State of Delaware.

 

12.3          Distribution of Assets on Dissolution . Upon the winding up of the Company, the Manager (or, if there is no Manager then remaining, such other Person(s) designated by the Members representing at least a majority of the Members’ Membership Interests) shall take full account of the assets and liabilities of the Company, shall liquidate the assets (unless the Manager determines that a distribution of any Company Property in-kind would be more advantageous to the Members than the sale thereof) as promptly as is consistent with obtaining the fair value thereof, and shall apply and distribute the proceeds therefrom in the following order:

 

23
 

 

(a)          first, to the payment of the debts and liabilities of the Company to creditors, including Members who are creditors, to the extent permitted by law, in satisfaction of such debts and liabilities, and to the payment of necessary expenses of liquidation;

 

(b)          second, to the setting up of any reserves which the Manager may deem necessary or appropriate for any anticipated obligations or contingencies of the Company arising out of or in connection with the operation or business of the Company. Such reserves may be paid over by the Manager to an escrow agent or trustee selected by the Manager to be disbursed by such escrow agent or trustee in payment of any of the aforementioned obligations or contingencies and, if any balance remains at the expiration of such period as the Manager shall deem advisable, shall be distributed by such escrow agent or trustee in the manner hereinafter provided;

 

(c)          then, to the Members in accordance with their respective Membership Interests, as set forth on Schedule A .

 

If at the time of liquidation the Manager shall determine that an immediate sale of some or all Company Property would cause undue loss to the Members, the Manager may, in order to avoid such loss, defer liquidation.

 

12.4          Winding Up and Filing Articles of Dissolution . Upon the commencement of the winding up of the Company, articles of dissolution shall be delivered by the Company to the Secretary of State of Delaware for filing. The articles of dissolution shall set forth the information required by the Act. The winding up of the Company shall be completed when all debts, liabilities, and obligations of the Company have been paid and discharged or reasonably adequate provision therefore has been made, and all of the remaining Property of the Company has been distributed to the Members.

 

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

13.1          Notices . Notices to the Company shall be sent to the Principal Office of the Company. Notices to the Members shall be sent to their addresses set forth on Schedule A . Any Member may require notices to be sent to a different address by giving notice to the other Members in accordance with this Section. Any notice or other communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be deemed to have been given with receipt confirmed if and when delivered personally, given by prepaid telegram or mailed first class, postage prepaid, delivered by courier, or sent by facsimile, to such Members at such address.

 

13.2          Entire Agreement . This Agreement together with the schedules and appendices attached hereto constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes any prior agreement or understanding between them respecting the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

13.3          Saving Clause . If any provision of this Agreement, or the application of such provision to any Person or circumstance, shall be held invalid, the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such provision to Persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid, shall not be affected thereby.

 

24
 

 

13.4          Counterparts . The Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, and all so executed shall constitute one agreement, binding on all the parties hereto.

 

13.5          Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

13.6          No Rights of Creditors and Third Parties under Agreement . The Agreement is entered into among the Company and the Members for the exclusive benefit of the Company, its Members, the Manager, and their successors and assignees. The Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company, the Manager or any other Person. Except and only to the extent provided by applicable statute, no such creditor or any third party shall have any rights under the Agreement or any agreement between the Company, any Member and/or the Manager with respect to any Capital Contribution or otherwise.

 

13.7          Counsel . [Olshan represented only Atrinsic in connection with this Agreement. Barry E. Eisenberg acknowledges that he was advised to be represented by counsel in the preparation of this Agreement or was represented by [______] in connection with this Agreement. All Members consent to any future representation by Olshan of the Company in its business dealings and in connection with this Agreement or any disputes arising hereunder]. None of the Members is to be considered to be the drafter of this Agreement or any provision hereof for the purpose of any statute, case law, or rule of interpretation or construction that would or might cause any provision to be construed against the drafter. This Agreement was drafted with substantial input by all parties and their counsel, and no reliance was placed on any representation other than those contained in this Agreement.

 

13.8          Amendment . This Agreement may be amended by the Manager with the vote or written consent of Members holding at least a majority of the outstanding Membership Interests in the Company; provided, no such amendment may reduce the Membership Interest of any Member disproportionately to that of other Members without such Member’s vote or written consent. The Manager may also amend this Agreement without the consent of the Members to the extent required by a lender to the Company to incorporate separateness covenants, bankruptcy remote provisions or other similar provisions.

 

13.9          Choice of Law . Notwithstanding the place where this Agreement may be executed by any of the parties hereto, the parties expressly agree that all of the terms and provisions hereof shall be construed under the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflict of law principles.

 

13.10          Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

25
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands and seals as of the date first above written.

 

  MEMBERS:
   
  BE GLOBAL LLC
       
  By: /s/ Barry M. Eisenberg
    Name: Barry M. Eisenberg
    Title: Sole Member and Manager
       
  ATRINSIC, INC.
       
  By: /s/ Sebastian Giordano
    Name: Sebastian Giordano
    Title: Interim Chief Restructuring Officer

 

26
 

 

SCHEDULE A – MEMBERS

 

Name and Address
of Member
  Initial
Capital Contribution
  Membership Interest
         
BE Global LLC
[__________]
  Intellectual Property
(as defined in the Contribution Agreement)
  49.0%
         
Atrinsic, Inc.[*]
[________]
  See Section 8.1(b) of this Agreement   51.0%

 

 

* Tax Matters Partner

 

 

 

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

This Contribution Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of July12, 2013 by and among Momspot LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), Barry M. Eisenberg and BE Global LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Member ”).

 

WHEREAS, Mr. Eisenberg, as the sole member and manager of Member, desires to enter into and be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement as consideration for Member’s acquisition of a Membership Interest (as defined in that certain Operating Agreement of the Company, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Operating Agreement ”)) in the Company;

 

WHEREAS, Mr. Eisenberg owns the domain name set forth on Schedule A attached hereto, as well as common law rights to said domain name (hereinafter referred to as the “ Domain Name ”), and the Company desires to acquire the Domain Name, together with the goodwill of the business symbolized by the Domain Name;

 

WHEREAS, Mr. Eisenberg is the owner of the trademarks listed on Schedule B as well as any pending trademark applications for the same listed on Schedule B (“ Marks ”), and the Company desires to acquire the Marks, and any and all applications therefor, together with the goodwill of the business symbolized by the Marks; and

 

WHEREAS, Mr. Eisenberg is the owner of the works listed on Schedule C as well as the all copyright registrations and/or applications relating thereto (“ Works ” and together with Domain Name and Marks, the “ Intellectual Property ”), and the Company desires to acquire the Works, and any and all applications and/or registrations therefor.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and in the Operating Agreement and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY BEING CONTRIBUTED

 

Section 1.1            Contribution of Domain Name . Mr. Eisenberg on behalf of Member hereby sells, transfers and assigns the Domain Name and the registrations thereof, together with the goodwill of the business connected with and symbolized by such Domain Name, and any trademark, service mark, or intellectual property rights relating thereto, to the extent any such trademark, service mark, or intellectual property rights exist. Mr. Eisenberg shall cooperate with the Company and follow the Company’s reasonable instructions in order to effectuate the transfer of the Domain Name registration in a timely manner. Specifically, promptly after the effective date of this Agreement, Mr. Eisenberg agrees to prepare and transmit any necessary documentation and/or electronic instructions to the registrar of the Domain Name and/or to correspond with the registrar to authorize the transfer of the Domain Name to the Company.

 

 
 

 

Section 1.2            Contribution of Marks . Mr. Eisenberg on behalf of Member hereby sells, assigns and transfers to the Company, its successors and assigns, absolutely and forever, the entire right, title and interest, whether statutory or at common law, in and to the Marks, together with the goodwill of the business symbolized by the Marks throughout the world and any and all applications and/or registrations therefor, together with all causes of action for previously occurring infringements of the rights being assigned, and the right to receive and retain the proceeds relating to those infringements.

 

Section 1.3            Contribution of Works . Mr. Eisenberg on behalf of Member hereby sells, assigns, and transfers to the Company, all of Mr. Eisenberg’s entire right, title and interest in and to the Works, any and all copyright registrations and/or applications relating thereto and any renewals and extensions thereof, and in and to all works based upon, derived from, or incorporating the Works, and in and to all income, royalties, damages, claims and payments now or hereafter due or payable with respect thereto, and in and to all causes of action, either in law or in equity for past, present, or future infringement based on the Works and the copyrights thereto, and in and to all moral rights in the Works, and in and to all rights corresponding to the foregoing throughout the world. In any jurisdictions in which moral rights cannot be assigned, Mr. Eisenberg hereby waives any and all claims Mr. Eisenberg might have to such moral rights with respect to the Works for all uses of the Works, and to the extent such waiver is unenforceable, Mr. Eisenberg hereby covenants and agrees not to bring any claim, suit or other legal proceeding against the Company, its successors, assigns or licensees, claiming that Mr. Eisenberg’s “moral rights” rights have been violated.

 

ARTICLE II
MEMBERSHIP INTEREST IN COMPANY

 

Section 2.1            Issuance of Membership .  In consideration of Mr. Eisenberg’s contribution of the Intellectual Property to the Company on behalf of Member pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company shall admit Member as a member of the Company and issue to Member a Membership Interest representing forty-nine percent (49%) of the total Membership Interests in the Company, as of the date hereof.

 

Section 2.2            Operating Agreement. Member hereby agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Operating Agreement.

 

ARTICLE III
ASSUMPTION OF OBLIGATIONS

 

Company hereby assumes the liabilities and obligations with respect to the Intellectual Property existing on the date hereof.

 

ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Section 4.1            Representations and Warranties of Mr. Eisenberg and Member .

 

Mr. Eisenberg and Member jointly and severally represent and warrant that:

 

2
 

 

 

(a)           Approval of Transactions . This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Mr. Eisenberg and Member, and Member has all requisite limited liability company power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. All necessary limited liability company action has been taken by Member with respect to the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. Assuming the due execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement shall constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of Mr. Eisenberg and Member, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies, or (iii) as rights to indemnity may be limited by federal or state securities laws or by public policy.

 

(b)           Title to the Property . Mr. Eisenberg is the true and lawful owner of, and has good and marketable title to, the Domain Name, Marks, and Works, free and clear of any lien, pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, encumbrance, claim, option or right of first refusal (“ Encumbrances ”). Upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will be the lawful owner of, and have marketable title to, the Domain Name, Marks and Works, free and clear of all Encumbrances.

 

Section 4.2          Investment Representations .

 

(a)           Investment Experience . Member is a sophisticated investor and has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment in the Membership Interest, which are substantial, and has in fact evaluated such merits and risks in making its investment decision to purchase the Membership Interest. Member has consulted and relied upon its own tax, financial, legal or business advisors as to the appropriateness of an investment in the Membership Interest. Member does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person or entity to sell, transfer or grant participations to such person or entity or to any third person or entity with respect to the Membership Interest.

 

(b)           Accredited Investor . Member is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) and is acquiring the Membership Interest acquired by it for investment purposes and not with a view to the distribution thereof or of or any part thereof in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws.

 

(c)           Access to Information . Member has been granted the opportunity to conduct a full and fair examination of the records, documents and files of the Company, to ask questions of and receive answers from representatives of the Company, its officers, managers, employees and agents concerning the terms and conditions of this offering and the sale of the Membership Interest hereunder, the Company and its business and prospects, and to obtain any additional information which Member deems necessary to verify the accuracy of the information received. Member further represents that it has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the Membership Interest, and any information so requested has been made available to the full and complete satisfaction of Member.

 

3
 

 

 

(d)           Membership Interests. Member understands that the Membership Interests have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws and, therefore, cannot be reoffered or resold unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or unless an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws is available. Member understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Membership Interests under the Securities Act or assist Member with complying with any exemption from registration under the Securities Act. Accordingly, Member is aware that there are legal and practical limits on its ability to sell or dispose of the Membership Interest and, therefore, that Member must bear the economic risk of its investment for an indefinite period of time. Member has adequate means of providing for Member’s current needs and possible personal contingencies and has no need for any liquidity in its investment.

 

Section 4.3            Representations and Warranties of the Company .

 

The Company represents and warrants to Mr. Eisenberg and Member that:

 

(a)           Corporate Existence . The Company is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

(b)           Authorization; Validity . The Company has all requisite limited liability company power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder, including the issuance of the Membership Interest, and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. All necessary limited liability company action has been taken by the Company with respect to the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. Assuming the due execution and delivery of this Agreement by Mr. Eisenberg and Member, this Agreement is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies, or (iii) as rights to indemnity may be limited by federal or state securities laws or by public policy.

 

(c)           Membership Interest . The issuance and delivery of the Membership Interest have been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company action on the part of the Company and, upon issuance as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free and clear of any and all Encumbrances.

 

4
 

 

 

ARTICLE V

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

Section 5.1            Further Assurances . Each party hereby agrees that at any time, and from time to time, upon the reasonable request of the other party, it will perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver all such further acts, deeds, assignments, conveyances, instruments or powers of attorney as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the provisions of this Agreement and secure for the Company or its designee the rights herein assigned.

 

Section 5.2            Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Operating Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relative to said subject matter. If any term, condition or other provision of this Agreement is found to be invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by virtue of any rule of law, public policy or court determination, all other terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect.

 

Section 5.3            Binding Effect; Assignment . This Agreement and the various rights and obligations arising hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be transferred or assigned (by operation of law or otherwise) by either of the parties. Any transfer or assignment of any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder in violation of the terms hereof shall be void and of no force or effect.

 

Section 5.4            Waiver; Consent . This Agreement may not be changed, amended, terminated, augmented, rescinded or discharged (other than by performance), in whole or in part, except by a writing executed by each of the parties hereto, and no waiver of any of the provisions or conditions of this Agreement or any of the rights of a party hereto shall be effective or binding unless such waiver shall be in writing and signed by the party claimed to have given or consented thereto. Except to the extent that a party hereto may have otherwise agreed to in writing, no waiver by that party of any condition of this Agreement or breach by any other party of any of its obligations, representations or warranties hereunder shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other condition or subsequent or prior breach of the same or any other obligation or representation or warranty by such other party, nor shall any forbearance by the first party to seek a remedy for any noncompliance or breach by such other party be deemed to be a waiver by the first party of its rights and remedies with respect to such noncompliance or breach.

 

Section 5.5            No Third Party Beneficiaries . Nothing herein, expressed or implied, is intended or shall be construed to confer upon or give to any person, firm, corporation or legal entity, other than the parties hereto, any rights, remedies or other benefits under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.6            Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, none of which need contain the signatures of all parties, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which taken together constitute one and the same instrument. All executed signature pages transmitted by facsimile or email shall be deemed an original, and shall be binding.

 

5
 

 

 

Section 5.7            Governing Law; Choice of Jurisdiction; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of laws provisions thereof to the extent that the general application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby. The parties (a) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the jurisdiction of the Federal or state courts of the State of New York, County of New York for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement, (b) agree not to commence any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement except in the Federal or state courts of State of New York, County of New York, and (c) hereby waive, and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY LEGALLY AND EFFECTIVELY DO SO, TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING HEREUNDER.

 

Section 5.8            Captions . The captions herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the construction or interpretation hereof.

 

[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]

 

6
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Member has caused this Contribution Agreement to be signed as of the date first written above.

 

   
  BARRY M. EISENBERG
   
  BE GLOBAL LLC
   
  By: /s/ Barry M. Eisenberg
    Name: Barry M. Eisenberg
    Title: Sole Member and Manager

 

ACKNOWLEDGED:
 
Momspot LLC

 

By: ATRINSIC, INC., Manager  
   
By:

/s/ Sebastian Giordano

 
  Name: Sebastian Giordano  
  Title: Interim Chief Restructuring Officer  

 

 [ Signature Page to Contribution Agreement ]

 

 
 

 

Schedule A

 

Domain Name

 

www.momspot.com

 

 
 

 

Schedule B

 

Marks

 

    Applications
Trademark   Jurisdiction   Application/Serial Number   Application Date
MOMSPOT   United States   85790376   11/29/2012
             
           
             
           
             
           
             
           
             
           

 

 
 

 

Schedule C

 

Works

 

All of Member's rights in and to all photographic, graphic, textual, software, and written materials in all forms, including electronic, used in connection with the business of the Company, including, without limitation, the logo designs set forth below and all photographic, graphic, textual, software, and written materials owned by Mr. Eisenberg and published on www.momspot.com.

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

ATRINSIC, INC.

LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

 

THIS LOCK-UP AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of November 19, 2013, and effective as of the 12 th day of July, 2013 (the “ Effective Date” ), by and among ATRINSIC, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and the holder signatory hereto (the “ Holder ”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.           On June 15, 2012, the Company filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Bankruptcy Court” ).

 

B.           The Company’s certificate of incorporation, as amended to date, shall be amended and restated (as so amended and restated, the “Certificate” ) effective on June 26, 2013 in accordance with its terms without board of directors or stockholder approval pursuant to Section 303 of the DGCL as it has been adopted pursuant to the Second Amended Plan of Reorganization of the Corporation, dated March 7, 2013 (as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “Plan” ), as confirmed by order of the Bankruptcy Court on June 26, 2013 (and which Plan became effective on July 12, 2013).

 

C.           Pursuant to the Plan, the Holder will be issued shares of the Company’s Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.000001 par value per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock” ), which will be convertible into shares of the Company’s Common Stock, $0.000001 par value per share (the “Common Stock” ), in accordance with terms of that certain Certificate of Designations, Powers, Preferences and Other Rights of Preferred Stock and Qualifications, Limitations and Restrictions Thereof of the Series A Preferred Stock.

 

D.           Simultaneously herewith, the persons on Schedule I attached hereto (other than the Holder, the “ Other Holders ”) are entering into lockup agreements in the form of this Agreement (the “ Other Lock-Up Agreements ”).

 

E.           The parties hereto deem it to be in their best interests to provide for certain provisions governing the transfer of securities of the Company held by the Holder.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties intending to be legally bound hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

 

1.1            General Restrictions . The Holder shall be prohibited from selling or otherwise transferring more than 2.5% of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock, calculated on a fully diluted basis, per 90-day period across the period of 12 months commencing on the Effective Date. The Company shall be entitled to place “stop order” instructions with the transfer agent for the Common Stock in respect of such restriction.

 

 
 

 

ARTICLE II

CERTIFICATES

 

2.1            Restrictive Endorsements . Each certificate evidencing any shares of Common Stock (or options or other rights to acquire Common Stock) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“The securities evidenced by this certificate are subject to the terms of a Lock-up Agreement, a copy of which is on file at the principal office of the Company and will be furnished at no cost to any holder on request. Such Lock-up Agreement provides for certain restrictions on transfer or other disposition of the securities evidenced by this certificate.”

 

2.2            Replacement Certificates . Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any certificate evidencing shares of Common Stock or Series A Preferred Stock and of a bond or other indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Company, and upon reimbursement to the Company of all reasonable expenses incident thereto, and upon surrender of such certificate, if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver a new certificate of like tenor in lieu of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate.

 

ARTICLE III

MISCELLANEOUS

 

3.1            Representations . The Holder represents that, upon the Effective Date, the Holder will be the record and beneficial owner of the number of issued and outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock appearing below the Holder's name on the signature page of the Holder attached hereto, free and clear of any option, lien, encumbrance or charge of any kind whatsoever, except as created by this Agreement.

 

3.2            Notices . Any and all notices, designations, consents, offers, acceptances, or any other communication provided for herein shall be given in writing by hand, overnight courier or by registered or certified mail, addressed to the address specified for such party on the signature pages hereof, or to such other address as may be designated in writing by any such party. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each such notice shall be deemed given when delivered in person or by overnight courier or on a date which is three days after it is mailed at any post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service (registered or certified, with postage prepaid and properly addressed).

 

3.3            Amendment . No change in, modification of, amendment to or waiver of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Company, and the Holder. The Holder shall be entitled, at its option, to the benefit of any amendment, waiver or cancellation of any Other Lock-Up Agreement.

 

2
 

 

3.4            Waiver . No failure or delay on the part of the parties or any of them in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder, nor any course of dealing between the parties or any of them shall operate as a waiver of any such right, power or privilege nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or privilege preclude the simultaneous or later exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein expressly provided are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies which the parties or any of them would otherwise have. No notice to or demand on the Company in any case shall entitle the Company to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances or constitute a waiver of the rights of the other parties or any of them to take any other or further action in any circumstances without notice or demand.

 

3.5            Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including any exhibits hereto and the documents and instruments referred to herein and therein, embodies the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, representations, warranties, covenants or undertakings, other than those expressly set forth or referred to herein. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

 

3.6            Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

3.7            Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof to the extent that the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby; provided , however , that the corporate law of the State of Delaware shall govern all issues concerning the relative rights of the Company and its stockholders.

 

3.8            Filing . A copy of this Agreement and of all amendments hereto shall be filed at the principal office of the Company.

 

3.9            Termination . This Agreement shall expire upon the earlier to occur of the following: (i) the one-year anniversary of the Effective Date, (ii) the tenth (10) Business Day after the date hereof to the extent the Other Holders fail to enter into the Other Lock-Up Agreements and (iii) consummation of the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or a merger, consolidation, reorganization or other business combination.

 

3.10          Benefit and Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their successors and permitted assigns.

 

3.11          Severability . In the event that any portion of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, such portion shall be enforced to the fullest lawful extent and the remaining parts hereof shall nevertheless continue to be valid and enforceable as though the invalid portions were not a part hereof. If any time period set forth herein is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, a different time period that is determined by the court to be more reasonable shall replace the unenforceable time period.

 

3
 

 

3.12          Business Day . As used in this Agreement, the term "Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks are required or permitted to close in the State of New York.

 

[Signatures begin on the following page.]

 

4
 

 

[COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO LOCK-UP AGREEMENT]

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Lock-Up Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

  COMPANY:
     
  ATRINSIC, INC.
              
  By: /s/ Sebastian Giordano
    Name:   Sebastian Giordano
    Title: Chief Restructuring Officer
                
  Address: Atrinsic, Inc.
    116 W. 23 rd Street, Suite 500, Rm.82
    New York, NY 10011
  Attention: Sebastian Giordano
    Chief Restructuring Officer
               
  HOLDER:
   
  HUDSON BAY MASTER FUND LTD
         
  By: /s/ Yoav Roth
    Name:  Yoav Roth
    Title: Authorized Signatory
     
  Address: 777 Third Avenue, 30th Floor
    New York, NY 10017
  Attention: Yoav Roth
    George Antonopolous
           
  Number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock:
  2,312,834,301

  

 
 

 

[COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO LOCK-UP AGREEMENT]

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Lock-Up Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

  

  COMPANY:
   
  ATRINSIC, INC.
     
  By: /s/ Sebastian Giordano
    Name:   Sebastian Giordano
    Title: Chief Restructuring Officer
     
  Address: Atrinsic, Inc.
    116 W. 23 rd Street, Suite 500, Rm.82
    New York, NY 10011
  Attention: Sebastian Giordano
    Chief Restructuring Officer
     
  HOLDER:
   
  IROQUOIS MASTER FUND LTD
     
  By: /s/ Joshua Silverman
    Name:  Joshua Silverman
    Title: Authorized Signatory
     
  Address: c/o Iroquois Capital Management, LLC
    641 Lexington Avenue
    26th Floor
    New York, NY 10022
  Attention: Joshua Silverman
     
  Number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock:
  2,287,165,699

  

 
 

 

ATRINSIC, INC.
Lock-Up AGREEMENT
effective as of July 12, 2013

 

SCHEDULE I

 

HOLDERS

 

Name   Series A Preferred Stock
     
Hudson Bay Master Fund Ltd   2,312,834,301
     
Iroquois Master Fund Ltd   2,287,165,699

 

 

ATRINSIC, INC.

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement” ) is effective as of ________, 2014 by and between ATRINSIC, INC. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company” ), and the indemnitee listed on the signature pages hereto (the “ Indemnitee ”).

 

A.           The Company and Indemnitee recognize the substantial increase in corporate litigation in general, which subjects directors, officers, employees, agents and fiduciaries to expensive litigation risks at the same time as the availability and coverage of liability insurance has been severely limited.

 

B.           The Indemnitee does not regard the current protection available as adequate under the present circumstances, and Indemnitee and other directors, officers, employees, agents and fiduciaries of the Company may not be willing to serve in such capacities without additional protection.

 

C.           The Company (i) desires to attract and retain the involvement of highly qualified individuals and entities, such as Indemnitee, to serve the Company and, in part, in order to induce the Indemnitee to be involved with the Company and (ii) wishes to provide for the indemnification and advancing of expenses to the Indemnitee to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

D.           In view of the considerations set forth above, the Company desires that the Indemnitee be indemnified by the Company as set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , the Company and the Indemnitee hereby agree as follows:

 

1.            Indemnification .

 

(a)   Third Party Proceedings .  The Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee if such Indemnitee is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or any alternative dispute resolution mechanism, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that such Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, or any subsidiary of the Company, or by reason of the fact that such Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees and all other costs, expenses and obligations incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, to be a witness in or to participate in, any action, suit, proceeding, alternative dispute resolution mechanism, hearing, inquiry or investigation), judgments, fines and penalties actually and reasonably incurred in connection with, and amounts actually paid in settlement of (if such settlement is approved in advance by the Company, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld), (and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement) actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner such Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.  The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which such Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

 
 

 

(b)   Proceedings By or in the Right of the Company .  The Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee if such Indemnitee was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or any alternative dispute resolution mechanism, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by or in the right of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, or any subsidiary of the Company, or by reason of the fact that such Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding if such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner such Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or such other court shall deem proper.

 

(c)    Reviewing Party .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the obligations of the Company under Section 1(a) and (b) shall be subject to the condition that the Reviewing Party (as described in Section 10(e) hereof) shall not have determined (in a written opinion, in any case in which the Independent Legal Counsel referred to in Section 1(e) hereof is involved) that the Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law, and (ii) the Indemnitee acknowledges and agrees that the obligation of the Company to make an advance payment of expenses to such Indemnitee pursuant to Section 2(a) (an “ Expense Advance ”) shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that such Indemnitee would not be permitted to be so indemnified under applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by such Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided, however, that if such Indemnitee has commenced or thereafter commences legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that such Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law, any determination made by the Reviewing Party that such Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and such Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expense Advance until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed).  The Indemnitee’s obligation to reimburse the Company for any Expense Advance shall be unsecured and no interest shall be charged thereon.  If there has not been a Change in Control (as defined in Section 10(c) hereof), the Reviewing Party shall be selected by the Board of Directors, and if there has been such a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), the Reviewing Party shall be the Independent Legal Counsel referred to in Section 1(e) hereof.  If there has been no determination by the Reviewing Party or if the Reviewing Party determines that the Indemnitee substantively would not be permitted to be indemnified in whole or in part under applicable law, such Indemnitee shall have the right to commence litigation seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any such determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof, including the legal or factual bases therefor, and the Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in any such proceeding.  Any determination by the Reviewing Party otherwise shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and such Indemnitee.

 

2
 

 

(d)    Contribution .  If the indemnification provided for in Section 1(a) or (b) above for any reason is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to the Indemnitee in respect of any losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities referred to therein, then the Company, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnitee thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnitee as a result of such losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Indemnitee, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and the Indemnitee in connection with the action or inaction which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of the Company and the Indemnitee shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Indemnitee and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.  The Company and the Indemnitee agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 1(d) were determined by pro rata or per capita allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to herein.

 

(e)   Change in Control .  The Company agrees that if there is a Change in Control of the Company (other than a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) then, with respect to all matters thereafter arising concerning the rights of the Indemnitee to payments of expenses under this Agreement or any other agreement or under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Certificate ”), or Bylaws as now or hereafter in effect, Independent Legal Counsel (as defined in Section 10(d) hereof) shall be selected by the Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably with-held).  Such counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to the Company and the Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent such Indemnitee would be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law.  The Company agrees to abide by such opinion and to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Legal Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

(f)   Mandatory Payment of Expenses .  To the extent that the Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 1, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such Indemnitee shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection therewith.

 

3
 

 

2.            Expenses; Indemnification Procedure .

 

(a)   Advancement of Expenses .  The Company shall advance all expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of any civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding referenced in Section 1(a) or (b) hereof (but not amounts actually paid in settlement of any such action, suit or proceeding).  The Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay such amounts advanced only if, and to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company as authorized hereby.  The advances to be made hereunder shall be paid by the Company to the Indemnitee within thirty (30) days following delivery of a written request therefor by such Indemnitee to the Company.

 

(b)   Notice/Cooperation by Indemnitee .  The Indemnitee shall, as a condition precedent to his right to be indemnified under this Agreement, give the Company notice in writing as soon as practicable of any claim made against such Indemnitee for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement.  Notice to the Company shall be directed to the President of the Company at the address shown on the signature page of this Agreement (or such other address as the Company shall designate in writing to such Indemnitee).  In addition, the Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation as it may reasonably require and as shall be within such Indemnitee’s power.

 

(c)   Procedure .  Any indemnification and advances provided for in Section 1 and this Section 2 shall be made no later than thirty (30) days after receipt of the written request of the Indemnitee.  If a claim under this Agreement, under any statute, or under any provision of the Company’s Certificate or Bylaws providing for indemnification, is not paid in full by the Company within thirty (30) days after a written request for payment thereof has first been received by the Company, the Indemnitee may, but need not, at any time thereafter bring an action against the Company to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, subject to Section 12 of this Agreement, such Indemnitee shall also be entitled to be paid for the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) of bringing such action.  It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in connection with any action, suit or proceeding in advance of its final disposition) that such Indemnitee has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under applicable law for the Company to indemnify such Indemnitee for the amount claimed.  However, such Indemnitee shall be entitled to receive interim payments of expenses pursuant to Subsection 2(a) unless and until such defense may be finally adjudicated by court order or judgment from which no further right of appeal exists.  It is the parties’ intention that if the Company contests the Indemnitee’s right to indemnification, the question of such Indemnitee’s right to indemnification shall be for the court to decide, and neither the failure of the Company (including its Board of Directors, any committee or subgroup of the Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because such Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct required by applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Company (including it Board of Directors, any committee or subgroup of the Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that such Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that such Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In connection with any determination by any Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether the Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the burden of proof will be on the Company to establish that Indemnitee is not so entitled.

 

4
 

 

(d)   Notice to Insurers .  If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.  The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

 

(e)   Selection of Counsel .  In the event the Company shall be obligated under Section 2(a) hereof to pay the expenses of any proceeding against the Indemnitee, the Company, if appropriate, shall be entitled to assume the defense of such proceeding, with counsel approved by such Indemnitee, upon the delivery to such Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so.  After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by the Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to such Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by such Indemnitee with respect to the same proceeding, provided that (i) such Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his counsel in any such proceeding at such Indemnitee’s expense; and (ii) if (A) the employment of counsel by such Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) such Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and such Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense, or (C) the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to assume the defense of such proceeding, then the fees and expenses of such Indemnitee’s counsel shall be at the expense of the Company.

 

3.            Additional Indemnification Rights; Nonexclusivity .

 

(a)   Scope .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to indemnify the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, notwithstanding that such indemnification is not specifically authorized by the other provisions of this Agreement, the Company’s Certificate, the Company’s Bylaws or by statute.  In the event of any change, after the date of this Agreement, in any applicable law, statute, or rule which expands the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its Board of Directors or an officer, such changes shall be, ipso facto , within the purview of the Indemnitee’s rights and Company’s obligations, under this Agreement.  In the event of any change in any applicable law, statute or rule which narrows the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its Board of Directors or an officer, such changes, to the extent not otherwise required by such law, statute or rule to be applied to this Agreement shall have no effect on this Agreement or the parties’ rights and obligations hereunder.

 

(b)   Nonexclusivity. The indemnification provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights to which the Indemnitee may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate, its Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or otherwise, both as to action in such Indemnitee’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.  The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue as to the Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity even though he may have ceased to serve in such capacity at the time of any action, suit or other covered proceeding.

 

4.            Subrogation.   In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of contribution or recovery of the Indemnitee who shall take, at the request of the Company, all reasonable action necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

5
 

 

5.            Partial Indemnification .  If the Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the expenses, judgments, fines or penalties actually or reasonably incurred by him in the investigation, defense, appeal or settlement of any civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify such Indemnitee for the portion of such expenses, judgments, fines or penalties to which such Indemnitee is entitled.

 

6.            Mutual Acknowledgement .  The Company and the Indemnitee acknowledge that in certain instances, Federal law or applicable public policy may prohibit the Company from indemnifying its directors, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries under this Agreement or otherwise.  The Indemnitees understand and acknowledge that the Company has undertaken or may be required in the future to undertake with the Securities and Exchange Commission to submit the question of indemnification to a court in certain circumstances for a determination of the Company’s rights under public policy to indemnify the Indemnitee.

 

7.            Officer and Director Liability Insurance .  The Company shall, from time to time, make the good faith determination whether or not it is practicable for the Company to obtain and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies providing the officers and directors of the Company with coverage for losses from wrongful acts, or to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement.  The Company will also make commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain liability insurance applicable to directors, officers or fiduciaries in an amount determined by the Company’s board of directors. Among other considerations, the Company will weigh the costs of obtaining such insurance coverage against the protection afforded by such coverage.  In all policies of director and officer liability insurance, the Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide such Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s directors, if such Indemnitee is a director; or of the Company’s officers, if such Indemnitee is not a director of the Company but is an officer.  The Company shall promptly notify Indemnitee in writing of any policy coverage modification, expiration, lapse, non-renewal or denial of coverage under any such policy.

 

8.            Severability .  Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law.  The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable as provided in this Section 8.  If this Agreement or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Agreement that shall not have been invalidated, and the balance of this Agreement not so invalidated shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

9.            Exceptions .  Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement:

 

(a)   Claims Initiated by the Indemnitee .  To indemnify or advance expenses to the Indemnitee with respect to proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by the Indemnitee and not by way of defense, except:  (i) with respect to actions or proceedings to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement or any other agreement or insurance policy or under the Company’s Certificate or Bylaws now or hereafter in effect relating to proceedings or claims for indemnifiable events, to the extent permitted by law; (ii) in specific cases if the Board of Directors has approved the initiation or bringing of such Claim; or (iii) as otherwise required under Section 145 of the DGCL, regardless of whether the Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advance expense payment or insurance recovery, as the case may be; or

 

6
 

 

(b)   Insured Claims .  To indemnify the Indemnitee for expenses or liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement) which have been paid directly to such Indemnitee by an insurance carrier under a policy of officers’ and directors’ liability insurance maintained by the Company.

 

(c)   Claims Under Section 16(b) .  To indemnify any Indemnitee for expenses and the payment of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor statute.

 

(d)   Claims Excluded Under Section 145 of the DGCL .  To indemnify the Indemnitee if:  (i) such Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or (ii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, such Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe the conduct was unlawful or (iii) such Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent the court in which such action was brought shall permit indemnification as provided in Section 145(b) of the DGCL.

 

10.            Construction of Certain Phrases .

 

(a)  For purposes of this Agreement, references to the “Company” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees, agents or fiduciaries, so that if Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, the Indemnitee shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as the Indemnitee would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

(b)  For purposes of this Agreement, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on any Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or its beneficiaries; and if any Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner such Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan, such Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.

 

7
 

 

(c)  For purposes of this Agreement a “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, (A) who is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, increases his beneficial ownership of such securities by 5% or more over the percentage so owned by such person, or (B) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 30% of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors of the Company and any new director whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least two-thirds (2/3) of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of (in one transaction or a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 

(d)  For purposes of this Agreement, “Independent Legal Counsel” shall mean an attorney or firm of attorneys, selected in accordance with the provisions of Section 1(e) hereof, who shall not have otherwise performed services for the Company or any Indemnitee within the last three (3) years (other than with respect to matters concerning the right of any Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnity agreements).

 

(e)  For purposes of this Agreement, a “Reviewing Party” shall mean any appropriate person or body consisting of a member or members of the Company’s Board of Directors or any other person or body appointed by the Board of Directors who is not a party to the particular claim or proceeding for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification, or Independent Legal Counsel.

 

(f)  For purposes of this Agreement, “Voting Securities” shall mean any securities of the Company that vote generally in the election of directors.

 

11.            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original.

 

12.            Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee and the Indemnitee’s estate, heirs, legal representatives and assigns.

 

8
 

 

13.            Attorneys’ Fees.   In the event that any action is instituted by the Indemnitee under this Agreement to enforce or interpret any of the terms hereof, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid all expenses incurred by such Indemnitee with respect to such action, and shall be entitled to the advancement of expenses with respect to such action.  The foregoing entitlement shall apply, to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, regardless of whether such Indemnitee is ultimately successful in such action, but shall not apply if, as a part of such action, a court of competent jurisdiction over such action determines that each of the material assertions made by such Indemnitee as a basis for such action was not made in good faith or was frivolous.  In the event of an action instituted by or in the name of the Company under this Agreement to enforce or interpret any of the terms of this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid all expenses incurred by such Indemnitee in defense of such action (including costs and expenses incurred with respect to Indemnitee counterclaims and cross-claims made in such action), and shall be entitled to the advancement of expenses with respect to such action, unless as a part of such action the court determines that each of such Indemnitee’s material defenses to such action were made in bad faith or were frivolous.

 

14.            Notice .  All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given (i) if delivered by hand and receipted for by the party addressee, on the date of such receipt, or (ii) if mailed by domestic certified or registered mail with postage prepaid and properly addressed, on the third business day after the date postmarked, or (iii) if sent by airmail to a country outside of North America, on the fifth business day after the date postmarked.  Addresses for notice to either party are as shown on the signature page of this Agreement, or as subsequently modified by written notice.

 

15.            Consent to Jurisdiction .  The Company and Indemnitees each hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware for all purposes in connection with any action or proceeding which arises out of or relates to this Agreement and agree that any action instituted under this Agreement shall be brought only in the state courts of the State of Delaware.

 

16.            Choice of Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and its provisions construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, as applied to contracts between Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely within Delaware without regard to the conflict of law principles thereof.

 

17.            Period of Limitations .  No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or in the right of the Company against the Indemnitee, the Indemnitee’s estate, spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period; provided, however , that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, such shorter period shall govern.

 

18.            Amendment and Termination .  No amendment, modification, termination or cancellation of this Agreement shall be effective with respect to any Indemnitee unless it is in writing signed by such Indemnitee and the Company.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

19.            Integration and Entire Agreement .  This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes and merges all previous written and oral negotiations, commitments, understandings and agreements relating to the subject matter hereof between the parties hereto.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

9
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

  COMPANY:  
     
  ATRINSIC, INC.,  
  a Delaware corporation  
       
  By :    
    Name:    
    Title:      

 

  INDEMNITEE:  
     
     
  Address:  

 

10

 

 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), NOR UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAW AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OFFERED FOR SALE, ASSIGNED OR TRANSFERRED UNLESS (a) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WITH RESPECT THERETO IS EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW REQUIREMENTS HAVE BEEN MET OR (B) EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND THE REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS OF APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS ARE AVAILABLE.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED PROMISSORY NOTE

 

Amended and Restated: May 28, 2014

 

$87,500 February 11, 2014
  New York, New York

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , Atrinsic, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay to the order of Hudson Bay Master Fund Ltd (“Holder”), at the offices of Morse, Zelnick, Rose & Lander LLP, 825 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022, the principal sum of Eighty Seven Thousand Five Hundred U.S. Dollars (U.S. $87,500) with interest thereon at the rate of five percent (5%) per annum. Any amounts that remain unpaid when due shall thereafter bear interest at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum. Interest as aforesaid shall be calculated on the basis of actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days.

 

The principal amount and all accrued interest of this Note are due on July 31, 2015 (the “Maturity Date”).

 

This Note is subject to the following additional provisions:

 

Section 1 .             Definitions . For the purposes hereof, in addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Note the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Business Day ” means any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day which shall be a federal legal holiday in the United States or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or required by law or other government action to close.

 

Event of Default ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.

 

Fundamental Transaction ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.

 

Original Issue Date ” means the date of the first issuance of this Note regardless of the number of transfers of any Note and regardless of the number of instruments which may be issued to evidence such Note.

 

Person ” means a corporation, an association, a partnership, organization, a business, an individual, a government or political subdivision thereof or a governmental agency.

 

 
 

 

Security Agreement ” means the Security Agreement dated as of February 11, 2014 by and among the Company, the Holder and Hudson Bay Master Fund Ltd. (“Hudson”).

 

Subsidiary ” means any Person in which the Company owns more than 50% of the outstanding equity.

 

Transaction Documents ” means the Security Agreement and this Note.

 

Section 2 .             Registration of Transfers and Exchanges .

 

a)            Different Denominations . This Note is exchangeable for an equal aggregate principal amount of Notes of different authorized denominations as requested by the Holder surrendering the same, No service charge will be made for such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

b)           Reliance on Note Register . Prior to due presentment to the Company for transfer of this Note, the Company and any agent of the Company may treat the Person in whose name this Note is duly registered on the Company’s books and records as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment as herein provided and for all other purposes, whether or not this Note is overdue, and neither the Company nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

Section 3 .             Acceleration of Maturity Date .

 

If, at any time while this Note is outstanding the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (A) effects any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another Person or (B) acquires assets of a business from any Person (in any such case, a “Fundamental Transaction”), then, immediately prior to the occurrence of such Fundamental Transaction the principal and accrued but unpaid interest payable hereunder shall automatically become, at the Holder’s election, immediately due and payable in cash.

 

Section 4.              Use of Proceeds.

 

The Company will use the proceeds of the loan represented by this Note only for working capital and for the payment of expenses (including legal, accounting and other fees) connected with the preparation and filing of a Registration Statement on Form 10 with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Section 5 .             Events of Default .

 

a)            Event of Default . Wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court, or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

 

i.            any default in the payment of (A) the principal, or (B) interest on this Note when the same shall become due and payable (whether on the Maturity Date or by acceleration or otherwise) which default is not cured within ten (10) Business Days after written notice from the Holder;

 

2
 

 

ii.         a breach of any of the covenants or agreements made by the Company herein; or

 

iii.         (A) there is commenced against the Company or any Subsidiary thereof a case under any applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws as now or hereafter in effect or any successor thereto, or any other proceeding under any reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debt, relief of debtors, dissolution, insolvency or liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction whether now or hereafter in effect relating to the Company or any Subsidiary thereof which remains undismissed for a period of 60 days; or (B) the Company or any Subsidiary thereof is adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction insolvent or bankrupt; or any order of relief or other order approving any such case or proceeding is entered; or (C) the Company or any Subsidiary thereof suffers any appointment of any custodian or the like for it or any substantial part of its property which continues undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days.

 

b)           Remedies Upon Event of Default . If any Event of Default occurs, the full principal amount of this Note, together with interest and any other amounts owing in respect hereof, to the date of acceleration shall become, at the Holder’s election, immediately due and payable in cash. The Holder need not provide and the Company hereby waives any presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, and the Holder may immediately and without expiration of any grace period enforce any and all of its rights and remedies hereunder and all other remedies available to it under applicable law. Such declaration may be rescinded and annulled by Holder at any time prior to payment hereunder and the Holder shall have all rights as a Note holder until such time, if any, as the full payment under this Section shall have been received by it. No such rescission or annulment shall affect any subsequent Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 6 .             Miscellaneous .

 

a)            Notices . Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries to be provided by the Holder hereunder shall be in writing and delivered personally, by facsimile to Fax No: (212) 208-6809, or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service, addressed to the Company, c/o Chord Advisors, LLC, One Grand Central Place, Suite 2319, New York, NY 10165, attention: Chief Financial Officer, or such other address or facsimile number as the Company may specify for such purposes by notice to the Holder delivered in accordance with this Section. Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries to be provided by the Company hereunder shall be in writing and delivered personally, by facsimile, sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service addressed to the Holder at the facsimile, telephone number or address of such Holder appearing on the books of the Company, or if no such facsimile telephone number or address appears, at the principal place of business of the Holder. Any notice or other communication or deliveries hereunder shall be deemed given and effective on the earliest of (i) the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile at the facsimile telephone number specified in this Section prior to 5:30 p.m. (New York City time), (ii) the date after the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile at the facsimile telephone number specified in this Section later than 5:30 p.m. (New York City time) on any date and earlier than 11:59 p.m. (New York City time) on such date, (iii) the second Business Day following the date of mailing, if sent by nationally recognized overnight courier service, or (iv) upon actual receipt by the party to whom such notice is required to be given.

 

3
 

 

b)            Absolute Obligation . Except as expressly provided herein, no provision of this Note shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of, interest and other amounts provided for herein (if any) on, this Note at the time, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed. This Note is a direct debt obligation of the Company.

 

c)            Lost or Mutilated Note . If this Note shall be mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company shall execute and deliver, in exchange and substitution for and upon cancellation of a mutilated Note, or in lieu of or in substitution for a lost, stolen or destroyed Note, a new Note for the principal amount of this Note so mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed but only upon receipt of evidence of such loss, theft or destruction of such Note, and of the ownership hereof; and indemnity, if requested, all reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

 

d)            Security Interest . This Note is a direct debt obligation of the Company and, pursuant to the Security Agreement all of the Company’s obligations hereunder are secured by a security interest in all of the assets of the Company for the benefit of the Holder. The Holder understands, acknowledges and agrees that Hudson has made a loan to the Company in a principal amount equal to the principal amount of this Note, and that the Company has granted Hudson a security interest in all of the assets of the Company and that the Hudson security interest is pari passu with that of the Holder.

 

e)            Governing Law . All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Note, and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Note, the relationship of the parties, and/or the interpretation and enforcement of the rights and duties of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof. Each party agrees that all legal proceedings concerning the interpretations, enforcement and defense of the transactions contemplated by any of the Transaction Documents (whether brought against a party hereto or its respective affiliates, directors, officers, shareholders, employees or agents) shall be commenced in the state or federal courts sitting in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan (the “New York Courts”). Each party hereto hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the New York Courts for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein (including with respect to the enforcement of any of the Transaction Documents), and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, or such New York Courts are improper or inconvenient venue for such proceeding. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Note and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Note or the transactions contemplated hereby. If either party shall commence an action or proceeding to enforce any provisions of this Note, then the prevailing party in such action or proceeding shall be reimbursed by the other party for its attorney’s fees and other costs and expenses incurred with the investigation, preparation and prosecution of such action or proceeding.

 

4
 

 

f)             Waiver . Any waiver by the Company or the Holder of a breach of any provision of this Note shall not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other breach of such provision or of any breach of any other provision of this Note. The failure of the Company or the Holder to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Note on one or more occasions shall not be considered a waiver or deprive that party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Note. Any waiver must be in writing.

 

g)            Severability . If any provision of this Note is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the balance of this Note shall remain in effect, and if any provision is inapplicable to any person or circumstance, it shall nevertheless remain applicable to all other persons and circumstances. If it shall be found that any interest or other amount deemed interest due hereunder violates applicable laws governing usury, the applicable rate of interest due hereunder shall automatically be lowered to equal the maximum permitted rate of interest. The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law or other law which would prohibit or forgive the Company from paying all or any portion of the principal of or interest on this Note as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this indenture, and due Company (to the extent it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefits or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, binder, delay or impeded the execution of any power herein granted to the Holder, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such as though no such law has been enacted.

 

h)            Next Business Day . Whenever any payment or other obligation hereunder shall be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

i)             Prior Note Obligation . This Note is being delivered to the Holder in substitution for a previous note issued by the Company to the Holder as of the date set forth above (the “Prior Note”).  The Prior Note provided for a maturity date of July 31, 2014 which has been extended above to July 31, 2015.  This Note supersedes the Prior Note in all respects.

 

j)            Headings . The headings contained herein are for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Note and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Note to be duly executed by a duly authorized officer as of the date first above indicated.

 

  ATRINSIC, INC.
     
  By: /s/ Edward Gildea
    Edward Gildea, Chief
    Executive Officer

 

5

 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), NOR UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAW AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OFFERED FOR SALE, ASSIGNED OR TRANSFERRED UNLESS (a) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WITH RESPECT THERETO IS EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW REQUIREMENTS HAVE BEEN MET OR (B) EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND THE REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS OF APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS ARE AVAILABLE.

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED PROMISSORY NOTE

 

 

$87,500 February 11, 2014
  New York, New York

 

Amended and Restated: May 28, 2014

 

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , Atrinsic, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay to the order of Iroquois Master Fund Ltd (“Holder”), at the offices of Morse, Zelnick, Rose & Lander LLP, 825 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022, the principal sum of Eighty Seven Thousand Five Hundred U.S. Dollars (U.S. $87,500) with interest thereon at the rate of five percent (5%) per annum. Any amounts that remain unpaid when due shall thereafter bear interest at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum. Interest as aforesaid shall be calculated on the basis of actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days.

 

The principal amount and all accrued interest of this Note are due on July 31, 2015 (the “Maturity Date”).

 

This Note is subject to the following additional provisions:

 

Section 1 . Definitions . For the purposes hereof, in addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Note the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Business Day ” means any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day which shall be a federal legal holiday in the United States or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or required by law or other government action to close.

 

Event of Default ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.

 

Fundamental Transaction ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.

 

Original Issue Date ” means the date of the first issuance of this Note regardless of the number of transfers of any Note and regardless of the number of instruments which may be issued to evidence such Note.

 

Person ” means a corporation, an association, a partnership, organization, a business, an individual, a government or political subdivision thereof or a governmental agency.

1
 

 

Security Agreement ” means the Security Agreement dated as of February 11, 2014 by and among the Company, the Holder and Hudson Bay Master Fund Ltd. (“Hudson”).

 

Subsidiary ” means any Person in which the Company owns more than 50% of the outstanding equity.

 

Transaction Documents ” means the Security Agreement and this Note.

 

Section 2 . Registration of Transfers and Exchanges .

 

a) Different Denominations . This Note is exchangeable for an equal aggregate principal amount of Notes of different authorized denominations as requested by the Holder surrendering the same, No service charge will be made for such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

b) Reliance on Note Register . Prior to due presentment to the Company for transfer of this Note, the Company and any agent of the Company may treat the Person in whose name this Note is duly registered on the Company’s books and records as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment as herein provided and for all other purposes, whether or not this Note is overdue, and neither the Company nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

Section 3 . Acceleration of Maturity Date .

 

If, at any time while this Note is outstanding the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (A) effects any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another Person or (B) acquires assets of a business from any Person (in any such case, a “Fundamental Transaction”), then, immediately prior to the occurrence of such Fundamental Transaction the principal and accrued but unpaid interest payable hereunder shall automatically become, at the Holder’s election, immediately due and payable in cash.

 

Section 4. Use of Proceeds.

 

The Company will use the proceeds of the loan represented by this Note only for working capital and for the payment of expenses (including legal, accounting and other fees) connected with the preparation and filing of a Registration Statement on Form 10 with the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

 

Section 5 . Events of Default .

 

a) Event of Default . Wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court, or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

 

i. any default in the payment of (A) the principal, or (B) interest on this Note when the same shall become due and payable (whether on the Maturity Date or by acceleration or otherwise) which default is not cured within ten (10) Business Days after written notice from the Holder;

 

2
 

 

ii. a breach of any of the covenants or agreements made by the Company herein; or

 

iii. (A) there is commenced against the Company or any Subsidiary thereof a case under any applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws as now or hereafter in effect or any successor thereto, or any other proceeding under any reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debt, relief of debtors, dissolution, insolvency or liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction whether now or hereafter in effect relating to the Company or any Subsidiary thereof which remains undismissed for a period of 60 days; or (B) the Company or any Subsidiary thereof is adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction insolvent or bankrupt; or any order of relief or other order approving any such case or proceeding is entered; or (C) the Company or any Subsidiary thereof suffers any appointment of any custodian or the like for it or any substantial part of its property which continues undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days.

 

b) Remedies Upon Event of Default . If any Event of Default occurs, the full principal amount of this Note, together with interest and any other amounts owing in respect hereof, to the date of acceleration shall become, at the Holder’s election, immediately due and payable in cash. The Holder need not provide and the Company hereby waives any presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, and the Holder may immediately and without expiration of any grace period enforce any and all of its rights and remedies hereunder and all other remedies available to it under applicable law. Such declaration may be rescinded and annulled by Holder at any time prior to payment hereunder and the Holder shall have all rights as a Note holder until such time, if any, as the full payment under this Section shall have been received by it. No such rescission or annulment shall affect any subsequent Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 6 . Miscellaneous .

 

a) Notices . Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries to be provided by the Holder hereunder shall be in writing and delivered personally, by facsimile to Fax No: (212) 208-6809, or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service, addressed to the Company, c/o Chord Advisors, LLC, One Grand Central Place, Suite 2319, New York, NY 10165, attention: Chief Financial Officer, or such other address or facsimile number as the Company may specify for such purposes by notice to the Holder delivered in accordance with this Section. Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries to be provided by the Company hereunder shall be in writing and delivered personally, by facsimile, sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service addressed to the Holder at the facsimile, telephone number or address of such Holder appearing on the books of the Company, or if no such facsimile telephone number or address appears, at the principal place of business of the Holder. Any notice or other communication or deliveries hereunder shall be deemed given and effective on the earliest of (i) the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile at the facsimile telephone number specified in this Section prior to 5:30 p.m. (New York City time), (ii) the date after the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile at the facsimile telephone number specified in this Section later than 5:30 p.m. (New York City time) on any date and earlier than 11:59 p.m. (New York City time) on such date, (iii) the second Business Day following the date of mailing, if sent by nationally recognized overnight courier service, or (iv) upon actual receipt by the party to whom such notice is required to be given.

 

3
 

 

b) Absolute Obligation . Except as expressly provided herein, no provision of this Note shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of, interest and other amounts provided for herein (if any) on, this Note at the time, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed. This Note is a direct debt obligation of the Company.

 

c) Lost or Mutilated Note . If this Note shall be mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company shall execute and deliver, in exchange and substitution for and upon cancellation of a mutilated Note, or in lieu of or in substitution for a lost, stolen or destroyed Note, a new Note for the principal amount of this Note so mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed but only upon receipt of evidence of such loss, theft or destruction of such Note, and of the ownership hereof; and indemnity, if requested, all reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

 

d) Security Interest . This Note is a direct debt obligation of the Company and, pursuant to the Security Agreement all of the Company’s obligations hereunder are secured by a security interest in all of the assets of the Company for the benefit of the Holder. The Holder understands, acknowledges and agrees that Hudson has made a loan to the Company in a principal amount equal to the principal amount of this Note, and that the Company has granted Hudson a security interest in all of the assets of the Company and that the Hudson security interest is pari passu with that of the Holder.

 

e) Governing Law . All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Note, and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Note, the relationship of the parties, and/or the interpretation and enforcement of the rights and duties of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof. Each party agrees that all legal proceedings concerning the interpretations, enforcement and defense of the transactions contemplated by any of the Transaction Documents (whether brought against a party hereto or its respective affiliates, directors, officers, shareholders, employees or agents) shall be commenced in the state or federal courts sitting in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan (the “New York Courts”). Each party hereto hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the New York Courts for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein (including with respect to the enforcement of any of the Transaction Documents), and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, or such New York Courts are improper or inconvenient venue for such proceeding. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Note and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Note or the transactions contemplated hereby. If either party shall commence an action or proceeding to enforce any provisions of this Note, then the prevailing party in such action or proceeding shall be reimbursed by the other party for its attorney’s fees and other costs and expenses incurred with the investigation, preparation and prosecution of such action or proceeding. 

 

f) Waiver . Any waiver by the Company or the Holder of a breach of any provision of this Note shall not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other breach of such provision or of any breach of any other provision of this Note. The failure of the Company or the Holder to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Note on one or more occasions shall not be considered a waiver or deprive that party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Note. Any waiver must be in writing.

 

4
 

 

g) Severability . If any provision of this Note is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the balance of this Note shall remain in effect, and if any provision is inapplicable to any person or circumstance, it shall nevertheless remain applicable to all other persons and circumstances. If it shall be found that any interest or other amount deemed interest due hereunder violates applicable laws governing usury, the applicable rate of interest due hereunder shall automatically be lowered to equal the maximum permitted rate of interest. The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law or other law which would prohibit or forgive the Company from paying all or any portion of the principal of or interest on this Note as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this indenture, and due Company (to the extent it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefits or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, binder, delay or impeded the execution of any power herein granted to the Holder, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such as though no such law has been enacted.

 

h) Next Business Day . Whenever any payment or other obligation hereunder shall be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

i) Prior Note Obligation . This Note is being delivered to the Holder in substitution for a previous note issued by the Company to the Holder as of the date set forth above (the “Prior Note”). The Prior Note provided for a maturity date of July 31, 2014 which has been extended above to July 31, 2015. This Note supersedes the Prior Note in all respects.

 

j) Headings . The headings contained herein are for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Note and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Note to be duly executed by a duly authorized officer as of the date first above indicated.

 

  

  ATRINSIC, INC.
     
     
  By:               /s/ Edward Gildea  
    Edward Gildea, Chief Executive Officer
   

 

 

 

5

 

SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of February 11, 2014, is made by and among Atrinsic, Inc. a Delaware corporation, (the “ Grantor ”), Iroquois Master Fund Ltd and Hudson Bay Master Fund Ltd (each a “ Secured Party ” and together the “ Secured Parties ).

 

WHEREAS , the Grantor has issued to each Secured Party a secured promissory note, each such note in the principal amount of Eighty-Seven Thousand Five Hundred U.S. Dollars (U.S. $87,500) dated February 11, 2014 (such notes, as amended or modified from time to time, the “ Notes ”).

 

WHEREAS , the Grantor and the Secured Parties have agreed to execute and deliver this Agreement, among other things, to secure the obligations of the Grantor under the Notes.

 

NOW THEREFORE , The Grantor and the Secured Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.     Definitions; Interpretation .

 

(a)          As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Collateral ” means all assets of the Grantor including without limitation, the property described on Exhibit A attached hereto and all Negotiable Collateral and Intellectual Property to the extent not described on Exhibit A.

 

Copyrights” means any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret, now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held.

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in the Notes.

 

“Intellectual Property” means all of Grantor’s right, title, and interest in and to the following, except to the extent any security interest hereunder would cause any application for a Trademark to be deemed invalidated, canceled or abandoned due to the grant and/or enforcement of such security interest, including, without limitation, all U.S. trademark applications that are based on an intent-to-use, unless and until such time that the grant and/or enforcement of the security interest will not affect the status or validity of such trademark:

 

(a) Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

 

(b) and all trade secrets, and any and all intellectual property rights in computer software and computer software products now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

 

(c) and all design rights which may be available to Grantor now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

 

 
 

 

(d) and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the rights included above, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the intellectual property rights identified above;

 

(e) licenses or other rights to use any of the Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks, and all license fees and royalties arising from such use to the extent permitted by such license or rights;

 

(f) amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents; and

 

(g) proceeds and products of the foregoing, including without limitation all payments under insurance or any indemnity or warranty payable in respect of any of the foregoing.

 

Lien ” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, security interest, assignment, deposit arrangement, charge or encumbrance, lien, or other type of preferential arrangement.

 

Obligations ” means the indebtedness, liabilities and other obligations of the Grantor to the Secured Parties under the Notes including without limitation, the unpaid principal of the Notes, all interest accrued thereon and any other amounts payable by the Grantor to the Secured Parties thereunder or in connection therewith.

 

“Patents” means all patents, patent applications and like protections, including, without limitation, improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

 

Permitted Liens ” mean: (i) Liens in favor of the Secured Parties in respect of the Obligations hereunder; (ii) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and which are adequately reserved for in accordance with GAAP; (iii) Liens of materialmen, mechanics, warehousemen, carriers or employees or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; (iv) Liens consisting of deposits or pledges to secure the payment of worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance or other social security benefits or obligations, or to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, public or statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; (v) easements, rights of way, servitudes or zoning or building restrictions and other minor encumbrances on real property and irregularities in the title to such property which do not in the aggregate materially impair the use or value of such property or risk the loss or forfeiture of title thereto; and (vi) Liens upon or in any equipment now or hereafter acquired or held by the Grantor to secure the purchase price of such equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing or refinancing the acquisition of such equipment, provided that the Lien is confined solely to the equipment so acquired and accessions thereon and proceeds thereof.

 

2
 

 

Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, governmental agency or authority, or any other entity of whatever nature.

 

“Trademarks” means any trademark and service mark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the parts of the goodwill of the business connected with the use of and symbolized by such marks.

 

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may, from time to time, be in effect in the State of New York.

 

(b)          Where applicable and except as otherwise defined herein, terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in the UCC.

 

(c)          In this Agreement, (i) the meaning of defined terms shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined; (ii) the captions and headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement; (iii) the words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereto,” “hereunder” and the like mean and refer to this Agreement as a whole and not merely to the specific Article, Section, subsection, paragraph or clause in which the respective word appears; (iv) the words “including,” “includes” and “include” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation;” and (v) the term “or” shall not be limiting.

 

SECTION 2.     Security Interest .

 

(a)          Subject to the Permitted Liens, as security for the payment and performance of the Obligations, the Grantor hereby pledges, assigns and grants to the Secured Parties a security interest in all of the Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under all of the Collateral (other than as set forth in Section 2(b) hereof).

 

(b)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, except for fixtures (to the extent covered by Article 9 of the UCC), such grant of a security interest shall not extend to, and the term “Collateral” shall not include, any asset which would be real property under the law of the jurisdiction in which it is located.

 

(c)          This Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Collateral that shall remain in effect until terminated in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

SECTION 3.     Financing Statements, Etc . The Grantor hereby authorizes each Secured Party to file (with a copy thereof to be provided to the Grantor contemporaneously therewith), at any time and from time to time thereafter, all financing statements, financing statement assignments, continuation financing statements, and UCC filings, in form reasonably satisfactory to such Secured Party. The Grantor shall execute and deliver and shall take all other action, as any Secured Party may reasonably request, to perfect and continue perfected, maintain the priority of or provide notice of the security interest of such Secured Party in the Collateral (subject to the terms hereof) and to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement.

 

3
 

 

SECTION 4.     Representations and Warranties . The Grantor represents and warrants to the Secured Parties that:

 

(a)          Grantor is a business entity duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the law of the jurisdiction of its organization and has all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(b)          The execution, delivery and performance by the Grantor of this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Grantor, and this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Grantor, enforceable against the Grantor in accordance with its terms, except as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies.

 

(c)          Except for the filing of appropriate financing statements, no authorization, consent, approval, license, exemption of, or filing or registration with, any governmental authority or agency, or approval or consent of any other Person, is required for the due execution, delivery or performance by the Grantor of this Agreement.

 

(d)          This Agreement creates a security interest that is enforceable against the Collateral in which the Grantor now has rights and will create a security interest that is enforceable against the Collateral in which the Grantor hereafter acquires rights at the time the Grantor acquires any such rights.

 

(e)          The Grantor has the right and power to grant the security interests in the Collateral to the Secured Parties and the Grantor is the sole and complete owner of the Collateral, free from any Lien other than the Permitted Liens.

 

SECTION 5.     Covenants of the Grantor . Until this Agreement has terminated in accordance with the terms hereof, the Grantor agrees to do the following:

 

(a)          The Grantor shall give prompt written notice to the Secured Parties (and in any event not later than ten (10) days following any change described below in this subsection) of: (i) any change in the Grantor’s name; (ii) any changes in the Grantor’s identity or structure in any manner which might make any financing statement filed hereunder incorrect or misleading; or (iii) any change in jurisdiction of organization; provided that the Grantor shall not locate any Collateral outside of the United States nor shall the Grantor change its jurisdiction of organization to a jurisdiction outside of the United States.

 

(b)          The Grantor shall not surrender or lose possession of, sell, lease, rent or otherwise dispose of or transfer any of the Collateral or any right or interest therein, except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and except to the extent of equipment that is obsolete or no longer useful to its business.

 

(c)          The Grantor shall keep the Collateral free of all Liens except the Permitted Liens.

 

4
 

 

SECTION 6.     Collection of Accounts . The Grantor shall endeavor in the first instance diligently to collect all amounts due or to become due on or with respect to the accounts and other rights to payment.

 

SECTION 7.     Authorization; Secured Parties Appointed Attorney-in-Fact . The Secured Parties shall have the right, to, in the name of the Grantor, or in the name of any Secured Party or otherwise, upon notice to, but without the requirement of assent by the Grantor, and the Grantor hereby constitutes and appoints the Secured Parties (and any employees or agents designated by a Secured Party) as the Grantor’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority to: (i) assert, adjust, sue for, compromise or release any claims under any policies of insurance; and (ii), execute any and all such other documents and instruments, and do any and all acts and things for and on behalf of the Grantor, that such Secured Parties may deem necessary or advisable to maintain, protect, realize upon and preserve the Collateral and each Secured Party’s security interests therein and to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement. The Secured Parties agree that, except upon and during the continuance of an Event of Default, they shall not exercise the power of attorney, or any rights granted to the Secured Parties under this Section 7. The foregoing power of attorney is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable so long as the Obligations have not been indefeasibly paid and performed in full and the commitments not terminated. The Grantor hereby ratifies, to the extent permitted by law, all that the Secured Parties shall lawfully and in good faith do or cause to be done by virtue of and in compliance with this Section 7.

 

SECTION 8.      Remedies .

 

(a)          Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Secured Parties shall have, in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to the Secured Parties in this Agreement or the Notes, all rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC and other applicable laws. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Secured Parties may sell, resell, lease, use, assign, license, sublicense, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of the Collateral in its then condition or following any commercially reasonable preparation or processing (utilizing in connection therewith any of Grantor’s assets, without charge or liability to any Secured Party therefor) at public or private sale, by one or more contracts, in one or more parcels, at the same or different times, for cash or credit, or for future delivery without assumption of any credit risk, all as the Secured Parties deem advisable; provided, however, that the Grantor shall be credited with the net proceeds of sale only when such proceeds are finally collected by the Secured Parties. Each Secured Party shall have the right upon any such public sale, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale, to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, free of any right or equity of redemption, which right or equity of redemption the Grantor hereby releases, to the extent permitted by law. The Grantor hereby agrees that the sending of notice by ordinary mail, postage prepaid, to the address of the Grantor set forth herein or subsequent address that the Grantor provides to the Secured Parties in writing, of the place and time of any public sale or of the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition is to be made, shall be deemed reasonable notice thereof if such notice is sent ten (10) business days prior to the date of such sale or other disposition or the date on or after which such sale or other disposition may occur.

 

5
 

 

(b)          The cash proceeds actually received from the sale or other disposition or collection of the Collateral, and any other amounts received in respect of the Collateral the application of which is not otherwise provided for herein shall be applied first , to the payment of the reasonable costs and expenses of the Secured Parties in exercising or enforcing their rights hereunder and in collecting or attempting to collect any of the Collateral, and to the payment of all other amounts payable to the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 12 hereof; and second , to the payment of the Obligations. Any surplus thereof that exists after payment and performance in full of the Obligations shall be promptly paid over to the Grantor or otherwise disposed of in accordance with the UCC or other applicable law. The Grantor shall remain liable to the Secured Parties for any deficiency that exists after any sale or other disposition or collection of the Collateral.

 

SECTION 9.     Certain Waivers .

 

(a)           The Grantor waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law: (i) any right of redemption with respect to the Collateral, whether before or after sale hereunder, and all rights, if any, of marshalling of the Collateral or other collateral or security for the Obligations; (ii) any right to require the Secured Parties to: (A) proceed against any Person, (B) exhaust any other collateral or security for any of the Obligations, or (C) except as provided herein or in any of the Notes, make or give any presentments, demands for performance, notices of nonperformance, protests, notices of protests or notices of dishonor in connection with any of the Collateral; and (iii) all claims, damages and demands against the Secured Parties arising out of the repossession, retention, sale or application of the proceeds of any sale of the Collateral.

 

SECTION 10.    Notices . All notices or other communications which are required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and sufficient if delivered personally or sent by nationally-recognized overnight courier or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested or by facsimile, with confirmation as provided above addressed as follows:

 

If to Grantor:

 

Atrinsic, Inc.

c/o Chord Advisors, LLC

One Grand Central Place, Suite 2319

New York, NY 10165

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

With copies to:

 

Morse, Zelnick, Rose & Lander LLP

825 Third Avenue, 16 th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Kenneth S. Rose, Esq.

Fax: 212-208-6809

 

If to the Secured Parties:

 

Hudson Bay Master Fund Ltd.

777 Third Avenue, 30 th Floor

New York, NY 10017

Attn.: Yoav Roth / George Antonopoulos

 

6
 

 

and

 

Iroquois Capital Management LLC

641 Lexington Avenue, 26th Floor

New York, New York 10022

Attn.: Mitchell R. Kulick, Esq., General Counsel

 

With a copy to:

 

Michael A. Adelstein, Esq.

Greenberg Traurig, LLP

MetLife Building, 200 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10166

 

SECTION 11. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure on the part of any Secured Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights and remedies under this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges that may otherwise be available to any Secured Party.

 

SECTION 12. Costs and Expenses . The Grantor agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses of the Secured Parties, in connection with the enforcement and preservation of any rights or interests under, this Agreement and the protection, sale or collection of, or other realization upon, any of the Collateral, including all reasonable expenses of taking, collecting, holding, sorting, handling, preparing for sale, selling or the like and other such expenses of sales and collections of the Collateral.

 

SECTION 13. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Grantor, the Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns.

 

SECTION 14. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

 

SECTION 15. Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall not be amended except by the written agreement of the Grantor and the Secured Parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be amended and any term hereunder may not be waived with respect to any Secured Party without the written consent of the Secured Parties.

 

7
 

 

SECTION 16. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be valid, legal and enforceable under all applicable laws and regulations. If, however, any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable under any such law or regulation in any jurisdiction, it shall, as to such jurisdiction, be deemed modified to conform to the minimum requirements of such law or regulation, or, if for any reason it is not deemed so modified, it shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or limitation on enforceability without affecting the remaining provisions of this Agreement, or the validity, legality or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

SECTION 17. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 18. Termination . Upon the payment and performance in full of all Obligations, this Agreement shall terminate and the Secured Parties shall promptly, at the cost of the Grantor, execute and deliver to the Grantor such documents and instruments reasonably requested by the Grantor as shall be necessary to evidence termination of all security interests given by the Grantor to the Secured Parties hereunder; provided, however, that the obligations of the Grantor under Section 12 hereof shall survive such termination.

 

SECTION 19. Pari Passu . Each Secured Party hereby understands, acknowledges and agrees its security interest in the Collateral is pari passu with the other Secured Party.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement, as of the date first above written.

 

  GRANTOR:
   
  ATRINSIC, INC.
     
  By: /s/ Sebastian Giordano
    Sebastian Giordano, Chief Executive Officer
     
  SECURED PARTIES:
   
  IROQUOIS MASTER FUND LTD
     
  By: /s/ Joshua Silverman
    Joshua Silverman, Authorized Signatory
     
  HUDSON BAY MASTER FUND LTD
     
  By: /s/ Yoav Roth
    Yoav Roth, Authorized Signatory

 

8
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

DEBTOR ATRINSIC, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

SECURED PARTY: [IROQUOIS MASTER FUND LTD]
[HUDSON BAY MASTER FUND LTD]

 

All personal property of Grantor (herein referred to as “Grantor” or “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located including, without limitation:

 

(a) all accounts, chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), general intangibles (including payment intangibles and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Grantor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing;

 

(b) all common law and statutory copyrights and copyright registrations, applications for registration, now existing or hereafter arising, in the United States of America or in any foreign jurisdiction, obtained or to be obtained on or in connection with any of the foregoing, or any parts thereof or any underlying or component elements of any of the foregoing, together with the right to copyright and all rights to renew or extend such copyrights and the right (but not the obligation) of Secured Parties to sue in their own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of copyright;

 

(c) all trademarks, service marks, trade names and service names and the goodwill associated therewith, together with the right to trademark and all rights to renew or extend such trademarks and the right (but not the obligation) of Secured Party to sue in their own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of trademark;

 

(d) all (i) patents and patent applications filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar office of any foreign jurisdiction, and interests under patent license agreements, including, without limitation, the inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (ii) licenses pertaining to any patent whether Debtor is licensor or licensee, (iii) income, royalties, damages, payments, accounts and accounts receivable now or hereafter due and/or payable under and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) right (but not the obligation) to sue in the name of Debtor and/or in the name of Secured Party for past, present and future infringements thereof, (v) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world in all jurisdictions in which such patents have been issued or applied for, and (vi) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part with respect to any of the foregoing; and

 

 
 

 

(e) any and all cash proceeds and/or non-cash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the New York Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time.